JOURNAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. New Series. Vol. XII.—1916. (Oe Sea 1, The Invention of Fire. By H. G. Graves, Controller of Patents, India. *¢ When this invention was Rone tell me, what was then the state of the Art, what was then kno ? In a popular lecture, recently delivered at the Indian Museum, Calcutta, Mr. J. Coggin Brown dealt with man in the ages of stone implements and his development in India through roughly hewn and polished stones to the use of metal tools. A classification of the various stages throughout the world, going back een one ages, led to the mention of one great step in the ress of mankind—the invention of fire— perhaps somewhere bos fifty eee a pancdred million years ago. Necessarily no exact date can be given; only an imagin- ative approximation is possible on the eeataiis. but all too scanty, data. The geologist, who has to deal with periods of time involving millions of years, frankly says that some mil- lions more or less in his estimate are of less account nee a hundred years or so in the date of an event determined by historian in early historic times. In turn, his errors are com- mensurable with a week sooner or later for some obscure hap- is. a century or two ago. invention of fire, or the discovery of fire, cail it what you will, what has it not meant to the progress of mankind ? Yet it must not be thought of as ‘one great outburst of pro- — Rather it should be considered as a gradual develop- t, progressing by slow and uncertain stages, many times fakeatien and rediscovered in. those days of primitive know- B 2 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Nowadays fire seems a simple thing. A handful of sticks, a few dry leaves, or a piece of paper, or some fine twigs perhaps, and possibly some coal, are the essentials. Nor must the matches be overlooked, and then there is the blazing fire, ready to cook man’s food or to warm him when he is cold. It is a necessity for existence, and knowledge of its utilisation might almost be termed of the axiomatic order. When the fire dies down and the coldness grows, it is so easy to add a few more sticks or another piece or two of coal to make the fire b up again, and again to give warmth. But is it all so simple, that addition of another stick? The dog or the cat think of replenishing the fire as it grows low. A trick dog might be trained to do so, perhaps, or an imitative monkey, but that presupposes a teacher. In the days of primitive man, there was no teacher save necessity , and though necessity may be urgent, she is not very audible in her manner of giving advice. Early man must be conceived as approximating closely to the animal in his deductive and inductive powers and in his easy forgetfulness. Or perhaps he might have been compared in those respects to a young child, just passed the days of infancy. Give such a child some sweets, stuck in the bottom of a bottle, with a neck too small to admit his hand. He enjoys the noise of banging the bottle on the floor. If, perchance a sweet falls out, he en- joys that also, but it takes a long time to associate the extrac- tion of the sweet with the pounding performance. It is a still further advance to utilise a stick to prise out a sweet when the hammering fails. Ten minutes afterwards, he has forgotten how to use the stick, and has to rediscover it many times be- fore it is part of his mental equipment. Much in the same condition was man millions of years ago. He threw a stick on a fire and it blazed up again. That did not o him as a case of cause and effect. Probably he straightway ainda that he had thrown the stick and would stand glowering at the red but dying fire, which had warmed him, or which perhaps had rendered him service. Or he might pelt the fire with green branches or even stones, oblivious of the essentials of combustibility. To keep a fire alight is be- yond the power of any animal or child, until certain imitative or reasoning powers have been de veloped. So it must have been with early man. This age is reiterated because the ‘“‘invention’’ of fire involved so many stages, each of which must, in the intellectual ean Ee towe of that day, be imagined as constituting an enormous advance. Consider a few of the First there was the appreciation of the fact that fire was good for anything. Next came the ability to control a fire, to keep it alight within proper bounds. Afterwards followed the 1916.j The Invention of Fire. 3 power to preserve the fire from day - day and from year to year, and to convey it from camp to camp. Then ensued one wait for the next forest fire, necessary to renew the happiness of the community when the fire-tender had been negligent and _ had been soundly Seen on that account by a cold, hungry, and very angry commu How many tious of years elapsed before that pitch of perfection was attained no one can tell, but we do know that matches, now two annas a dozen boxes, were only in- to help him in applying a discovery. So, as he did it so very sinc slowly perhaps a few moments may now be spared for ee of his progress. mb, in one of his happy essays, described the discovery of eect in China after a fire had s swept away t the owner’s house. More primitive man found his roast in a burnt-out forest, but even then one must conceive much trepidation and ore he became educated enough for the taste and smell to appeal to him. Or perhaps the comfortable sensation near a red-hot lava flow on a cold, wet and windy night first created a desire for warmth, when the sun, that only shines ald day, had gone. Or did an ‘infuriated man brandish a bur branch against a sabre-toothed tiger, and find it more effective than a throwing-stone? Anyway, fire always existed, and he been discu e selection of proper materials and their addition at the right time are not learned in a hurry as any picnic party, med to country life, knows only t i unaccu J well. Then the foresight jae lay re a stock of combustible keep his fire in proper bounds. The fl era of fire to cook- ing is part of a larger subject with which this note does not in- tend to deal. The carriage of fire was the next great step to be learnt. A burning brand in itself is not a very portable object and is not easily concealed in case of emergency. e material is re- quired with the property of long anaabienhe nad ready re-igni- 4 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, reached them. Imagination boggles at the invention of means for restoring a fire de novo, and yet it is not the greatest step in the ‘‘ invention ’’ of fire as compared with its first utilisation, combustion, as occurs with certain compounds such as phos- phoretted hydrogen, or to lightning, or to some hydro-electric action, or to the impact of ejected stones, is not clear. The a w rks can be obtained with much difficulty from properly chosen stones, such as pyrites or possibly from arbonaceo’ as g as there is sufficient combustible stick method is very difficult to work and is essentially a w, though 1916. ] The Invention of Fire. 5 they will glibly say that is the method they would adopt in an ergency. When they do try, they generally get much warmer than their instruments. t in more or less uncivilised places, and here and there fo r ceremonial purposes, the match has ousted the flint and steel and the fire stick. It, in turn, may be repla ced by the spongy platinum or other form of ‘* automatic lighter ”’ in which, by the opening of a neat little pocket case, a file i is showers of sparks to ignite a small spirit lamp. The distri- bution of the fire stick method in its various forms has been dealt with very fully and carefully by Mr. E. B. Tylor in his ** Researches on the Early History of Mankind and the Develop- ment of Civilisation,’’ and by Mr. alfour in the Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, Vol. XLIV, 1914, p. 32. The focussing lens and the fire pump, in which tinder is ignited by the heat due to the compression of air, are compara- tively modern methods, modern that is as compared with the ‘stone and iron ages. r. H. Balfour describes the five piston and its origin and distribution in the ‘* Anthropological Essays presented to KE. B. Taylor, 1907. The origin of gunpowder saltpetre from the saline accretions on midden heaps, but such a mixture — flame for ignition and is not readily set on fire af percus this anech of the origin of the use and generation of fire vai the service of man, the use of wood has been assumed as the only fuel. Later on, other fuels would be employed, ce experiments resulted in lighting the Soho works of Boulton Watt & Co. near Birmi ingham. harcoal, which is wood freed almost completely from its volatile constituents, is smokeless and can be considered as a development of charred embers from a fire of wood, brought into the primitive man’s cave to add to his comfort; but probably primitive man, like many of his modern descendants, did not object to smoke in his dwelling. en coal was first ‘employed is very uncertain, but the history of coal mining has been worked out by Galloway and other authors. Natural gas important religious signification. Within the last fifty years the gas wells of America have been an enormous source of power. With uses of coke and artificial gas in all their many forms in historic periods, this paper is not concerned. Only attention is drawn to it in order to show that development in- creased in rapidity as time went on, and it may be remarked that every step was delayed by allegations of non-utility. 6 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, he main object of this paper has been to show the exces- sive slowness with which the development of the utilisation of fire in the service of man has proceeded. This has been here ascribed in part to the incapacity of primitive man to appre- ciate the effect of any observation he may have made, and to his inability to remember and to apply his knowledge when remembered. Very largely this was due to want of education ; and early man was hampered to an inordinate extent, as com- pared with man of the present day, by lack of power to apply analogy and to use inherited skill, induction and deduction. trouble and pain. In any case involving the infringement of a patent, when the validity comes into question, it is more than exceedingly difficult to revert mentally to the state of the art at the date of the invention, or in other words, to obliterate from the mind all the progress that has ensued since the prior date. So to us, in the present day, fire and matches are every- day things—we know them so well and the state of affairs in their absence is almost inconceivable. Fire for the service of man probably took ages and ages to develop in the then existing stages of primitive civilisation, and life without fire is now unthinkable. ife without matches is at least a hardship. For the sake developed animal race may be considered in view of present knowledge. As has been said, flint, steel and tinder, with few . by contact with strong sulphuric acid. The history may be century, matches cost an anna a box at least. Now they can be bought, in spite of the war, at two annas (pence) or less per dozen and each box contains three score sticks. nsider what this means. A neat little box with the potentiality of some fifty or more fires at the cost of a farthing or even less, and each fire is obtainable with practical cer- 1916.] The Invention of Fire. 7 tainty within a second of time. The problem that had to be overlook the details. First a composition had to be invented which would take fire but would not explode when struck or thing which would preserve the flame from it temporarily at least—a little stick or strip of paper was the obvious solution . It was eminently desirable to stick the stuff on the end of the stick so that the two things were rat together and available for immediate use. That means the stuff must be such as to take fire when struck; it must be sufficiently adhesive to remain on the stick while the friction is taking place; and it must be sufficiently powerful to set fire to the stick, which, in turn, must be able to take and maintain the fire. These are oh a few of the problems that have to be solved in the production of a really good match. The match must be protected to some extent against damp. It must not stink like the early sulphur abominations did. The red-hot head must not fall off and. for further safety, the match must only strike on the box. Wood of suitable quality, not too brittle, easily cut into sticks, and sufficiently combustible must und in oan quantities. Poison must be avoided— and so on and so on. Now we accept matches as a matter of course, and we neti all the skill and machinery involved in the production of boxes of matches by thousands of millions. e match-user put himself back only a hundred years into the days of flint and steel and let the fire-user put himself back a hundred million years to the days of the man- monkey. Then let him consider ‘the absence of the knowledge of a match and of the presence of skill to invent it. And let him consider the absence of knowledge of how to start or even by disabusing the mind of present knowledge in this way can the meaning of the “ invention’’ of fire really be brought home to us in these days of civilisation. ** Then tell me, for thou knowest, what is fire ?”’ * * 1 * * * * Not for myself,.....2..-.-+.++- But for my children and the after time For — the need thereof, bbb our state” Si Pup valuta cot ars a fits Of breathing flame which lives to leap on earth ———_ the. father of oli fre to ae e.” Oh lonvenay: fire, tite 8 life, ne eye pes (Prometheus the Piregiver.) ey ‘Roet Bridges. ) 2. On the Genuineness of the Eighth Canto of the oem Kumara-Sambhavam. By Rat Monmonan CHAKRAVARTI BAHADUR. Of Kalidasa very little is unfortunately known. Hence é any scrap of information about his a ork eoukl be welcome. In this paper I raise the sours kae whether the eighth canto of his great poem the Kumara-sambhavam (the birth of the war-god) is spurious or gen The older renits on the search of Sanskrit manuscripts in India were often silent on the point whether the manuscripts of this poem contained the eighth canto or not. Where the reports panei the number of the cantos, the manuscripts are found to con- tain generally not more than seven cantos. Misigheel pee con- taining the eighth were rare. Moreover, the commentaries now existing run up, in ate Rect instances out of hundred, to seventh canto only. Hence arises the question whether the oe canto found in a few cindtetiies is genuine or spurious. ngal the medieval Sanskrit writers appear to have =e been doubtful on the point. Bharata ten — se ee (Mallik) in his well-known com- ntary on the Kuma ara-Sambhavam voiced the traditionary ‘épinibis of Ls predecessors when in the introductory verses he remark ‘* It is said that the great poet mandiie made the epic poem Kumara-Sambhavam in sixteen ag seventeen) cantos. The circulation of the last eight cantos ceased from supernatural gga while the eighth canto is not read from the curse f the goddess. A commentary on the (first) seven cantos Found in few MSS. only. t Sanskrit College MS., vol. VI, 29, introd. verses 2-4:— RaCaHe ATA arfeera aerate: | qegrt aerate aa: wreath: aaq ule] ae aueste SaIySaA: | grainy ane Zatarare feea un [ei] Stat aqered @ Gare! TarHfa | atueea gaa waa faaega ile] a Sena’s time is not yet settled. Anyhow he must be older Ae rors "T1650 or 1728 4.p., the date of a MS. of his Ghatakarpara-tika ({R. Mittra, Noteces, vol. IX, No 3172). 10 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, by name Subodha (easy understanding) is (now) expounded oe to the best of his powers by Bharata, son of Gauranga Ss ah view of such remarks it is worth examining this ques- tion at some length. The question of genuineness may be examined in two ways, either (i) by external evidence, o (ii) from its internal pouiabia. By external evidence is meant whether this canto was ever commented upon by any old commen- tators, or whether any of its verses was ever quoted or referred to in any of the older wor On examining the existing commentaries it appears that Mallinatha, the versatile and popular Tika-kara on Kalidasa’s poems, oat tated on the eighth canto.! Mallinatha flourished in the firs half of the fourteenth century. Though not very old, Mallinatha has the reputation of being a commonsense critic, and of being very particular as to the text and its different readings. Conse- quently his acceptance of the eighth canto as genuine has much weight. External Evidence. (a) Commentaries. "Obing aeMarg back, the oldest existing se sete on the Kumara-sambhavam was Vallabhadeva of Kas His gloss is naneA th the Panjika. Its ordinary manasoripts 0 init the eighth canto. But several are reported to be fuller, con- taining notes on the eighth sarga. I myself hae come across two manuscripts giving the eighth. One of them is in Sarada characters, and the other in Nagri; and both appear to be pretty old in age.” They differ tail from each other as regards the text of this canto, but as a rule they agree. I see therefore no sufficient reasons to doubt that Vallabhadeva accepted this canto as genuine. Vallabha notices different read- _! MSS. of Mallinatha’s Tik@ on the eighth canto are found in §. ik@ has also been printed at Madras and Bombay. Malli- an College Library catalogue, Nos. 82 and 72 of 1883-4 (Sarad@), and No. 333 of 1892-95 (We st ere Nagri). The eighth canto notes are on folios 196-201 of the Sar MS. “iid on folios 486 to 566 of the Nagri MS. The three introduc rriei verses at the beginni ruler of thie re are omitted by the Sarad& MS., but are thus given in the Nagri (fol. la) :— we darare: we qaeraieyiea | vita SRraare@a 8 grarfgaraa: 2 (u] aera ea: Ha MSA saz He: | afed dette aratpsarna ie [i] aurfa farvasenttu: dfsrar wr TEs | SAAFIAT SATS AIS ATH: |) atu) 1916.] The Poem Kumara-Sambhavam. 1k ings of ag text, which must have been therefore much older than his time. In the final colophon Vallabhadeva calls himself son of Anandadeva.? He wrote commentaries on several other poems, such as Kalidasa’s Rayhuvamsam and Megha-dutam, Magha’s Sisupala-vadham, Strya-satakam, Vakr-okti-pancasika, etc. Val- labhadeva’s Pafijikais quoted by Hemadri and Mallinatha. He must therefore be older than the thirteenth century at least. He is probably to be identified with Vallabhadeva, the grand- father of Kayata the Kasmirian who wrote a Tika on Annanda- varddhana’s Devi-sa oe ne nab of ee in Sanskrit rhetoriciansis Anandavarddhanacarya. Inhis Vriti or gloss on the Dhvany-dloka (the light on suggestiveness), + this author remarks that the famous descriptions of the amours of the highest deities by great poets, though (essentially) improper, are sav rom the fault of vulgarism by their genius ; for example, the Haare of the amorous enjoyment of the Devi Parvati in the (poem) Kumdara-sambhavam. The author adds that such amorous descriptions by a poet without genius would gr bed faulty. ommenting on this passage Acarya Abhinava Gupta notes "dint descriptions of the amours of the highest piers are as improper as descriptions of the amours of one’s parents.° mention of different readings see, forexample, under verse 32 of at eighth canto (No. 28 of the Nagri MS.), farzetaasar”? qretat: | 2 The oe tira final /Seaensonsger (fol. ede — amt —' Be ad i ae i al 8 Be TVN aie hd De 8 - 8 aat Sara: | 4 The Kavya-mala, A, pe tOl, foots + The Dhw any aloe, Gayot ee avi 6 7 See, Press, 23 oo aut TSH | wala — a afaarea : aut at Hara | 2aidiiweray araa- > ers se 5 The Dhvany-Gloka-locanam, p- 138 :-— 12 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, thus sri shea the eighth canto of the Kumara, wih es bes morous life of Siva and Parvati after time falls in the fourth quarter of the tenth and the first quarter of the eleventh century. The latter flourished, accord- ing to the Raja-tarangini, in the time of the Kasmirian king Anantavarmman (second half of the ninth century).! Several other older rhetoricians quote even particular verses of this canto. Without burdening this article with all the arta a the following few may be mentioned as samples :— e Sarasvati-kanth- oe attributed to the king Bhoja of ae (1021 a.D.), verse 11 is quoted to illustrate upamana (similitude) subhead prativimba (reflexion), verse 49 for anadara-krta-vikara (passion from lover’s Drei g verses 79 and 80 for mada (intoxication).? (ii) Ksemendra alias Vydsadasa, living in the time of the king Sonieene (1028-1080 4.p.), quotes in his Suvrtta- tilakam * the e 63 as an example of the metre Rathoddhata, and in his a gt gp criticises the verse 87 as not proper for Lord Siva, the Guru of the three worlds. (iii) In the Tippani (gloss) of Namisidhu on Rudrata’s Kavy-alankara (composed in Samvat 1125 or 1068 a.p., some manuscripts give Samvat 1176 or 1119 A.D.), the verse 2 is quoted to illustrate ni a as (shyness) in a girl lover. + (iv) In the commentary of Paget on Dhanafijaya’ 8 Dasa-rupaka (twelfth century), ame verse 2 is cited for Mugdha (a young artless neh aa for Sl daosblaee (feeling of anxiety (v) In the Kavy-anusasanam of Hemacandra, a prolific Jaina writer (Samvat 1145-1229 or 1088-1172 a.p.), verses 5, 6, srazaariagian 3 feediia pp. 188, 286, 305, 308. 8 The Suvrtta-tilakam in the Kavya-mala IT. p- 51, under aur waa, that is Kalidasa’s. The Aucitya-vicéra-carccé with his own. gloss, in the KaGvya-mala, I, p. appa! aT (then quotes verse 87): WWeasdaaes gaara featae fafacrfaa fewrere 3 La EEN SS vias ett ~ . = gaarta | : Rudrata’s Kavy-Glankara, Nir. Sag. ed., p. 5 Dha anika’s commentary, the Aloka, N. 8. can to 54, 128. 1916.} The Poem Kumira-Sambhavam. 13 11 and 63 are quoted. The poem itself is quoted therein as an example under the sub-heads, description of night, of sunset, of moon-rise, of wine-drinking and of amorous dalli- ance, sabiowe which are peculiar to the eighth canto only.! s thus clear that this canto was known to the rhetori- cians on before the ninth century, and that none considered it to be spurious. Ksemendra in see the verses 61 and 87 calls them distinctly as Kalidasa et us now turn to internal nae The first point is metre. The general metre of the canto age cy Berane is Rathodhata, but the las t verse is in poet, for instance, in the body of the eleventh canto of the Raghuvamsam. Malini metre was also use im several times for end verses, for example, in the second canto of the Raghuvamsam, and in cantos first and second of the Kumara- sambhavam. In grammatical constructions I have come across no marked variations from the general run of Kalidasa’s w Next the subjects. They may be divided into +56 groups of ideas, erotic and non-erotic. The erotic ideas and descriptions need not be discussed at length. But in respect of them Raghuvamsam bears to the rest of the cantos in that epic. The standard of rhetorical excellence is similar. In fact the rhetoricians while treating of the general ideas and various erotic sentiment, quoted ‘the verses of the eighth canto more frequently than the nineteenth, and quoted them generally as models of the poetic art non-erotic group include verses describing natural scenery, such as the sunset (30-47), and the evening (52-75) on mountains The easy flow of the lines, the general accu- racy of the descriptions, the profusion and appropriateness of the similes, and t igh passionate imagery of some o ideas are not ee of the great poet. For example, Sake the following :— 38. e deers are entering the courtyards of the huts ; the trees by wabeapeakling are looking up vigorous; the cows required for the Agnihotra (ceremony) are entering; the fires are burning (for the evening homa) ; in these ways the hermitage ig shining. 40. The western sides touched by the ruddy sun from 1 e Kavy-Gnusasanam, N. 8. » pp. 40, 102, 355-6 (in ihe tika of Me sds For his time, see —— s Fifth Report, Introduc- tion, p. Ixxxv 14 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, a distance and therefore with few rays only is looking lovely like a virgin a ado: med on the forehead with pollened flowers . Eyesight iails to pass upwards, downwards, side- Sak frontwards and backwards. This world is living in the night like an ovum in the (dark) ovary. 7. Between the pure and the impure, the stationary and the moving, the curved and the ome all (differences) have been obliterated by this darkness. Shame to the dark- ness for removing the distinctions (between the good and the bad)! oe The moon with its finger-like rays removing the (black) hair-like darkness from the bud-like (shut) lotus eyes is, as it were, kissing the pom IEF nig Sufficient facts have now bee pore and they fairly e Cat the eighth canto formed ane ‘ean bod cca part of the original poem. Why then has it been omitted from most manu- scripts ? Its disappearance is, I think, due to the subject selected. The amorous dalliance of ane Divine Being and His consort, described like the dalliance of an ordinary human lover condemned such descriptions directly and indirectly; and their condemnation was followed by the gradual dropping of the canto from ordinary manuscripts. Finally we see the disappearance attributed to a curse of the goddess Parvati. I conclude this paper with a discussion of the question as to the position of the age canto in the original poem. Was it the last to, or was it followed by nine iecince cantos as now alleged ? On this point the following facts are worth noticing. Firstly, the cantos nine to seventeen ap- Ninth to seventeenth us, nised any of the by any reliable critics like Mallinatha. Thirdly, neither the cantos generally nor any of their verses particularly have been quoted or referred to in rhetorical or other works. Fourth- these cantos descr ribe the growth of the Kumara, his fight with the demon Tripura and his followers, and his destruction of them. These subject-matters disagree with the title of the poem which is expected to describe only the events leading 1916. | The Poem Kumara-Sambhavam. 15 up to the birth of the war god. Sixthly, - comparing with the Raghuvamsam the intention of the poet appears to be to end his poem in the sweetness of erotics (srngara). Its last (nineteenth) canto deals with the love and amorous dalliances of the king Agnivarna. Similarly, the Kumdara-sambhavam should om in the eighth canto dealing with the loves of Siva and Parva A Gaiddcuiito of these facts and others leads to the spurious. At least it would be safer to treat them like Nalodayam and other poems attributed to Kalidasa, as not his until proved otherwise. In the present paper I do not propose to ‘nagtcne the vexata questio of Kalidasa’s tim Twelve years back I had an occasion ag discuss this subject. I then came to the con- clusion that Kalidasa should belong to a period of great culture, that this period can only be the period of the Imperial Guptas, and that internal evidence point to his flourishing in the time of Kumara Gupta and Skanda yeeainge say in the third quarter of the fifth century a.p.! Since then I ave come across no authentic facts pointing otherwise, A 80 must leave the date question as it was then. Kalidasa’s Time—Thi oN ter of the fifth cen- tury. 1 J.R.A.S. 1903, pp. 183-186; Do. , 1904, pp. 158-161. NN SN ena aes 3. Taxila as a Seat of Learning in the Pali Literature. By Bimata Caaran Law, B.A. Taxila has been frequently referred to in the Pali Litera- from various arts and sciences. According to Dhammapadatthaka- tha, Pasenadi, the king of Kosala, was educated at Taxila.! Jivaka, the renowned physician at the court of King Bimbisara was educated in medicine and surgery here.* Princes from various kingdoms used to be sent to this place for their edu- cation.’ In one place* there is a reference to a young man of the Lalha country going to Taxil4 for education. Lalha is the Pali form of Radha. As to its identification I agree with Mr. Nandaial Dey who in his ‘Notes on the History of the district of Hugli or the Ancient Radha’ (J.A.S.B. New Series, Vol. _VI, 1910, p. 604) writes: ‘‘ It should be borne in mind that while she was proceeding from Vanga to Magadha (Modern Behar), and therefore Lalha must have been situated between Vanga and Magadha and not in Kalinga. The identification of Lala or Lata, the native ri! oe moeye with Guzerat by some writers cannot be at all correc In several places in the Pali Jatakas,° there are references to highly renowned teachers living at Taxila and various subjects that were taught there. one of the Jatakas, a very beautiful picture of the student life of those days has been drawn (Jataka, Vol. II, p- 277). A son of the King of Benares went to learn arts at Taxila from a renowned teacher. He carried with him 1,000 gold coins as the teacher’s fee. In those days, there were two like his eldest son. Corporal punishments for offences were not unknown in thine: days as there is reference to a prince being beaten by his preceptor for an offence. From the Cittasam- bhita Jitaka,® it appears that the instructions were given to the higher classes only, namely, to the eee — — I PTS. edition, p. 211. 2 Mahavagga ee Pitaka edited by Dr. eps. VALE S. & Jatakas, Vol p. 259; Vol. V, pp. 161, 210, . oe z 5 Ibid., Vol. VI, p- 347; Vol. I, pp. 402, 463, 317. § Tbid.. Vol. IV, p. 391. Cc i8 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N-S., XII, triyas, for it has been said there that two Candala youths disguised as Brahmins were eee sciences from a teacher, but were expelled when found out. Of the subjects taught, the three Vedas and eighteen Vijjas are frequently mentioned. The three Vedas are the Rigveda, Samaveda, and Yajurveda. The Atharvaveda as the fourth Veda has been mentioned no- where in the Pali Jatakas. In many places! pupils have been described as learning sippas (Silpas) only, but the word sippa Sheet to have been used in the comprehensive sense of lear Tit the Kosiya Jataka’ it is stated that during the reign of Brahmadatta, the King of Benares, Bodhisatta being born in a Brahmin family studied the three Vedas and eighteen Vijjas at Taxila ; became a renowned teacher at Benares and used to princes and the Brahmin boys. In the Dummedha Jataka® we find that during the reign of Brahmadatta of Benares, the Bodhi- satta was born in the womb of the chief queen of Brahmadatta and was called Brahmadattakumaro. At the age of 16, he went to Taxila and mastered the three Vedas and eighteen Vijjas. There is a description in the Bhimasena Jataka* as to how the Bodhisatta learnt the three Vedas and the eighteen Vijjas from a renowned teacher at Taxila, and in many other Jatakas® we find that the Bodhisatta became well versed in the three Vedas and eighteen Vijjas at Taxila. In the Bhimasena Jataka® we find that the Bodhisatta cites earnt archery at Taxilaé and afterwards eeucoaiee got the appointment as an archer to the King of ares, he was asked by the king to kill a tiger which was avousnty all his subjects. Bhimasena at once killed the tiger, being guided by the Bodhisatta, and was rewarded. On another occasion he killed a wild buffalo. He became proud of his strength and valour and began to disregard the Bodhisatta. Shortly pala a foreign king attacked Benares. Bhima- sena was sent 0: elephant but he was so frightened that he was about to ‘fall down from the back of the animal. The ! Ibid., Vol. VI, p. 347; Vol. I, pp. 406, 431, 447; Vol. V, pp. 177, ‘2 Ibid., Vol. I, z be 3 Ibid., Vol. I, p. 285. + Thid., Vol. I, p. 356. 5 Ibid., Vol. I, iS: 505, 510; Vol. IV, p. 200; Vol. II, p.87; Vol. TI, pp. 115, 122. 6 Ibid., Vol. I, p. 356, 1916.] Taxila as a Seat of Learning. 19 Bodhisatta sent him home and defeated the foreign king. In the Asadisa Jataka! we find that the Bodhisatta mastered the three Vedas and the eighteen Vijjis at Taxil4. He was born as the eldest son of the King of Benares named Asadisa and a younger brother named Brahmadatta. His father the kingdom and gave it over to his younger brother. The councillors intrigued. Upon this, he left the kingdom and went the dominion of another king where he made himself known a bowman. The king appointed him as his archer. In order to remove all doubts about him from the minds of his old bowmen, the king asked him to bring down a sve Se from the top of a tree with his bow and arrow. He succeeded in doing so by shooting an seitag to the sky which came to the earth with the mango aimed a In the Sarabhanga Tate. * the Bodhisatta was born in the womb of the wife of a priest. His father sent him to Taxila to learn arts. He studied arts and paid fees to the famous teacher. After completing his education, he received from his teacher Khaggaratana (a valuable sword), Sandhi- yuttamendakasingadhanum (a bow made up of the horn of a ram), Sandhiyuttatunhiram (a quiver made up of joints), Sanna- hakaficukam (an armour), Unbisa (a turban). The Bodhisatta trained up 500 young men and then returned home. The king, in order to see arts of the Bodhisatta, collected 60,000 archers and he caused his drum to be beaten in the city intimating to ses: pore to come and see the arts of the Bodhisatta. He came to the assembly with a son only in ropes requested the sing? to encircle a space in the senbes with cloth and entered into the enclosure. After entering into turban and k hi He Valavedhi, Saddavedhi, and Saravedhi. Then the king sum- moned the archers. The Bodhisatta gave 30 arrows to each and asked them to shoot them at him simultaneously while he would prevent them alone. The archers refused to shoot at the young Bodhisatta. They afterwards shot and the Bodhi- ra prevented them by ndrdca (a light rac The Bodhi- t M4 a requested to show more feats, namely, saralatthi (a stick of arrows), sararajjum (a rope of arrows), saravent (a row of ar- rows), sarapasada (a palace of anton saramandapa (a pavilion 1 Tbid., Vol. II, p. 87. 2 Thid., Vol. V, p. 127. 20 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, of arrows), sarasopdna (a ladder of aes sarapokkharani (a tank of arrows), sarapadumam (lotus of arrows), saravassam ). e plant (vdtingana). In the Pancavudha Jataka,’ we find that in the past when Brahmadatta was reigning in Benares, Bodhi- satta was born as his son and the Brahmins foretold that he would be the beat man in the Jambudipa in using five kinds of weapons. He went to a famous teacher at Taxila to learn arts. When he finished learning arts he was given five kinds of wea- pons by his teacher. From Taxili on his way to Benares he met a Yakkha named Silesaloma. When Bodhisatta was attacked by the Yakkha, he first of all shot 50 poisoned arrows one after another. He then used sword and spear, and struck with the club, with the right hand, with the left hand, with the right leg, with the left see and at last with the head. When the weapons proved to be of no effect, and when he was caught by the Yakkha, he said that he had Vajiravudha (a weapon of knowledge) with him with which he would be able to put an end to the life of the Yakkha. At last the Yakkha was defeat In the Sustma Jataka,’ the Bodhisatta was born in the istinaciaeee womb of the wife of a priest. At the ee age of 16, he lost his father. His father was a hatthimangalakarako. When the king wished to perform hatthimangala ceremony, his ministers requested him to choose be able to learn Hatthisuttam and three Vedas. His mother asked him to go to Taxila which was at a distance of 20,000 Yojanas. The young son went to Taxil4é in a day and learnt Hatthisuttam in a day and he returned on the third day. He took part in the ceremony on the fourth day. n the Campeyya Jataka* it is related that a young man of Benares learnt Alambanamantam (man- we for charming snakes) at Taxilé. The Bodhisatta was born as the Naga-king in the Campa River between Anga and Magadha. He was very righteous. On a Alambanamantam. shore out of water. The young Brahmin on his way the Naga-king and charmed him by his mantra, ioe i was afterwards saved is his wife. 1 Usabha is a measure of distance=20 atthis, and | = nas (Abhidh@inappadipika, pp. 196, 996). , a Jataka, get ee 8 Ibid., Vol. II, p. 47. 4+ Ibid. 7, p. 456. 1916.] Taxila as a Seat of Learning. 21 It is mentioned in ce Vrahachatta Jataka' that a son of ing of Kosala learnt Nidhiuddharana m iets at Taxila. He then found out the hidden treasure of his deceased father and with the money thus obtained he engaged troops and re- conquered the lost kingdom of his father. Nidhiuddharana- antan | Jataka, Vol. III, p. 115. ai or Se et a lle STS a beleaes 4. A Note on the Bengal School of Artists. By S. Kumar, M.R.AS., Supdt. of Fe ices Room, Im perial Library, Caleut n 1869, Dr. Anton Schiefner of St. Petersburg (now Petro- grad) ‘si bienad, under the auspices of the Russian Imperial ; Oo Buddhism in India. The work is originally in Tibetan and it is almost a sealed book, as it were, to many who are not very well acquainted with the language. But the translation has nowadays, with a certain section of ipccage ed to speak of it as an aathoritative work on the history of Northern India during the pre-Muhammadan period. The origiiiel work sie written in about the beginning ‘of the 17th century a.p. Iti an embodiment of traditions in the shape in which they chal the author, mostly garbled and strongly biased, and with a large amount of personal equation which might be accounted for the creed of the author. An analysis of Taranatha’s statements has not yet been completed, so that for the "neoete the actual batons value of the work cannot be estimated with any a of definiteness. But so much has beats been ae as ead enable us to say that it would not be quite safe to regard Taranatha’s work as a record of unadul- terated historical facts, or of reliable traditions. It is a curious jumble of facts and fiction, of truth and untruth, of proved historical facts and garbled Buddhistic traditionary accounts. What we have said above might be illustrated by referring to a particular instance taken out of Taranatha’s History. Just before the accession of the Palas of Bengal there were anarchy and lawlessness in the cquntrys--6 fact recorded by Taranatha in the following terms:—‘‘ Zu der Zeit waren schon viele Jahre vergangen, ohne dass in Ba ala Konige waren, und alle Einwohner des Reichs waren in Ungliick und Kummer Spats: \’? Further he says,—‘‘ Da sagten alle, dass er im Besitz grossen Pagendverdienstes sei, wahlten ihn bestiindiz zur Herrschaft und gaben ihm den Namen Gopala.’ There can be no doubt about the truth of these state- ments, as it has been borne out ny the copper-plate grant 1 Tar. Gesch. d. Buddh. i. Ind. Ueberset. v. A. Schiefner, p. 203. 2 Tbhid., p. 204. 24 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S. XII, executed in the reign of Dharmapala.' Let us take another instance; we find it stated by Taranatha that MahIpals I and Rampila reigned for 52 and 46 years respectively.2, This might probably be regarded as not very far from truth, as many metal images have been discovered which were executed during the 48th year of Mahipala’s reign and one of stone dated the 42nd year of the reign of Ramapaladeva. But Taranatha fails to give a correct genealogy of the Palas of Bengal in spite of their im- portance in the history of Northern School of Buddhism. They were the last of the royal patrons of the religion and it was under them that so many sects and doctrines originated, such diverse opinions were entertained, and such an abstruse metaphysics was developed as made the Mahayanism a pro- found subject of study for the Onientalices According to Tara- nath ,*? Devapala was the father of Dharmapala and Yaksapala was the son of Ramapala* But from the inscriptions and copper-plate grants we have come to know that Devapila was the son of Dharmapala® and that Yaksapala had no blood- relationship with the Pala Kings of Bengal. In the Manahali ee ee inscription of Madanapaladeva’ a complete gene- alogy of the Palas has been found which, when compared with the one given i in aiciabiiat nd s History, will show the discrepan- cies in the latt The list of Palas as given by Taranatha. Gopala. | Srestapala. Devapala. Canakapala Rasop§la. Virapala DharmapAla. | Niyapala Masuraksita. Amarapala. Vanapala. Hastipala Mahipala. | Ksantipala Mahapala. Ramapala. Samupala. | a he genealogy of the Palas as derived from the copper- plate grants of Dharmmapala and Madanapala, the 2nd and the last kings of this dynasty respectively :— ! Epi. Ind., Vol. IV, 243 ff., A.S.B. 1894, I, 46 ff. 2 Gesch. d. Bud. i. Ind. Schiefner, pp. 225 and 251. -»p- 251 5 Ind. ‘Ant., Vol. XX, 253 ff. 6 Thbid., Vol. XVI 1 J.AS.B., Vol. LXIX, Ae 66 ff. 1916.] A Note on the Bengal School of Artists. 25 Dayita-Visnu. Vapyata. | (1) ER I = Deddadevi. (2) Dharmapala = Rannadevi. ’ Vakpala. | | | Tribhuvanapala. (3) Devapala. Jayapala. | Rajyapala. (4) Sarapala I or VigrahapAla I. (5) N&@rayanapaéla. | (6) Rajyapala = Bhagyadevi. (7) Gopala IT. (8) Vigrahapala IT. (9) Mahipala I. | (10) NayapAla. (11) Vigrahapala III = Yauvana-Sri. fo RE Eiieodiet ss | (12) Mahipala II. (13) Siarapala II. (14) Ramapala. L | (15) Kumarapala. (17) Madanapala = Chitra- Matika Devi. (16) Gopala III. By a comparison of the above we see that Taranatha’s state- ments, like the accounts given in the genealogical works of Magadha a detailed account of the events has been given down to the reign of Ramapala, and that in the ‘‘ Buddhapurana,’’— a work said to have been written by Indradatta of Ksatriya caste, the history of the first four kings of the Sena dynasty is to be found. But these two works are yet to be discovered, and the mere mention of their names by Taranatha cannot, at present, be of any use to us. Ghulam Husain Salim of Maldah, the author of Riyaz-us-Salatin, has said in many places of his book that the accounts collected therein have been found in certain works, but he has not given their names, and up till now, in no work have been found those new facts which have 26 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, been included by Ghulam Husain in his History of Bengal. ' However, his statements have been supported by a number of Arabic inscriptions and hence there cannot be any hesitation in accepting as pieing facts the accounts given in Riytz-us- Salatin. But the case is different with Taranatha. Evidence is not lacking @fick proves that accounts given by him are mostly fictitious, rather than historical. Relying on the statements of Tarnatha, which are mostly contradictory and untrustworthy, Mr. Vincent A. Smith writes :—‘‘ The Naga productions of Nagarjuna’s time were rivalled by the creations of Dhiman and his son Bitpalo, na- Devapala and Dharmapala. Both father and son were skilled alike as painters, sculptors and bronze-founders. Bitpalo, who remained in Bengal, was regarded as the head of the Eastern School of Bronze-casting. But his disciples in painting being numerous in Magadha (South Bihar) he was also held to be the chief of the ‘ Later Middle Country’ school of that art, whereas - his father was considered to be the head of the Eastern School of paintings Mons. Foucher in the course of his remarks, on the minia- 8 century, they may represent the ‘ Eastern’ School of Dhiman which, sarap tity to Taranatha, was favoured in Nepal at e only source of information to which Mr. Smith ae referred, in the above passages, is Taranatha’s work. In n inscription, neither in any copper-plate grant, are to be fexisid the names of Dhiman and Vitapala (or Bitpalo, as Taranatha calls him). Mr. Aksaya Kumara Maitreya of the Varendra search Society in his introduction to the ‘‘ Gauda-rajamala,’’ —a Bengali work published by the Society,—probably follow- ing Taranatha, says that in this age (during the reigns of Dhar- mapala and Devapala) Dhiman and his son Vita apala of Var- by the specimens, and that these will be described in the ‘‘ His- pe aE Art’’ to be published by the Varendra Research Society. He further adds phi the writers on the subject being not so well-informed are in the habit of explaining them away as specimens of provincial at of Magadha and Orissa of this age. ** History of Art’’ above referred to has not vet seen the eat of day. But on the occasion of the visit of His Ex- erent vd ee Art in India and Ceylon, p. 305. : Tbid., p. 1916.] A Note on the Bengal Schooi of Artists. 27 cellency Lord Carmichael to the Museum of the Society, they published a Guide Book in English. In this, it will be found that the Society have come to the conclusion that among the specimens exhibited, there are a few stone images which might be attributed to Dhim&n or his immediate follower.! None of these, we presume, contain any inscription, as iiiee is no mention of any in the Guide Book. We are at a loss to under- stand how a particular image might be regarded as a specimen of artistic creation of any particular person when there is noth- ing in the shape of inscription indicating the name of the artist. It is needless to say that such assertion, unsupported by evi- dence, has no place in history. any of the specimens of art which have been discovered in Southern and Western Bengal are not in any way inferior to those found in Northern Bengal, or Varendra. Recently Mr. Nagendranath Vasu has discovered, in the village of Attahasa, in the District of Burdwan, a stone image of a goddess seated or squatting on her haunches. It is a figure of an old, emaci- female, of a horse and of an ass. We have not yet leoeeied in finding what goddess it represents, but one would surely be convinced of the genius of its author by merely looking at it. The figure is draped by a ae piece of cloth tied in the loins in the Indian fashion, but the upper part of the body is un- draped. The skill, with which the ribs" and the emaciated faint smile, testifies the high order of artist’s conception. On the neck of the i image, there is a charm hanging by means of a thin string necklace, and on the wrists a pair of bangles is in evidence. Ther rienced on the body of the Her hair is dishevelled and thrown on her back. A portion of the fi is broken away, yet what remains is a standing testimony of the high order of art, of which South and West Bengal may justly be proud. We do not sapppeaanis: his successor oar and foun indepen aasene schools. A comparison of exhibits Nos. 11, 14, 34, 95, and 99, which may be Sally attributed ern to the Peg sete of Relics of Antiquity and Manuscripts on the Occasion of the Visit to Rajshahi of H. E. Lord Carmichael, Governor of Bengal, p. 8. 28 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XIT, 1916.| that any such image,—a specimen of such a high order of artistic skill,—has ever been discovered anywhere else in Bengal, or in Bihar. ears back in Kandi sub-division, in the District of e do not think such figures have, up till now, been found in hae. endra. Mr. Rothenstein, the celebrated artist, has said that rator of the Eastern School of Indian Art, of which the history is yet to be written. From the specimens discovered up to the present time, we can safely assert that there was but one school and one system in the whole of Bengal and Bihar. The special features of the images collected should be studied before ae can be said in the a of history about the ‘‘ East- n School ’’ of the Indian artist arge number of dated i page both in metal and stone, executed during the reigns of the Palas and the Senas of Ben- gal, has been discovered. These are to be studied with refer- ence to a certain period of the national history before any serious attempt is made about a historical exposition of the ** Eastern School’’ of Indian art. 5. Notes on the Geography of Orissa in the Sixteenth entury. By Rat Monmowan CHAKRAVARTI, Banapour. The special use of geography for historical studies has been oftenemphasized. Unfortunately very little is known about the sce geography of Bengal and Orissa. So in the present paper I ropose to discuss the available geographical details of mediz- val Orissa, and its fiscal divisions By medizeval Orissa, I mean ‘the time of its latest Hindu kings, and of the earliest Musalman occupation, that is, the sixteenth century. For the Hindu period the main authority i is second list gives a table of gods with their places throughout Orissa who were endowed with money grants from the govern- ment. These lists thus supply us with the names of many villages and their fiscal divisions as existing towards the close of the Hindu rule. For the early Musalman period our main authority i is the Ain-i Akbart of Abul Fazl.? In the Ain 15 he describes the Imperial coe as existing in the fortieth year of the [ahi era (1594-5 a.p.). In this account Orissa is placed under Subah Bangalah, but only nominally. In fact its description and its list of mahals are all put at the end quite separate from those f Bengal. The information given in the Madala Panii are only incidental to other topics, and therefore though valuable are incomplete. But the Atn purports to give a complete list of the fiscal divisions constituting Orissa under the Mughal rule. Hence the Ain’s list has been made the basis of the present per. During the subsequent Mughal rule the fiscal divisions of 1 The meaning of Madala is not ay gir sgl It is derived, I think, from Mudala, Rocca with mudi or ring. The word mudalena is used in inscriptions. e , Baidi- Maisendpat:mudatena C. A.S.B., 1895, p. 149), again ena to, mudale ( 152) ; — Hali-Prahlada-mudalena (J.A.S.B., 1896, p. 254). Co Sack e also Mudra a, mudra and hasta, seal- anded. an officer in the temple of Jag; nei § whose duty is to seal the sania doors at the end of the daily “ceretho onies. Mada la Panji went thus Paget - eidab te cle of the (royal) ord s English Translation, Bib. Ind. ed., vol. II, pp. 126-129, linac 30 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Orissa underwent aoe change. But their basis, the mahals, though increased in number, were not radically changed. Hence in checking and identifying the Atn’s list considerable help has been obtained from the list of pexeanee supplied to the British at the time of their occupation. General Remarks. Madala Panji reveals that the basic unit of the administration was the ga (Sansk. grama) or village. The Dandoasi (Sansk. danda-vasika, staff-holder).” Through these the revenue was collected and order maintained. A number of villages were grouped under an administrative subdivision, called generally Bisi (Sansk. Visaya) and a subdivisional head, Bisoi (Sansk. Visayt). This general name for the subdivision Caura or Caura (meaning probably a tract cleared), as in North Balasore and South Midnapur, or Bhiim (land) as in West and North Midnapur. The suffix Mutha of several parganas in east Midnapur Lepage is not found ae in the Maddala Panji or in the Ain, and is therefore more recen The next higher step in the rite arrangement was the Dandapata (division). It consisted usually of a number of Bisis, Khandas, Cauras, etc. It covered zeverall a consider- able tract of the cou nt and ccrresponded to the Sanskrit Bhukti used in Bengal and Mithila. Occasionally a Dandapata had no Bisis. The country was essentially rural. The only town life traceable was in some sacred tirthas or in some headquarters of the king. ‘The principal tirthas or places of pilgrimages usually — head-quarters of the king when he toured over territory. All these stations were called Kataka, a Sanskrit word ine at an In inscriptions we come across the following Katakas: Purusottama, Krttivasa, Varanasi, Remuna, Rauhatta, sre bee mai ‘Devakiita. To these the Madala Paiji adds Asika, Khurdha, Cauduara, Jajapira. At each Kataka the king had generally a masonry building for his residence. The most imposing of such edifices was at Varanasi Kataka. This town appears to ate been the orks Musalmans as their chief semester: in Orissa. This information is summ eristadar J. Grant’s Analysis and Review of the Bengal hong es. (1757), seo me as Appendix III to the Fifth Parliamentary Report, 1 I quote from the Madras Reprint, asi Ohora (watchman’s tax) is mentioned in an Oriya in- ‘catpaitas of the Fionn temple, J.A.S.B., 1893, p. 91. 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 31 The Madala Panji contains an interesting statement, attri- buted to the king Anangabhimadeva, about the extent income of the Orissa kingdom. This may be literally translated thus :— ‘‘In the times of the kings beginning with the Kesaris, up to me, the sixth ruler of the Ganga dynasty, the following revenue in the kingdom of Oris&i was realised. e revenue was (then) realised from a kingdom that extended on the east from the arka ksettra (Kanaraka) on the sea to Bhimanagara Dandapata on the west, from the Kasabasa river on the north to the Rsikulya river on the south. From this circle of lands the revenue realised was jiti gold fifteen lakh Marhas. By the grace of the Lord Jagannatha, by the blessings of Brahmans and through faith in god Visnu, conquering with sword the rary Bhuyas and Puranas (elders), I have extended my kingdom, Bhimanagara to Sunupura on the borders of Boda. conquering on the three sides I got an (additional) revenue of twenty lakhs Marhas in jiti gold.’’ he ascription of this statement to Anangabhimadeva is certainly apocryphal. In the Madala Paaji several things which were done by his predecessors or successors were attri- buted to this king, e.g., the building of the temple of Jagan- natha, the causing of a survey of the kingdom and so forth. But otherwise the statement contains a real geographical truth, as will be seen later on. : The Madala Panji supplies us with the names of 31 Danda- patas (including the Purusottama Ksettra as one) and of 110 isis. In the Ain Orissa was subdivided into five sarkars and seventy-nine mahals. The arrangement of the Ain ealls for special attention on several points. Firstly, as remarked supra, the list of mahals is given at the very end of the Bengal table, and not alphabetically arranged with its sarkirs. Secondly, the sarkars of Orissa, unlike those of Bengal, are arranged geogra- phically from north to south, and not alphabetically. Thirdly, in the two southernmost sarkars, Kalanga and Rajamahen- mans shows practically no change from the Hindu arrange- ment; while in the Sarkar Jalesar occur some Musalman yaria- 32 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, tions of the mahal names, while some singe ee. of the Dandapatas were turned into separate m he ignorance of the fact? that the pat i ‘of the Ain were a further development of the Hindu fiscal divisions, has now and then led to mistaken remarks, for example, by Beames. Furthermore, the want of knowledge of the old Hindu names mre prevented a satisfactory checking of the names in the Am, ose manuscripts show a lamentably corrupt state of preser- vaughn in addition to the actual difficulty of gga ag the vernacular names correctly i in the Persian. The names the fiscal divisions have since then changed greatly, and as aliett nowledge is now more or less disappearing, the di culty of their identification with modern divisions can be well ima- ined. : Before proceeding to identify the mahals, it is better to give here some account of the fiscal changes introduced by the Musalmans. Orisa was one of the provinces conquered very late by the Musalmans. The northern part up to the Cilka Lake was conquered by the army of the Bengal Sultan Sulaiman Kara- rani in 1568-9 a.p. The southern part was invaded and the compiling the Ain ‘the Musalmans had thus been in possession for only a quarter of a century, and that possession, too, was very much disturbed and partial owing to the continual fights be- tween the Afghans and Mughals. The Musalmans had thus little time and less leisure to make radical changes, a fact that ex- plains the general Belpre of the old Hindu subdivisions, both in name and in e The next ‘TnpORERAR change in Todar Mal’s rent-roll was Prince Shah Sujah (1646-58 a.p.). Orisa which had been ad- ministered by a separate governor, generally appointed direct from Delhi, had been then added to the prince’s viceroyalty of Bengal. In his time ie was rearranged into three groups of four sarkadrs each, or twelve sarkars and 276 mahals (Grant, . 527). Of these the hase tacts six sarkars were dismem- bered from Orissa and annexed to Bengal. The main reason for this change was said to be to protect the growing port of Balasore and its sea-coast against the ravages of the Arra- canese (G., p. 246). e next great change was introduced in the ‘ perfect ’ rent-roll of Murshid Kuli Khan (1722 a.p.). He changed the general name, mahal, into pargana, and for the khalsa re added an administrative division higher than sarkars, the d un caklas, Bandar Balasore (17 parganas), eee Hijli (35 parganas) besides the zamindari of Tamluk (G., p. 253). 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 33 n 1728 was prepared the corrected rent-roll of Nawab Suja-ud-daulah. The southern half of the dismembered por- tion with the port of Balasore was re-added to Orissa for ad. ministrative purposes, but kept in Bengal for revenue purposes (Nos. 20 and 23, G., p. 265). 1 a.p. the Bengal Sultan Alivardi Khan tired of n 175 fighting with the Marathas ceded to them Orisa up to the year 1777-78 a.p.). I. Sarkar Rajmahindra. This is Rajamahendri Dandapata of the Temple chronicles. _ No details of its 126 mahals are given. Both inscriptions and Colair lake. Purusottamadeva of the Siryavarhéa (1469-96 A.D.) ceded Kondapalli and Rajamahendri to the Bahmani Sultan Muhammad Shah II for his help in securing the throne of Orissa. But the loss was temporary and he had recovered Rajamahendri before 1488-89 a.p. The headquarters of this division was Rajamahendri, a town on the north bank of the Godavari. In 1510 a.p. it was visited by Caitanya, the Vaisnava preacher of Bengal, in the course of his pilgrimage to the south. The accounts of the pilgrimage mention that Ramananda Raya was then the Oriya governor of Rajamahendri on behalf. of the king Pratapa- rudradeva. During the dissensions brought about by the death of the last independent Hindu king of Orissa, Telingaé Makunda Haricandanadeva, in 1571 a.p., the army of Ibrahim Kutb Shah overran the east coast up to Chicacole. But the Musal- man occupation of the Rajamahendri division remained more or less precarious until the time of Asaf Jah Nizam-ul Mulk, bad mahendri and the other at Chicacole. In 1753 a.p. the nor- thern sarkars passed into the hands of the French from whom they were conquered in 1759 a.p. by the Bengal army of the East India Company under Colonel Forde. Loe The Dandapata corresponds to the present district of Godavari plus the southern part of Vizagapatam district. D 34 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, L II. Sarkar Kalang Dandapata. It is the only place in the Ain where Dandapata, the Hindu word for the older higher divisions, has see eae § ad 27 mahals, but no details thereof are given. Kalinga Dandapata is mentioned in the temple chronicles, aa without any Bisis. Kalinga is one of the oldest names recorded in Indian history and is mentioned in Asoka’s inscriptions. It is not my inten- tion to trace here its old history. Its medizval history has with inscriptions recording grants of the Ganga kings. road to Kafici (modern Conjeveram) passed by this town, and its pei was visited by Caitanya in 1510 a.p. uring Musalman occupation the ge was changed to Chicacole, 8 miles west, on the north ba the Langulya river. Its Musalman occupation is shown by here mosques, of which the oldest existing goes back to 1030 H. (1620 a.D.), mage the next oldest, the Jumma Masjid, to 1055 Hu. (1644 Bi alinga Dandapata was bounded on the north by the?’ Rsikulya river and extended southwards probably as far as Vizagapatam, thereby including the notable tirtha Simhacalam. It would thus comprise the greater part of modern Gafijam and the northern part of Vizagapatam district. III. Sarkar Katak. This sarkar covered a very large area, and was assessed with the highest revenue in Bengal, 91,432,730 dams, or at the rate of 40 dams per Ilahi Rupee, Rs. 22,385,818}. It lay ap- proximately between the Baitarani river on the north and the Rsikuly& river on the south, with the sea on the east, and the ill-defined Garjat state of Bod on the west. It comprised thus almost the whole of Katak district, the whole of Puri district, the northern part of Gafijam district, and several Garjat states on either bank of the Mahanadi river, ‘such as Athagara, Tigiria, Baramba, Khandapara, Narsingapura, Daspalla, ‘Dheakanala. Bod, besides Ranapura and Nayagara further south. The heading of the Ain gives 21 mahals, but the details below supply only 20 names. The mahal omitted in the text was probably Lembai Dandapata: see infra. There is not a single Mahomedan name in the mahals, a fact due to its very recent conquest by the Mahomedans and to its imperfect pos- 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 35 session on account of the continuous fight between the Afghans and the Mughals for the possession of Bengal. By the treaty of peace concluded between the Mughal viceroy Munim conquered Orissa in 1000 8. (1592 a.p.). So Katak could have been known to the Mughals mostly by hearsay, and was only nominally subject to the emperor at the time of the compila- tion of the Ain. now pass on to identify the mahals.!_ They are arranged in the Atm according to Persian alphabet. (1) Al. The Ali Dandapata of the Temple chronicles, of which no Bisis are named. It has survived in modern times as Killa Ali, a pargana in the Kendrapara subdivision of Katak district, lying between the Kharsué on the north and the rahmani on the south. From the large revenue assessed (Rs. 1,60,728}) the eastern sea-board of Kanika would seem to have been attached to it at the time. resent zamindar of the killah is a lineal descendant of Mukunda Haricandanadeva, the last Hindu king of Orissa. On the reconquest of Orissa, Manasimha recognised three chiefs in the Mughalbandi, Ramchandradeva in Killah Khurda (2) Asakah. The Asiké Dandapata of the T. chronicles. The mahal has survived in a zamindari and in a town of that Mahendra hills) lay in this division. The Dandapata spread therefore from the Mahendra hills on the west to the sea on the east, and from the Rsikulya on the south to the Cilka Lake on the north. Drained by the Rsikulya the land must have been fairly fertile, as the revenue of Rs. 79,0094 indicates. The uota of men, 15,000 infantry, indicates that a considerable hilly tract of the west with its militia of paiks was included. Aska town, 25 miles N.-N.-W. 0 rhampur, is noted at pre- sent for the manufacture of sugar and rum. J.R.A.S., 1896, pp. 743-764, are, on account of his personal knowledge of Orissa, useful. Dr. R. Mittra’s footnotes on this sarkar in the Antiquities of Orissa, vol. 1, p. 2, are unsatisfactory. 2? Blochmann, Ain-i Akbari, vol. I, p. 526. 36 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, included not only the present tributary state of Athagara, but also Banki and Domeparah of Katak district, with the ad- joining tributary state of Tigiria. In spite of the wild rugged nature of the country, the mahal had a revenue of Rs. 29,6344, in addition to a quota of 200 cavalry and 7000 infantry, and so must have covered a considerable area. The name is derived from asia=eight + gara=forts. Only one fort is mentioned in the Ain, probably the one near Kakhari, on the other side of the Mahanadi river. This one must have been best known to the Musalmans from its proximity to Katak town. (4) Purab Dikh, with four forts. Kanika, Kujang, Harish- pur and Mirichpur (Beames). Anerroneous suggestion. It is the Parbadiga Dandapata of the T. chronicles, which included a southern section separately named therein, Barabisi Danda- ata. e former is said to have contained twenty-one Bisis and the latter twelve, but the names of fifteen and seven Bisis only can be traced. They are noted below, alphabetically arranged according to Oriya letters :— Pirbadiga Dandapata (15)—Asuresvara, Kusamandala, Caudakulata, Dahanga, Derabisi, Tikona, Pa-ida, Paend, Bali, Birumolo, Brahmabaydlisi, Mohara, Yadisahi, Sarasvati, Sukhana-i. ii Barabisi Dandapata (7)—Apila, Kaluniya, Khandi, Gandi- to, Tirana, Benahara, Yakhemra. Of the first group all except Nos. 4, 11 and 12 survive still as parganas, some in a rather altered form, such as Balubisi for Bali, Karimula for Birumolo. In the second group all but No. 2 can be traced. The last one, Yakhemra, is the old name for modern Pargana Jhankara, and appears as such in the Bharata of Sarola Dasa! composed during the reign of Prataparudradeva (1496-1540 a.p.). From the present position of these pargands, Purbadiga lay entirely on the east side of Katak district. It lay en- closed between the Brahmani river on the north, and the main branch of the Mahanadi on the south, having its apex at the bifurcation of the Mahanadi and its branch Biripa, and thence spreading eastward fanlike until the saliferous tract on the coast is touched. The Barabisi Dandapata lay south of Purbadiga, between the main branch of the Mahanadi on the north, and its Devi branch on the south. It was separated from the Kodinda Dandapata on the west by a wedge of the northern part 1 J.A.S.B. 1898, p. 346, Jakhenrapiira-vaseni Hingula Candi Sarolo, or (the goddess) Hingul& Candi, resident at Jakhemra-pira. 1916.) The Geography of Orissa. 37 of Dakhinadiga wpa yg eH a as the sea by the saliferous tract of Kujanga and Hari ome of the Bisis are iris old. Lands were granted in Dera-visaya and Svaiga-visaya (Bisis of Pirbadiga) by a copperplate grant dated 6th an. oa 1296 a.p., under orders of the Ganga king Narasimhadeva IT.! ood many names of the above Bisis can be derived, and therefore could not have been very old. For sei eal take gee or Lord of the ANGERS, the name of a ; Kusa = grass + mandala = circle; cauda = fourteen + Lillia on : forts ; Dera = tess Visaya = adi vision; ti = three + kona = angle; payas= milk + da = giver; bali—sand ; Birhi = a kind of pulse + mula = source; Brahma = the name of a god + bayalisi = ped twa (villages); Yadi = an aboriginal tribe + sakt = quar Sarasvatt = the name of a holy stream ; swkha = pleasant + na-i = river; Khandi = tract; bena = grass + hara = removal. In fact the very names indicate that cultivation progressed east- wards with increase in pasturage and reclamation of wastes and sandy tracts. The mahal covered a very large tract, and had the largest . revenue payable in whole Bengal, Rs. 5,72,039}. (5) Pachchham Dikh. This included kilas Darpan, Madhu- pur, Balrampur and Chausathpara between the Brahmini and Mahanadi, and probably also Dompara and Patia, south of the latter river (Beames). Another erroneous remark. It is really the Pacchimadiga Dandapata of the Temple chronicles, sub- divided into thirteen Bisis, of which eight have been named, viz. Alti, Katarkua, Kinalakha nda, Kulakhanda, Koroarakhanda, Khandilokhanda, Tapanakhanda, Dharmupiira. Of these Nos. 1, 5 and 7 still exist as parganas in West Katak. Dharmupira included the present killah of Darpana, as the Mahavinayaka temple of Barunai is said to have been init. In this Dandapata the substitution of the suffix khanda for Bisi is worth noticing. From the Rang ee still existing taken with the special use of the te eo the A since of this mahal can be roughly rey spread above the Birtipa branch of the Mahanadi north- pe towards ri Brahmani river which formed able-bodied man was counted as a soldie The old Padshahi road passed ecu this mahal. Todar ' JAS.B. 1896, p. 255, ‘ont ace eres bane Edara.grimam, Svanga-visaya-madhy-Gsinarn ‘sunailo-gr 38 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Mal in his pursuit of Daid forwards Katak reached Kalkal- ghati where he halted for some time. This would be some- apparently extended the killah of Kalkalla, though it is now restricted to the south-west corner s Darpanagara. Chatia was in old days a place of some importance. In the tour of the kings, Chatia was th@next halting italion north of Cauduara, being only 13 miles therefrom a road. Here are the remains of an old fort with Hindu rem (6) Bahar. All the eater? tract of country now known are named, Olasmi and Ahara. he former Bes survived as Olasa in subdivision Jajapura District Katak. This pargana lies between the bifurcation of the Brahmani river and its branch the Kharsua. a present it is flooded very much by these two rivers. But to judge from the large revenue assesse ed, Rs. 1,28,2453, the ‘aha must have been in the old days very fertile and much larger, extending eastwards probably up to Ali. (7) ae Diwarmar, B. Diwarpir, B. Diwarbar, B. Di- warnd, or B. Purba, Basudebpur Arang, 14 miles north-east of Bhadraich (Beam es). This identification is not acceptable as it would take Sarkar Katak too far north, 30 to 40 miles beyond the Baitarani river, the real north boundary of the sarkar. At the same time the second part of the name appears so corrupt that no correct identification is possible. (8) Barang, with nine forts among the hills and jungles. No place of this name known, but it should be identified with the celebrated fortress of Sarang Gar, four miles south-west of Katak city (Beames). This is really, the Paranga Dandapata of the Temple chronicles. It 2S six Bisis, of which three are named Atiri, Paranga, Sabhari. Paranga means in Oriya upland and is ‘thus applicable easly to the highlands of modern Khurdha Atiri has survived in t the modern Atiri Gara, seven miles west of Khurdha town. Sabhari refers evidently to the Savaras, an aboriginal tribe that still survives in Khurdha subdivision. The Dan ndapata Paranga corresponds therefore to the northern part of this subdivision, and included the important town of huvaneswara, famous for its numerous temples and for the neighbouring Jaina caves of Khandazgiri hills. ahal of the Ain apparently included another Danda- pata, Gee Kandhra or Kondhra in the T. chronicles. Bana- pura and Ramesvara Gara were in this division, which therefore comprised the southern Khurdha (south of Mu resp river) with part of the adjoining Ranapura tributary st Khurdha subdivision is studded with many as or small forts, and the more important of these are, of course, referred to 1916.] _ The Geography of Orissa. 39 in the Ain by ‘‘ nine forts among the hills and jungles.’’ The country was wild and hilly, and must have covered a large the laterite table-lands of Khurdha and Ranapura, the preva- lence of the Gaura caste is not unlikely. A poet from Ranapura T. state, by name Acyutananda Dasa, calls himself a Gaura.! (9) Bhijnagar with a fort. Bhanjnagar or Gumsur in Ganjam District, some 20 miles north of Aska (Beames). It is really the Bhimanagara Dandapita of the T. chronicles, This state of Bod and that of Banki-Athagara, and comprised evi- dently the intervening tributary states of Daspalla, Nayagara, Khandapara, Narsingpura, Baramba, and possibly Angul and Hindol. That the mahal covered a large tract of these wild (10) Banju, Banjud, or Banhu. Banchas in Central Puri (Beames). More probably it is Bhafija, the title assumed by several chiefs of tributary states. That the mahal should refer to the wild tract of tributary states is clear from the note that the zamindar was a Rajput, and in addition to a small revenue of Rs. 21,655, had to furnish a large quota of men, 100 cavalry and 20,000 infantry. By calling the chief a Rajput, the mahal should, I think, be identified with the Bod tributary state which is expressly mentioned in the chronicles as lying on the western- most border of Orissa, and which included at the time probably parts of Daspalla, Gumsur and Angul. It could not have been applied to Mayurabhajija, whose position adjoins Jalesar Sarkar and was thus far off from Katak Sarkar. The Bod chiefs actually claim to have been descended from a Rajput relation of the Jaypur Raj in Rajputana. (11) Parsotam, detailed in each sarkar. This refers, of course, to the desa khanja of the T. chronicles, describing the numerous land grants to the god Purusottama of Puri town, the lands being taken from various Bisis of Orissa. (12) Chaubtskot with four forts. The Caubisakuda Danda- pata of the T. chronicles, of which only one Bisi is named, Raetirana. Manikapatna and Malud are said to be in this Dandapata. It included therefore not only the present pargana 1 J.A.S.B., 1898, p. 349. Gaura-kulare mu bolai Mahata, or among the Gauras I am called Mahata or head. 40 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, of Caubisakuda, lying between Puri town and the Cilka lake, but also the sandy strip separating the Cilka lake from the sea. e name is derived from caubisa = twenty-four + kuda— heaps (rising above water). r forts were probably Killahs Andhari, Parikuda, Malud and Bajrakot, all found in the sandy strip. There must have been other killahs, for the quota of men to be furnished (500 eee and 20,000 infantry) approach the tenure of Garjat states rac doubt Beames’ identification. The mahal had a considerable revenue, Rs. 59,9744, and included not only the present pargana of Jajapura, but also Parganas Tisinia and Dolagrama. It was thus bounded on the north by the Baitarani, on the west and the east by the Burha branch and an old branch of the Baitarani. and on the south by the Kharsua branch of the Brahmani river. In the subsequent rent-roll of the Prince Shah Shujah, Jajapur was formed into a separate sarkar with five mehals. The fort at Jajapura now lies in ruins at Gara Solampura. This fe is situated opposite Jajapura town on the left bank of the arani, and thus lie within the jurisdiction of Thana Diicueaetas Subdivision Bhadraka, District Balasore. Ac- cording to traditions it was built wt the king Ka pilendradeva of the Sarya dynasty (1434-1469 a.p.). Traditions speak also of an older fort near the temple of Biraja, two miles south of the Baitarani river. The name of this place Nahara-pada signifies “the land of the palace.’’ (14) Dakhan Dikh, with four forts. The four forts of the southern region, Parikad, Malad, Bajrakot and Andhari (Beames). A mistake, for they lie in Caubisakuda (see No. 12). It is really the Dakhinadiga Dandapata of the T. chronicles. Of this no less than seventeen Bisis are named, viz., Athaisa, Antarodha, Oldhara, Kate, Kurulo, Kudahara, Kotarahanga, Kodhara, Damarakhanda, Dega, Pacchimaduai, Pubbaduai, Bacasa, Marada, Rahanga, Saibiri and Sailo. Except No. 6 all these still exist as parganas, Marada being the older name of Hariharapura. Kate, ipa Marada, Saibiri and Sailo are in south-east Katak, and the rest are in eastern 1916.) The Geography of Orissa. 4] The Dakhinadiga Dandapata with Antarodha and BAacasa twenty-eight (villages or Sasanas); Antarodha = obstruction ; Ol me + dhara = bank or stream ; Kate = cut; Kuda = heap + hara = removal; Kota = own + Rahanga = a Bisi name: Khanda = tract; Deo = god’s + gi = village; Pacchima = of the T. chronicles, of which two Bisis are named, Oromalo and Koromalo. According to a copperplate grant of the king Narasimhadeva IV,* Kosthadesa was divided into eight khandas, of which two are named in the inscription, the Uttara-Khanda of Kalabho, and Oramola Madana khanda. Oramolois evident- ly the same as Oromalo of the T. chronicles. Kothadesa still exists as a pargana in Central Puri, lying along the both banks of the Kusabhadra branch. The name is derived from Kostha = own + desa = lands. The original fort is said in the Ain to be a kasbah (town) or kusaibah (small town), meaning that the town itself was fortified. 2 Ep. Ind., vol. III, p. 32, Daksi(na)-Tosalayam Marada-Visayiya- Canda-grame. Fleet corrects the first word to Daksina-Kosalayam (see note 11); but this is unnecessary as Tosali was the name of a tract in South Orissa : vide Asoka’s rock inscription of Dhauli. 3 J.A.S.B., 1895, p. 152, Atha-khanda-Kosthadesa Madanakhanda- Visaye, Oramolo-Madanakhanda-madhye, and p. 149, Kalabhora Utara- khanda-madhye. ; 42 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XIT, (18) Haveli Katak Banaras, with a fort and a masonry palace within. This refers, of course, to the city of Katak with its suburbs. The mahal is represented i in the T. chronicles by Kodinda Dandapata, and comprised the modern parganas of Kodinda, Sperber and Patiyaé. Bakhrabad is the abad or clearance of Bakhir Khan, who was governor of Orissa towards the end of Jahangir’s rule, and in the beginning of Shahjehan’s. This mahal was bounded on the north by the main branch of the Mahanadi and on the south and west by the hilly jungles of Domaparagara and Khurdha. The tract was not large, and being too much liable to floods did not yield much direct revenue (Rs. 15,140 only). The is, of course, noteworthy for its containing the capital of Orissa. In the inscriptions, the Temple chronicles and the older Musalman records! the name of the capital appears as Varanasi Kataka or Katak Banaras (Musalman), Varanasi being usually pronounced Banaras by upcountry people. The the Kathajori branch, a little below its bifurcation from the main river Mahanadi, and two miles west of the fort. The double-worded name was apparently found cumbrous, and so it was reduced to simply Kataka, a form found not only in the Ain but also in the older Vaisnavite works like the Caitanya- bhagavata. At Pato the second part of the name has been entirely forgott The city ewe syaoneeiccalete inthe Ain. But Jarrett’s translation evidently requires correction in two places. Firstly, ** this city has a stone fort sitabted at the bifurcation of shee Deo built a palace here nine stories in height; the 66 storey was taken up for the elephants and the stables ; the second was "AAR by the artillery and the guards and aati for endants’’ ; and so on. nine-storied building, if not entirely ocanis in those days, is prima facie incredible. From William Bruton’s description of Katak city and palace in 1632 a.p. (O.S.) it is clear that the translation for ashinah should be not storey but quarters? A similar description of various ! For the mention of Varanasi kata in Sanskrit Ping rect J.A.8.B., 1895, p. 149, Ravi-vare’ Varta i-katake; and p. 15! Mamgala-vare Varanasi-katake ; in Uriyaé in ptions seo J. A.S. 893, p. 100, Baranasi-katake, Srinaara-Gopalapriyajagatira. daksina-merhare. Varanasi Katak was first mentioned in Musalman accounts in connection with Sultan Firon | Shah’s invasion of creme in 761 H. (1360 a.p.). iroz reached this amg the capital of Jajnagar-Udisah, sites having crossed the river Mah@a-nadri; see ae ingens D Need eae of Shams-i Siraj Afif (Elliot, III, pp. 313-5, mary thereof Raverty’s footnote to pages 591-2 of his Gecdeuee of the Pabakat ~t Nasiri). 2 For a description of Katak town in 1632 a.p. (O.S.), see William 1916.| The Geography of Orissa. 43 - quarters before os the main building of the courtesan Vasantasena is given in the Sanskrit drama Mrccha-katika. The present temple of Srirangam has similarly seven quarters, one separate from the other by high wall, before entering the sacred precincts of the god. the time of the Aim the palace in the fort was the residence of the governor.. But by the time of Bruton the were called sahis in Hindu time, but generally bazars in Musul- man time. Besides Biranasi, the oldest part of the town, is, of course, the fort named Bara-bati from its covering an area of twelve Batis of land. (19) Khairah, Khadah, or Khazah, with a fortress. The khetra or the sacred area round the city of Puri (Beames). The Purusottama Ksettra of the T. chronicles whose luna pentha or store of salt is mentioned. The Ksettraor sacred area is generally taken to be paiica-kost or five-kossed in extent The sacred city was at the time of the Aim under the charge of Ramacandradeva, the Raja of Khurdha. The city had been plundered by the Afghans just a little before and had been saved from further pillage by Manasirnha in 1593 a.p. In the Ain Raja Ramchandra, Zamindar of Orisa, appears as a Mansabdar of 500 (No. 250). From some undescribed Persian manuscripts Stirling however gives him a rank of 3,500. Ac- cording to a version in the Madala Panji, Rameandradeva was a whe of the king Danei Vidyadhara, belonging to the Bhoi dynast The fortress in Puri town refers to the fortified palace of the Oriya kings where they halted when they visited the temple. This palace was probably situated in Bali Sahi near the old nahara or palace of the Khurdha kings. (20) Manakpatan. Manikapatna in the sandy strip between th Cilka lake and the sea. The mahal was purely of salt taxes, the village itself being in Caubiskuda Dandapata (No. 12). The salt revenue is estimated roundly at six lakh dams or Rs. 15,000. The Cilka lake was a great centre of the manufacture of the salt known as karkac. This manufacture was stopp y Govern- ment towards the end of the last century. (21) The heading gives 21 mahals in Sarkar Katak. But the twenty-first is omitted in the detailed list. I think the omitted mahal was the Lembai Dandapata of the Temple chronicles. No Bisi of it is mentioned therein, but the villages Delanga and Kalupara lay within it. Hence it is identifiable with the modern oo of Lembai, in Central Puri, oe Bruton’s 3 Vera. 1638, in a Collection of Voyages and Travels, 1745, Vol. Il. See the Antiquities of Orissa, Vol. II, p 44 Journal of the Asvatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XU, from the Khurdha subdivision by the branch Daya. A con- . siderable number of land grants to the god Jagannatha lay in this Dandapata. IV. Sarkar Bhadrak. A small division consisting of seven mahals only, but with a considerable revenue, Rs. 4,67,179}. It consisted part of i hurried back, defeated the Afghans in a great battle at Sher- pur Atai in Murshidabad and recovered Orisa and Western Bengal. . (1) Barwa with two fortresses, Banak and Raskoi. A pargana lying between the Brahmani and the Kharsua rivers in north tance, the Padshahi road passing through it. The mahal had . 81,000 and therefore comprised not only the present pargana of Barua, but also Jodh. It would Shah Sujah’s rent-roll Barwa was raised into a sarkar with nine mahals and added to Katak group. The two forts at Banak and Raskoi lay apparently on the Padshahi road. The first may be Banka-sahi as identified by Beames; but his identification of the second with the insignifi- cant village of Rispur on the Kharsua is open to doubts. (2) Jaukajri. Jogjuri village on the southern slope of 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 45 “hel hills Bri A very small mahal with a revenue of . 1,428} o (3) aaa "Bhadrak with a fort at Dhamnagar. The Bhadrekha Dandapata of the T. chronicles. Of this the following five Bisis are named, viz. Amkora, Uripara, Dhamanagara, Raede, Sonatiri. Nos. 1 and 3 still survive as Na in branch of the Brahmini above Jari. This old course shoe formed the south-western boundary of this mahal, separating it from Jajapur Mahal on the west. The Haveli extended on the east up to the sea and on the north up to the Matai river. It had a high revenue of Rs. 2,38,569. In Shah Sujah’s rent-roll Bhadrak continued to be a sarkir with 19 mahals, belonging to Balasore group. The governor of the sarkar resided at py yaa ci which, as Beames pointed out, has still a number of Musalm age The old Padshahi road passed from Bhadrak ie south to Dhamanagara and thence south-west to Jajapura fae in 1575 a.p., when Datid invaded the Mughal territory, his first attack fell on the governor at Dhamanagara. (4) Sahansu with two forts. Sohso pargana, fifteen miles west of Bhadrak (Beames). The Soso Dandapata of the T. chonicles. Three Bisis of it are named, Caudabisi, Purusanda, Hethaba-i. No. 2 still survives as a Tappa and Soso itself as a pargana, both in Thanas caigga ta and Soro of Balasore district. The mahal must have been a fertile one, to be assessed with a revenue of Rs. 87,857. It ae between the Salindi on the south and the Kasabfsa on the north. (5) Kaiman, with a fort. Now divided into three parganas, Kaima, Kismat Kaima and Killa Kaima, lying on both sides of the Baitarani (Beames). The Kaema Ponisphes of the T. chronicles, no Bisis of which are named. In modern time Pargana Kaéma lies in Thanés Dhamanagara and Candabali of Bhadrak subdivision; Kismat Kaema in Thana Ahiyasa of sage therefore lay on both sides of the modern Baitarani; but pointed out, the present stream in its lower part was evidently. not the main channel in the old days. (6) Kadsu or Garsu. Garh Sokindah in north-west Katak (Beames). Not satisfactory. Not traceable in the T. chronicles. The text seems corrupt. (7) Mazkurin, independent Talukdars, with three forts, Pacchham Donk, Khandait, Majori Pachhimkot village in Pargana Ragadi, saree west ‘intake, Khanditor on the Kharsua, ten miles west of Jajpur, Manjari, a pargana on the north bank 46 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, of the Baitarni, four miles above Jajpur (Beames). The first identification is possible, but doubtful; the second unsatis- factory as taking the sarkar too far south; the third correct. The forts are, of course, in vernacular called killas. V. Sarkar Jalesar. This sarkar! was very largein area and was heavily assessed (Rs. 12,51,3184). On the south from the Kasabasa river it extended first north-east and then north until\the rivers Bhagirathi and the Ripanarayana were reached; and then on the north it was bounded roughly by the Palaspai Khal and the Silai river, while the western boundary was ill-defined, consisting of jungle mahals. The sarkar thus comprised north Balasore, nearly the whole of Midnapore (except Hijili Islands and the eastern half of Ghatal subdivision), and small parts of the districts Bankura, Manbhum, Singbhum and of the Maytra- bhafija tributary state The formation of the sarkar is due to the Musalmans. By the treaty of peace with Daiid on 12th April, 1575 a.p., the northern sarkars of Orissa passed into the hands of the Mughals. Murad Khan was the first Mughal governor of Jalesar. Later in the year when Daiid attacked and killed the governor of Bhadrak and marched northwards, Murad Khan retreated to the capital Tandah. Jalesar was then occupied by the Afghans, and remained in their possession until Manasimha’s reconquest in 1593 a.p. Even after that in 1599-1600 a.p., the Afghans again rose under Usman, defeated the Imperialists near Bhadrak and reoccupied Orissa with Jalesar Sarkar until defeated by Manasimha. Prince Khurram, when he rebelled against his father Jahangir, passed through this sarkar on his way from Katak to Bardwan, and again when he retreated southwards to Deccan. In the revised rent-roll of the Prince Shah Sujah (c. 1650 a.p.) Sarkar Jalesar was subdivided into seven sarkars (Soro, Remna, Orissa and added to Bengal with the port of Balasore and the Nilgiri Hills. In the ‘ perfect’ rent-roll of Murshid Kuli Khan (1722 a.p.) these dismembered sarkars were placed under two chaklas, Bandar Balasore and Hijili, and in the zamindari of Tamluk, comprising 104 parganas. The Sarkars Soro, Remna Basta and Jalesar were dependent on Balasore, but were, how over, readded to the Subah of Orisa for administrative purposes. In 1751 a.p., Alivardi Khan ceded to the Marathds the whole of Subah Orisa up to the Suvarnarekha river, and beyond , a Professor Blochmann had a few notes on Jalesar Sarkar in Hunter’s Statistical Account of Bengal, vol. I, pp. 370-71. 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 47 Kanthi (Contai). Father Manrique (c. 1630 A.D.) mentions Banga as an important centre of trade where the Portuguese had e mahal yielded considerable revenue, Rs. 1 05,2853, and therefore must have covered a large area. It extended probably from the Suvarnarekha river north-east to the Bagri river. Some of the following joors or cauras included under Sarkar Jalesar by Grant (p. 533) must have formed part of the seven cauras of Basadiha mahal ,—Gozaljoor, Lodenjoor, Agrajoor, Lanojoor, Akrajoor, Phulwarrahjoor, Narajoor. (2) Bibli. Pipli Shahbandar on the Suvarnarekha (Bl. and Beam.). Not traceable in the T. chronicles. Probably it did not exist in the Hindu time. It bas survived in argana pargana was in area a small one, but the revenue was consider- able, Rs. 50,2853, which consisted chiefly of port dues. Of the port no trace now exists. Probably it has been vashed away. But it existed in Rennell’s time (see his Atlas, and as Piplipatan in DeBarros’ map (circa 1570 A.D.), and other subsequent maps. Father Manrique visited this port in 636 A.D (3) Bali Shahi. Kalindt Balishahi (BL), lying among the 48 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, he mahal, as its name signifies, lay along the sea coast. A quarter of Puri town goes under the same name (Balisahi). (4) Balkohsi, B. Kohi, B. Khosi or B, Kothi, with three forts, Sokrah, Banhas Tali, Daddhpir. Balikothi in Pargana Sat- malang (Bl.), Barah Kosi, the twelve kos between the Subarna- rekha and the Barhabalang (B.), Sokrah is Sohroh and Banhas- tali is Bhainsbati on the Ka nsbans, six miles south-east of Sahroh (B). No oe: name found in the Temple chronicles. The text of the Aim seems very corrupt. The mahal ma represent the Soro Dandapkis of the T. chronicles, an important division which would otherwise remain unnoticed in the Ain. Eleven Bisis of Soro Dandapata are named :—Amkora, Kaenda, Kure, Khajuri, Ganasara Khanda, Ja-epira, Bicasa, Basili- khanda, Benahara, Saraghara, Suneri. Except the last, all still exist as parganas, and the last (Suneri) may have been altered to Sunahat or Sunhat. The Dandapata thus lay roughly from the Nilgiri Hills on the west, to the sea on the east, and from the Matai tributary of the Baitarani on the south to the Jamka stream on the north. Soroh was raised to a sarkar with 15 mahals in Shah Sujah’s rent-roll. The first fort was at Sokrah which is probably Soroh, - letter & being a copyist’s addition; while the second fort a Banhastali may be in Bancasa, one of the Bisisnamed. As a old Padsh&hi road passed through this mahal, the three forts lay evidently near this road, which was much infested by robbers and thieves in old days. (5) Parbada or Barpada, with a fort partly on a hill partly fenced by forest. Biripada in Morbhanj (Bl.) Garpada village, half-way between Jellasore and Balasore (B). The Bhafija- i nas Kespur and Salbani, north of Midnapur town. " A wild hilly tract, it fetid part of "“Mayirabhaiija tributary sage Ge to the Persian documents seen by Stirling. Hence the name Bhafijabhum, Bhafija being the — title of Mayalebhainie chiefs. Baripada is still the name of the headquarters of Mayirabhafija, being situated on the ier Aaah of the Burhabalanga river. The revenue was in fact the tribute assessed on this chief, and hence was in round figures six lakh forty thousand dams or Rupees sixteen thousand. ( hograi with a fort. A large pargana at the mouth of the Subarnarekha, partly in Balasore, partly in Hijili (BI. vag. B). Not traceable in the T. chronicles. It survives in pargana partly in Thana Baliapal of Balasore District, wkd partly in Thana Ramnagara in Contai subdivision. The mahal lay along the sea coast from the Subarnarekha north-east, a fact which explains the statement that it had to supply a quota of 100 cavalry and 2200 archers and matchlockmen. Matchlocks 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 49 in the days of the Ain .could have been red Pane in that part only by Europeans trading up the Subarnarekha (7) Bugdi. Innorth Midnapore (Bl. and B). " Not traceable in the T. snee ee It survives as a pargana, partly in Thana Candrakona of Ghatal Subdivision, but mostly in Thana Garbeta of Midnapir Sadar subdivison, misspelt in the Bou ndary Commissioner’s list as Bhograi and thus making it liable to be confounded with No. 6. The parganaé is shown in Rennell’s Atlas (plate VII, 1779 a.p.). The mahal, though considerable in size (444.15 square miles at present), had the smallest revenue in Orisa, less than a thousand rupees (Rs. 9874). This revenue was therefore only a nominal tribute from the then zamindar of a wild hilly tract, inhabited chiefly by the aboriginal tribes. The zamindar is said to have been a Rajput. He was probably Bir Bhan Simba, the zamindar of Chandrakona. His son Hari Bhan alias Hari arayana is mentioned in the Tuzuk-t Jahangirt as having rebelled in 1617 a.D.; but in the Padishahnama his name a among the mansabdars of five hundred. From a Bengali inscrip- tion recorded on a loose stone kept in the Lalji temple at Chandrakona it appears that Laksmanavati, the widow of Hari- mother of the wie tng: king Mitra Sena and a sister of Narayana Malla. tra Sen died childless, ait Bagri passed to the maternal meres the Mallas of Bisenpur. In a Jama- Kharac account of Orissa dated 1707 a.p., the name of Raja 7,001. 19,006 in 1771 a.p., and to Rs. 55,679 in 1870 a.p. The greater part of the pargana is now in perpet tual lease to Messrs. Watson & Co. 8) Bazar. Dhenkid Bazar on the Kasai, south-east of the town of Midnapore (BI., B.). It could not have the name of any ee division, for then the name itself would have been give e.g., Bazar Chataghat in Sarkar Ghoraghat, Bazar Pasha ies in Sarkar Sharifabad. I think it refers to the market dues of a large town like sea and as the amount Dan sara. (9) Babbanbhum. Brahmanbhum in north Midnapur (BL., B.). Not traceable in the T. chronicles. This pargana lies north of Bhaijabhiim, partly in Thana Salbani, but mostly in Thana Kespur of the Sadar subdivision, Midnapur district. E 50 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, The suffix bhum is peculiar to names of tracts in the Jungle mahals, e.g., Bhafijabhim, Barahabhim, Tungbhim, Dhalbhim, Manbham, Singbhim. The zamindar of Brahmana- bhiim was a Brahman, evidently of the same family with whom a few years later Kavikankana Cakravartti, the author of the well-known Bengali poem Candi, took refuge. Kavikankana mentions Viramadhava, his son Bakura Raya, and his son Raghunatha, the last being his patron. They resided at Arara, a village some four miles off from Candrakona. In course of time the zamindari passed into the hands of Bardwan Raj. Its revenue, assessed in the Aim at Rs. 2,855: only, had in the early British assessment of 1178 B.s. (1771 a.D.) been raised to Rs. 35,910, or more than twelve times (10) Taliya with Kasbah Jalesar which has a brick fort. Jalesar in Midnapore and Balasore (BI., B.). The first name Beveridge would read it Takiya. Unfortunately for these sug- anor: the Madala Pa7nji supplies us with a very similar me, Tania or Tandiaé Dandapata, and the following six Bisis of it are named :—Ekhra Caura, J. alesvara Caura, Dan- tuni Caura, Naranga oer Binisara or Banisara Caura, Berai Caura. Except No. all still exist as parganas, and the fourth may be Bectewers in Thana Dantan. J eg is now in Balasore district and the others are in Midna The mahal covered a large area, and paid the th reve- nue in the sarkar, Rs. 3,00,1773. It extended from the Subarnarekha river northwards to the Kaliaghai river, and was traversed by the old Padshahi road that crossed the Subar- — at Jalesar town. wn is an old place, and was visited by Caitanya during his pilgrimage to the south in 1509-10 a.p. During the early Mughal occupation it was the headquarters of the gover- nor. Murad Khan was the first governor in 1575 a.p. When Daiid invaded Bengal on hearing the death of the Mughal viceroy Munim Khan, Murad retreated to Tandah, and the sarkér was occupied by the Afghans. It remained in their possession until the reconquest of Orissa by M4@nasimha in 1593 a.D. In i rent-roll of the Prince Shah Sujah (c. 1650 a.p.), Jalesar tinued to be a sarkar with 22 mahals, but was Hic os ts yar This feucalied sarkar was retransferred to Orissa in the first quarter of the eighteenth century. When Alivardi Khan ceded to the Marathas Orissa south of the Subarnarekha, Jalesar town lying just on the north bank of the river, became of importance as a frontier town of Bengal, and continued to be so until the British conquest of Orissa in 803. (11) Tanbulak, with a fort. Tamluk (Bl., B.). The old 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 51 Tamralipti.! From the old maps of Gastaldi and De Barros Tamluk appears to have been connected with the sea by another channel flowing direct south into the Haldi river. enabled it to flourish as a port. The silting up of this chan- nel must have been a main cause of its decline. At that time the Thanais Maslandpur and Sutahata formed an island, with this channel to the west, the Bhagirathi on the east, the Rip- narayana on the north and the Haldi on the south. In the early British period an attempt was made to deepen this silted- up channel, and under the name of Banka Nala it was formally opened for traffic on 21st April, 1784. But all efforts to keep off oe proved a failure, and the scheme had to be given up. 12) Tarkol, with a fort in the jungle. Tarkua (BI., B.). Not traceable i in the T. chronicles. The Tarkua Caura lies east which was fought on 3rd March, 1575 a.p., the decisive battle age Munim Khan and Daad, a battle that lost Bengal and Orissa to the Afghans. In 1584 a.p. the Afghans retreated to Takarot gee took refuge in the neighbouring forest of Dharma- pur. The importance of the place was due to the fact that the old Padishahi road to Orisa passed close by, between dense woods on either side. (13) Dawar Shorbhim urf Barah or Tarah. Parah, the tract of saliferous land otherwise known as Shorparah, ia the sea coast from the Subarnakekha to the Rasiilpar river (Beames). Not identified by Blochmann. Beames’ idesibifion. tion is not satisfactory , because the saliferous tract was included in Mahal Maljyatha (No. 25). The name Barah is evidently the same as Baraha (-bhim), and Shorbhum is another form of Savar-bhim, the land of Savara tribe. riienange now lies in Manbhiim district, drained by the upper reaches of the Kasai river. From the rather considerable sev ats assessed , Rs. 33,559, this mahal seems to have included the whole of the hilly jungly tract on the west of Mi nome ied district from the Subarnarekha northwards to the Kasa (14) Ramna, with five forts, in the Haveli, Ramcandpir, Ramka or Rarka, Dit and the new (panjam jadid ast). Rem- na, 6 miles north-west of Balasore town (BI., B.). The Re- muna, Dandapata of the Temple wooslepanrereS of which no less than pene among Bisis are name osa(?r)da, Arimola, Kandi: Guneu, Chanua Caura, enero) Talanga, Talasam ohi, Nagara aura, Narua Caura, Nunikhanda, Panua, Bayes, Biusada Caura, Manada, 1 See my article on mn TSmralipti, J. AS. B., 1908, pp. 280-91, 52 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Manacia Caura, Mulags. Mulapai, Mokhara, Raikama, Rae- ata, Remuna, Laukera Caura, Laigalesvara Caura, Srilora, Sakintia Caura, Suniba Cau(ra), Surumkuta Caura. Of th a Caura was raised into a separate mahal (No. 1) with six other cauras. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 16, 18, 21 and 23 still exist as parganas. Tan-(or Tin-) mangala is related to Paiic- mangal and Dasamangal Parganas, Talasamohi to Talasabanga, anada to Mulida. e Dandapata was large in size, and judging from the ees identified spread over north Balasars, in Thanas Balasore, Basta and Baliapal, and over part of the eastern Mayirbhajija too. It yielded also a considerable revenue, Rs. 1,26,5574. In Shah Sujah’s rent-roll, Remuna ice i d to be a sarkar with 20 mahals, but was added to Ben ngal emuna Visaya is pretty old. In Saka year 1218 (1296 a.D.) lands in two villages of Remuni Visaya were granted to a Brahman by order of the Orissa king Narasimihadeva II.! Among the boundaries of the villages were the Suvarnarekha- nadi-setu, and Suvarna-nady-uitara. These statements show that the Visaya —— at that time at least as far north as the ag mag e of the ree — was in ri Haveli, i.e., in the suburbs of pe town Remuna. The t was naturally the halting place of the king in ga soutinng 4 tour and had a forti- fied palace. In a copperplate inscription the king Narasimha- deva II made a grant while halting a =r Remuna Kataka, and this pe is dated 6th August 1296 a.p.? Before Balasore rose into importance Remuna had been the chief city in north Orissa. Its temple of Ksira-cora Gopinatha was famous, and was visited by Caitanya in 1509-10 a.p. It was also well known to Europeans who traded up the Bura- balanga river, and Remuna lying so near the river formed their great mart in this tract. Hence it appears in old maps of Gastaldi, De Barros, Blaev and Valentyn. The old Padshahi ro halting station after the Suvarnarekha had been crossed at Jalesore, followed by a crossing over the Burabalanga river above Balasore The second fort was at Ramchandpur, eight miles north- east of Remna (B.). This village lay on the old Padishahi road and was shown in Rennell’s Atlas (plate vii, 1779 a.p.). The sites of the other three forts are not traceable. (15) Rayn, on the borders of Orissa, with three forts. It must be north of Midnapore (BI.). Raibaniain, seven miles 1 See the Visvakosa of Babu Nagendranath Mons article Gangeya, Remuna-visaya-madhyavartti N rsimhara-mandoi gra 2 J.A.S.B., 1896, p. 254, Soma-vare Romusd-bataba navar-Gbhyantara- vijaya-samaye. 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 53 from Jellasore, on the western side of the Subarnrekha (B.). Blochmann’s identification is not clear and Beames’ attempt is a mistake. The significant expression ‘on the borders of Orissa’’ must take it far north. In the Akbarnamah, at one la rpur and at other places Cittua are said to be inter- mediate (barzakhe) beween Bangalah and Orisa. In Valentyn’s ma D.) @ monument is drawn west of Barda to mark the frontier between Bengal and Orissa, and Barda Par- gana (Ghatal) adjoins pargana Cittua on the north-west. It is thus clear that the frontier of Orisa {with the Mahal Rayn) lay west of Cittué and Barda Parganis. So far as rivers could have formed the boundary, the Silai and the Palaspai khal would have been the northernmost limit. The old Padi- shahi road from Jehanabad passing through Cittua apparently crossed the Palaspai khal, which was probably a continuation of the Silai in those days, near this pargana, and then crossed the Kasai river lower dow The pargana formed part of Bisenpur Raj so late as 1707 a.D., but was occupied by the Bardwan Raj and included in its general sanad of 1728 a.p. (G. 462, 478). It is shown in large letters in Rennell’s Atlas (plate vii, 1779 A.D.) and was therefore a place of importance in those days. abang, with a fort in the jungle. A pargana in central Midnapore (Bl., B.). Not traceable in the T. chronicles. The old Padishahi road passed to its west. It is now noted for its mat manufacture, and lies in the thana of that name. (18) Siyari. Chiara in Midnapore (Bl.) A pargana on the Subarnarekha, sixteen miles south-east of Jellasore (B.). Not traced in the T. chronicles. Of the two different parganas thus identified, the one in Balasore seems to be correct. This is a small pargana in Thana Baliapal of Balasore subdivi- sion. (19) Kasijora. In Midnapore (BI.), in East Midnapore (B.). Not traced in the T. chronicles. The modern pargana lies partly in Thana Debra of Midnapur sadar subdivision, but mostly in Thana Pisakura of Tamluk subdivision It was in- cluded in Goalparah Sarkar, and gave the name to a large zamindari often mentioned in the early records of Midnapur district (G. 532). The mahal supplied a quota of 200 cavalry an ; matchlock and bow . The matchlocks were obtained probably from the Portuguese who had settled at Tamluk and Banga. 20) Kharaksur, with a fort in the wooded hills. Kharak- pur in Midnapore (BI., B.). Not traced in the T. chronicles, 54 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N-.S., XII, The modern pargana lies in the thana of that name. The old Padishahi Road from Midnapur town passed through it south- wards. ‘‘Currackpore’’ is shown in Rennell’s Atlas ze Vii). Its quota of 500 footmen and matchlockmen are interes (21) Kedarkhand, with three forts. In Midnapore (Bi. ‘ Not traced in the Temple chronicles. The modern setae part of ae zamindari at the time of the early British poe ( 22) Karat, eRen or Kerai. In Midnapore (Bl.). Kasiari, 20 miles south-west of Midnapore (B.). Both the identifications doubtful. It may be the Kudei Bisi of Soro Dandapata, the modern Kurai Pargana in Thana Soro of Balasore Sadar sub- division. A small mahal with a revenue of Rs. 7,1 (23) Gagnapur. Gagneswar, in Midnapore (BI., ). Not traced in the T. chronicles. The identification is a ae Gagnapur is quite distinct from Gagneswar which lies in Thana Dantan, while Gagnapur lies in Thana Pasakura of Tamluk subdivision. It formed part of the Kasijora zamindari (G. 532). (24) Karohi or Kerauli. Not identified (Bl.). Pargana Not traced in the T. chronicles. Kurul Caura lies in Thana Dantan of Midnapur must subdivision and Thana Egra of Con- tai subdivision. It a very small revenue of Rs. 1,714} only, and was probably covered with jungle. The old Padi- shahi road passed by i (25) Malchhata or “Maljikta. Portions of Hijili rie the tract on the sea-coast of Midnapore from the mouth of Rasul- pur river in the Ripnarayan (B.). The Malajesthiya Danda- pata of the T. chronicles. No Bisis of it are mentioned and of Shah Sujeh, and was annexed to yay In the seven- teenth and eighteenth centuries the tract was placed under a Faujdar. In the early British a. o this Faujdari of Hijili consisted of five subdivisions, Jellamutah, Derodumna, parganas of Maljyatha Sarkar were also included at the time in Cakla Midnapore (G. 533). n the Caitanya-carit-amrta (Antyakhanda, ninth pari- ccheda) it is narrated that Gopinatha Barston’, brother of Rama- nanda Raya, was in charge of this Dandapata. He fell into an arrear of revenue, two lakh kahans of cowries, and was ordered by the king Prataparudradeva to be put to death. From this fate he was saved by the a aitstien of Caitanya’s disciples. The mahal was assessed in the Ain with the second highes revenue of the sarkar, Rs. 2,32,815}. This —— in- 1916.] The Geography of Orissa. 55 cluded the salt revenue, which in the time of the Hindu kings was paid largely in kind. (26) Mednipur, having a large city with two forts. Mid- napur (Bl., B.). Not traced in the T. chronicles. The modern in the Ain at Rs. 25,498} only. But before British occupation it had absorbed the adjoining pargana of Bhafijabhim. In the early British assessment of 1777-8 a.p. Pargana Midnapur formed part of the large zamindari of Kasijoraé paying a reve- nue of Rs. 1,79,378 (G. 532). h 1509 a.p his way to Puri. In the daring pursuit of Daad by Todar Mal, the latter passed through Midnapur and here his colleague, Mu m Kuli Khan Barlas, died in Ramzan 9 Alivardi Khan halted with his troops and officers at Midnapur for several months in 1750 a.p., watching the Maratha advance from Nagpur and Orisa The new fort is evidently the one near the courts which Survey. (27) Mahakanghat urf Kutabpur, with a fortress. In Mid- napur (BI., B.). Not traced in the T. chronicles. The modern (28) Narainpur urf Kandhar with a fort on a hill. In Midnapore (Bl.). Two separate parganas, a few miles to the south of Midnapore (B.). The Naranapura of the T. chron- icles. It must have been a fairly large mahal as the revenue ra were included in the large zamindari of Kasijora (G. 532). The old Padishahi road passed i 56 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, 1916.] this road on the Kalighai river and near the modern Narayana- gara village. Narayanapura is mentioned in a copper-plate inscription as a Kataka where the Orisa king Narasimhadeva IV halted and passed orders on 24th February, 1397 a.p., about a land grant.' According to the karca (diary) of Govinda Dasa Narayanagara was visited by Caitanya in 1509-10 a.D. after Medinipur. 1 J.A.S.B., 1895, p. 152, Nardyanapura-katake Sricarane pija uttaru ° Vijekart. JANUARY, 1916. The Monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of ee was held on Wednesday, the 5th January, 1916, at 9-15 P Ligvut.-Cotonen Sir Leonarp Roasrs, Kr., C.1.E., M.D., B.S., F.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.S.B., LMS., President, in the chair. The following members were eee — Mr. H. G. Carter, Mr. J. A. Chapman, Dr. F. H. Gravely Mr. H. G. Graves, Mr. W. H. Phelps, De. Satis Chandra Vidya- bhusana. Visitors :—Mrs. Bignold, Mrs. H. G. Carter, Mr. Codd, Mr. F. C. Griffin, Mrs. J. R. Halliday, Mr. C. Humble, Mr. J. E. Judah, Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Miller, Mr. S. H. Smith, Mr. H. T. Tooze, Mr. Widnell, and two others. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Thirty-nine presentations were announced. The General Secretary reported that Lieut.-Col. E. A. R Newman, I.M.S., had expressed a desire to withdraw from the Society. The General Secretary reported the death of Lieut.-Col. F. J. Drury, I.M.S. The General Secretary gprs the following orders of the Council meetings held o: e 24th November and 14th December, 1915, relative to the se and consultation of manu- es — ‘In the case both of members and hm Amaya must be furnished before a MS. is lent out. Thea form of the security to be determined by the Sininest + in each case. 99 ** Manuscripts can be consulted in the Society’s rooms only on application to the Assistant Secretary, who shall direct a Pandit or Maulavi to be in attendance oe ii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [Jan., 1916.] The following gentlemen were balloted for as Ordinary moe Si— cg ane Nath Chatterjee, B.A., , Attorney-at- Law peer Zamind 12, Madan Mohan oe Lane, percentage proposed te Babu Rakhal Das Banerji, seconded by F. H. Gravely; Kumar Devendra Prasad ders se pl AlvTndia Jain Association, Arrah, proposed Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana, seconded by Hon. J ai ie Kaxtosb Mukherjee, Kt.; Babu Harendra Kumar Mookerjee, M.A., Asst. Prof., Cale utta University, proposed by Hon. Justice Sir Asutosh Mukherjee, Kt., seconded by Dr. Satis Chandra Vidya- bhusana; C. J. Hamilton, re University Professor, U. S. a proposed by Mr. 8S. W. Kemp, seconded by Dr. W. C. ack. The following papers were = eed: —- 1 new species: se Tephrosia from Sind. By M. S. RAMsoweMt, M.A., 2. On Calcutta Spiers. (With lantern slides), By W. H. PHELPs. These papers will be published in a subsequent number of the Journal. The President announced that there would be no meeting of the Medical Section during this month. FEBRUARY, 1016. The Annual Meeting of the Society was held on Wednesday, the 2nd February, 1916, at 9-15 p.m. ; Lievut.-CoLoneL Sir Leonarp Rogers, Kt., C.LE., B.S., F.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.S.B., I.M.S., President, in the chair. The following Members were present :— land, I.M.S., Dr. Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana. Visitors :—Mr. C. C. Bhattacharyya, Mrs. H. G. Carter, Mr. K. C. Chakravarti, Dr. 8S. Ghosh, Mrs. A- H. Harley, Mr. A. C. Shaha, Dr. W. H. Young and another. The President ordered the distribution of the voting papers for the election of Officers and Members of Council for 1916, and appointed Maulavi Abdul Wali and Dr. C. P. Segard to be scrutineers. The President ordered the distribution of the voting papers for the election of Fellows of the Society and appointed Babu Nilmani Chakravarti and Mr. H. C. Carter to be scrutineers. The President announced that the Elliott Prize for Scienti- fic Research for the year 1914 would not be awar ed, as none of the essays received in competition was of sufficient merit to justify the award of the prize. The Annual Report was then presented. pores erage ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1015. The Council of the Asiatic Society has the honour to sub- mit the following report on the state of Society’s affairs during the year ending 31st December, 1915. iv Annual Keport. [February, 1916. Member List. The number of Ordinary Members at the close of 1915 was 445, against 473 at the close of 1914. Twenty-seven Ordinary Members were elected during 1915. Out of these 6 have not Pe paid their entrance fees. The number of Ordinary Mem- bers added to the list is therefore 21 in addition to 1 member, elected in 1914, who has paid his entrance fee during the year, making a total of 22 Ordinary Members added to the list. On the other a 25 withdrew, 8 died, and 17 were struck off under Rule The ee of Ordinary Members in the past six years are as follows :— paaere a ——— tani —<——— — ——— PAYING. Non-Payina. | 4 ieee rete A aeveineeanisn Pn Peet) INe SM: ee ar et» ee me “ps : e Tee ae ea | ear ag ae ees 36") eae a Ps g @ | Ss) |S eat ee ye Se ee liisas ae eae ee ke | | care et ? 1910 . | 209 | 217 | 16 | 442 | 23 | 43 | 66 | 508 1911 200 | 225 | 19 | 444 | 22 | 53 | 75 | 519 1912 203 | 229 | 19 | 451 | 23 | 43 | 66 | 617 1913 200 | 211 | 19 | 430 | 23 | 46. | 69 | 400 1914 .| 191 | 187 | 19 (397 26 | 50 | 76 | 473 } | 1915 .. a | 171 | 188 | 21 | 380 | 26 | 40 | 65 | 445 } } } The following members died during the course of this year :— Mr. H. S. Bion, F.G.S., Mr. C. B. N. Cama, LC.S. (Life spend B Ree Raj Chandra Chandra, Lieut.-Col. F. J. Drury, I.M.S., . M. Humphries, I.C.S., Captain J. G. L. Rank- ing, I. ite Me, ALC. Rigo-de-Righie, and Mr. St. John Stephen, B.A. The number of special Honorary Centenary Members remains unchange During the year, we have elected Prof. Paul Vinogradoff, Mons. Jean Gaston Darboux, Sir Patrick Manson, Sir Joseph John Thomson and Sir William Turner as Honorary Fellows, the number now standing at 29. The name of Rev. Father J. Hoffmann, 8.J., has been re- moved from the list of Associate Members at his own request , and the names of Mr. E. Brunetti and Pandit Jainacharyya Shri Vijaya Dharmsurishwarji have been added to the list. The number is now 15. February, 1916.] Annual Report. v No members compounded for their subscriptions during this year. ¥oilows of the Society. At the Annual Meeting held on the 3rd February, 1915, a W. D. ey ipa MP I.M.S.; Mr. G. H. Tipper, , F.G.8S.; Mr. D. B. Spoo r, Ph.D. , and Mr. H. H. Haines, : i: H., F.L.S., were elected Vilicwa of the Soc There were 31 Fellows on the list at the aad ni 1915. Office-bearers. Dr. E. P. Harrison continued Physical Science Secretary until September, when he resigned owing to his transfer to ombay on nary aed and Dr. P. J. Briihl was appointed in his place. In July Dr. N. Annandale resigned his office of Anthropological Secretary, as he was going on leave for 6 months out of India, and Mr. J. Coggin Brown took charge of officers of the Society . H. Gravely held the post of the General hs ea id edited the Proceedings. Mr. R. D. Mehta, -E., remained Treasurer. Mr. S. W. Kemp was Honorary Librarian throughout the hea Dr. W. C. Ho ssack continued theca Indica, while segs of fe Bares Haraprasad Shastri Wright, and either he or Mr. C. J. Brown has reported on all Treasure Trove Coins sent to the Society. Office. H. Elliott has continued as Assistant at ists sdteions the year, with the exception of three months fro une to August, when he was granted privilege leave and Babu Balai Lal Dutt, B.A., the First Library Assistant, acted for him. There have been no other changes in the establishment. vi Annual Report. [February, 1916. Society’s Premises and Property. he building of new premises for the Society has not yet been taken in hand. The Society has received from the Board of Trustees for the Improvement of Calcutta, a notice under section 45 of Bengal Act IV of 1911 relating to the acquirement of a portion of the land syottieaai to the Society for the purpose of widen- ing Park Street. The area of land required is approximately 144 seed and the compensation which the Board proposes to ‘offer i is Rs. 60,0 The roof of the Society’s building was in a very bad state of repair, and Rs. 145 has been spent for repairing leaks over the skylights, for mending other defects in the main roof, and for repairing a crack in one of the walls. The room rented by the Automobile Association of Bengal was — and repainted at a cost of Rs. 79-12. Permission was granted to Col. Sir 8. G. Burrard, K.C.S.I. to make a ejstion of the Medallion of James Rennell belonging to the Society. The Medallion has been lent to him for the purpose. Indian Museum. ne Babar shi cries were made to the Indian Museu the year there has been no change in the ‘Society’ . Bedhyeaahie and the Hon’ble Justice on Penn 7 Pisces padhyaya, Kt., C.S.1., D.Sc., F.R.A.S., F.R.S.E., inues to be a member of the Board of Trustees on neha of a ‘Rociaty under the Indian Museum Act X of 1910. Indian Science Congress. The Second Indian Science Congress was held in Madras on January 14th, 15th, 16th, 1915, under the presidency of the Hon. Surgeon General W. B. Bannermann, C. I.M.S. The membership numbered about 150 and ‘about 60 papers were pace ie cated. An account of the Congress was pub- lished in ur Proceedings for February, 1915. ha ba arranged that the third Indian Science Con- gress ‘vill be held at King George’s Medical Hall, Lucknow, on January 13th, 14th and 15th, 1916. His Honour Sir Jam es Scorgie Meston, K.C.S.1., has con- sented to be patron and Col. Sir 8S. G. Burrard, K.C.8.1., R.E., FBS, a been appointed President with Dr. J. L. Simonsen Ss. : pr and circulated. The Society has asked the Government of India to continue their support in connection with the meetings. February, 1916.] Annual Report. Vii Meetings. The Society’s General Meetings have been held regularly every month with the exception of October, 1915. Lecture. Dr. H. H. Hayden, ©.L.E., F.R.S., F.A.S.B., delivered a lecture on the Hindukush and the Russian Pamirs in the Society’s rooms on 17th December, 1915. This was the only lecture delivered during the year. Agencies. Mr. Bernard Quaritch has continued as the Society’s Agent in Europe, and Mr. Otto Harrassowitz has ceased to act as Agent Since the commencement of the war, no copies of the Society’s ‘‘Jouwrnal and Proceedings ’’ or ‘‘ Memoirs,’’ or of the ‘* Bibliotheca Indica ’’ have been sent to Mr. Quaritch, but it is intended that all the numbers issued since the last despatch Shall be sent during 1916. The two cases containing the Society’s publications, sent to Mr. Otto Harrassowitz on the 9th July 1914 per SS. ‘* Katten- turm,’’ have not yet been recovered. Barclay Memorial Medal. On the recommendation of the Barclay Memorial Medal Special Committee, the Council awarded the Medal for 1915 to Mr. J. S. Gamble, C.I.E., M.A., F.R.S., late of the Indian Forest Department, in recognition of his biological researches. Elliott Prize for Scientific Research. _ cient merit to deserve a prize. Moreover, they were ineligible in the terms of the notification which required that the essays No having been awarded for Mathematics for 1914, the prize available for that subject is offered for the year 1915, in addition to one offered for Natural Science. is notifica- tion was published in the Calcutta Gazette of the 15th De- cember, 1915. In view of the delay in the publication of the notification, the Trustees have decided that the essays for 1915 shall be received up to the end of March, 1916. At the request of the Hon. Mr. K. C. De., the Council Vili Annual Report. (February, 1916. has agreed to take over the work now done by the office of the Director of Public Instruction, Bengal, in connection with the award of the Elliott Prize. Finance, The appendix contains the usual statements showing the accounts of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for the year 1915. Statement No. I contains receipts and expenditure. Statements Nos. II and III show how the money of Orien- tal Publication Funds Nos. 1 and 2 has been spent. These funds of Rs. 9,000 and Rs. 3,000 Binet are adminis- tered by the Society for the Government of Bengal. In Statement No. IV will be seen the Select spent during the year from the special grant given the Government of Bengal printing an English translation of the Akbarnama. Sta o. V shows how the yearly grant of Rs. 3,200 from ihe (he eae of Bengal towards the Sanskrit MSS. Fund has been used. Statement No. VI shows how the Government of India’s grant of Rs. 5,000 for the Arabic and Persian MSS. Fund has een used. In Statement No. VII is shown the money spent in con- nection with the work of the proposed Bardic and Historical Survey of Rajputana, including Dr. Tessitori’s salary o ia Statement No. shows how we have used the grants for the purchase of anthropological books and the publication of ee al papers Statement No. IX refers solely to the salary of the officer in charge of the Bureau of Information. Statement No. X shows the state of the Barclay Memorial Fund. Statement No. XI gives an account of amounts due to and from the Society for subscriptions, books, manuscripts and contingent expenses Statement No. XII contains an account of the Society’s the time of writing this report is nominally Rs, 79-8. Besides the above we have invaded Rs. 10,100 in 4% Govern- ment Terminable Loan of 1915-16 at par. In addit ition we have 34°, Government Promissory Notes of the face value of Rs. 500, belonging to the Barclay Memorial Fund. Statement No. XIII shows the sums invested in Govern- ent Promissory Notes known as the Trust Fund, the interest of “which is applied to the payment of pensions to old servants of the Society. February, 1916.] Annual Report. ix Statement No. XIV gives an account of interest since 1911 33 % Government Promissory Notes for Rs. 40,000, earmarked a the Building Fun The cash rosie and expenditure of the Society, as well as those of the different funds, are summed up in Statement No. XV. Statement No. XVI is the balance sheet of the entire acccunt. The Budget Estimate for 1915 was as follows: Receipts, Giedtvines for ordin nary cadeaim and expenditure are: ' receipts Rs, 20,320-1-10 or Rs. 287-14-2 less than was estimated ; expenditure Rs. 20,775-13-1 or Rs. 3,052 less than was prone The expenditure includes Bs, 698-13. 0, which was not provi for in the budget of 1915, but was sanctioned by the Coan during the year under review for Dr. Tessitori’s travelling ex- _penses incurred in 1914. There are increases in Receipts under the heads of Sub- scriptions for the Society’s Journal and Proceedings, and Memoirs, Rs. 240; Interest on Investments, Rs. 300-3-9; and Admission fees, Rs. 96. The falling-off in the ne from Members’ Subscriptions is Rs. 179-12-0; from Sale of Publications, Rs. 424-11-0; and from Rent of Room, Rs. 350. The rent will be realized in 1916. Our expenses have been well within the sanctioned Budget Estimate except in respect of salaries. the close of the year the Permanent Reserve Fund amounted to Rs. 1,66,200, and the Temporary Reserve Fund to Rs. 44,200, against Rs. 1 ,65,500 and Rs. 36,200, respectively at the close of mak at nent Reserve Fund has been increased The Trust Fund at the close of the year remained at Rs. 1,400. The Building Fund has increased by Rs. 1,400 from the interest realized on Rs. 40,000. Thee expenditure on the Royal Society’s Catalogue (includ- ing subscriptions of Rs. 224-12-6 remitted to the Secretary, Zoological Society of London) has been Rs. 786-1-9, while the x Annual Report. [February, 1916. receipts from subscriptions received on behalf of Central Bureau has been Rs, 1,0: The Balan Estimate of sn A and Disbursements for the year 1916 has been calculated a Rs. Receipts en ae 20,810 Ordinary Expenditure «es Res 22, 2.928 \ 4,022 Extra Expenditure Gov orse the Budget Estimates of Receipts for the year 1916 fiterat on Investment is expected to be higher owing to the purchase of Rs. 10,100, 4% Terminable Laas of 1915-16; Rent of Room is expect ted to be higher owing to the fact that the rent due from the Automobile sae an, bai Bengal has fallen into arrears since May, 1915; and Admission fees are expected to be higher on account of members pee not paid their fees who were elected during November, 1915. Budget Estimate of Expenditure has been increased under several heads. Salaries have been increased owing to increment allowed to the office staff and for the appointment of a new Mali onahigher pay. The estimated cost of books has been heavily increased on oe of an invoice for £123-2-8 received from Mr. Bernard Quaritch, London, for books sup- plied to the Society, and of the balnbe re? Rs. 865 to be paid to Messrs. Johnston and Hoffmann, being the cost of nine Albums purchased last year. An extra expenditure of Rs. 1,694 has been budgetted for during the year 1916, this ae the amount of the expenses incurred by Dr. Tessitori during 1915 in connection with the proposed Bardic and Historical | Sarvey of Rajputana. The other items of Receipts and Expenditure are based upon the Estimate and Actuals of 1915 ine Excess Expenditure expected, viz. Rs. 3,220, will be t by drawing on the Temporary Reserve Fund, unless the income should prove larger than anticipated. BUDGET ESTIMATE FOR 1916. Receipts. GS." YOis, : FO1G. Estimate. Actuals. Estimate. Bs. Rs. Rs. Members’ Subscriptions... 9,600 9,421 9,400 Subscriptions for the ciety’s Journal ~ Proceed- ings, and Memoi: 1,608 1,848 1,700 Sale of Publications . we 1,006 575 6 Interest on Investments eh is AAO on 2 OU dee Carried over -- 19,268 19,204 19,060 February ,.1916.} Annual Report. xi Rs. Rs. Rs. cone Lopate 19,268 19,204 19,060 Rent of Roo 600 250 950 ldiecblig hacia ei 100 130 100 Admission fees .. 640 736 700 Total 20,608 20,320 20,810 Expenditure, Salaries 6,600 6,930 7,092 Commission 600 541 550 Pension 180 180 180 Stationery 150 163 150 ights and Fans 200 156 175 Municipal Taxes 1,495 1,495 1,495 Postage > 700 594 700 Freight 225 22 150 Contingencies 600 317 400 Books 2,000... 1,758, .- 3,127 Bi nding 1,000 940 ~—-:1,000 sig rh and Proceedings, and moirs 8,000 =5,391 6,000 Printing (Circulars, etc.) 500 381 500 Audito 150 150 150 Petty Repair 100 7 25 Insuran 344 344 344 Grain iwenss: 200 124 150 Furniture : a 300 287 150 Extra Expenditure. Repairs a bd 500 225 Anthropological Instruments. 87 Loan (Dr. itori’s travel- ling expense for ) 699 Bardic Chronicles (Dr. Tessi- tori’s dane eo for 1915) 1,694 Total 23,844 20,791 24,022 Library. total number of volumes and parts of magazines The added to the Library during the. yea r was 2046, of which 261 were purchased and 1785 were either presented or received in exchange. xii Annual Report. [February, 1916. complete set of L’ Anthropologie from Vols. 1 to 25 has been psi for the Society’s Library, and it has been decided to continue subscription to this periodical. In addi- Udaigiri, Khandagiri and Dhauli Hill, Khajurahao, Brindaban, Muttra, Madura, “Gaur and Pacicti ua, sae Caves and Nasik have been purchased for the Society’s Libr A large collection of Oriental books selieaisy to the late Mr. C. B. N. Cama has been presented to the Society’s Library by Mrs. Cama and has been labelled ‘‘ The Cama Collection of Oriental Literature. Mr. W. H. Miles presented to the Society a number books and other articles belonging to the Calcutta seat cal Society. onnection with the loan of MSS., the Council has nity bond to be used in this connection is under consideration. New rules have also been, passed regarding the consultation of MSS. in the Society’s rooms The compilation of the Catalogue of the Scientific serials available in Calcutta has now been taken in hand and specimen pages have been printed and approved by the Sub-Committee appointed to consider the preparation of the Catalogue. Nebe number of slips received is about 3000; they come from more than 20 different libraries. It is hoped that the Catalan will be published during the course of the next six months. Publications. There were published during the year ten numbers of the Journal and Proceedings (Vol. LXXV, Part 4; Vol. X, Nos. 9-11; Vol. XI, Nos. 1-6) containing 472 pages and 16 plates Two numbers of the Memoirs were published (Vol. ¥; No. 3, and Vol. V, extra No.) containing 168 pages and 36 plates. Numismatic Supplement No. 24 was published in the Journal and Proceedings, Vol. X, Nos. 10 and 11, under the Editorship of Mr. H. Nelson Wright The Index to the Journal and Bisestines, Vol. VII, 1911, was also _ ted. Owing to a demand for complete copies of the Society’s Edition of ‘Come de Koros’ Tibetan Grammar printed in February, 1916.] Annual Repori. xili 1834, 26 copies which lacked the last five pages have been sme Re and copies are now available for sale. vised edition of the Society’s Rules and Regulations is in pri of publication. Exchange of Publications. During the year no applications were accepted by the Society for exchange of publications n an application from the J ibrerian of the Johns Hop- kins University, Baltimore, certain back numbers of the Journal and Proceedings of the Society were supplied to them. Philology, ete. r. W. Ivanow contributes a paper on the Persian Gypsies, a Becton tribe of mixed Aryan origin, who dress like Persian rustics, and are Muslims of the Shiah sect. gins lye = P is near the Kahol Gate at Delhi, and not a t Lahore, as consi- dered by some. He cites eye-witnesses, and further says that the tomb does not exist now, but was demolished when the as ess Railway was constructed. . H. Hosten’s paper on Western art at the Moghul Court sueihads five chapters. The first chapter deals with the Peacock Throne of Shah Jahan described by Tavernier, and incidentally mentions several other thrones with peacocks. The writer says that the throne in question was not taken to Persia by Nadir Shah. The second chapter deals with forgotten Euro- peans of Shah Jahan’s time, who were mostly artists. A list of their names is given. The last three chapters are on Indian architecture, as manifested in the structure of the Taj. Rev. H. Hosten contributes another paper on the elephant statues which existed at Agra and Delhi in the reign of Akbar, some of which hs destroyed by Aurangzeb. Mr. H. ves Law contributes 98 quatrains of Abu Sa’id bin Abul Khair haces by him from two sources, viz. a MS. copy containing 161 quatrains, and a small volume of a litho- ition containing 24 quatrains. From the former he has selected 84 quatrains, and from the latter 12 with 2 more found in both. Khan Sahib Maulavi Abdul Mugtadir describes a history of Herat by Sayfi. He shows that the well-known history of na viz. Rauzat-ul-Jannat by Mu’in, is mainly based on this ork. xiv Annual Report. [February, 1916. ‘* So-sor-thar-pa’’ is the title of a paper in which Mahamahopa- dhyaya Dr. Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana gives the Tibetan text with an English translation of a complete code of Tibetan monas- tic laws, which will enable scholars to compare it with the code Davids and Oldenberg i in the Sacred Books of the East series. The same writer gives in English an explanation of a Tibetan scroll in the possession of Hon’ble Justice Sir John Woodroffe under the title of ‘‘Subduing an Enemy by Charm.’’ This scroll contains pictorial representations of certain magical pro- cesses adop for t urpose. ‘‘The Palas of Bengal’’ is the a of a memoir in which Babu Rakhal Das Banerji brings together all essential evi- dences, epigraphical and Biblionrapaioal: published and un- published, throwing light on an important epoch of the History of Bengal, viz. the oe cere of the Pala Kings who flourished from about 750 a.D. to the beginning of the 12th cen- tury 4.p. Under the title of “hs ie Forged Grants from Farid- pur’’ the same writer defends, against Mr. Pargiter, his posi- tion as to the spuriousness of four inscriptions, viz. two of the time of Dharmaditya, one of the time of Gopa-c Mendes and another of the time of Samacara Deva. Babu Nanda Lal De in his ‘‘ Notes on ancient Anga’ gives an elaborate account, "hi storical and traditional, of the ancient kingdom of Anga, known to the Chinese pilgrims early in the 5th century A.D. as the country of Campa and cerrespond- ing to the modern Bhagalpur. A note on Bodicatiste Nartles- vara Image Inscription’? by Babu Nalini Kanta Bhattasali gives a revised reading of an inscription published in the Journal of the Asiatic Baciots for March 1914, and confirms the conclusion that the bit round Comilla was called Samatata in ancient times Anthropology. The most important iy ad of the year was Sir George D. S. Dunbar’s memoir on the and Galongs, which com- Pie and a Cogan Brown contribute an 2 ler sup- plement to the w It is to be rogretted that the map which was to accom- pany the memoir was not printed in time to be published with it. It will be published in 1916, — with an account of pee ae a i i Sa February, 1916.] Annual Report. XV Sir George Dunbar’s later explorations in the Upper Dihong Valley. Five papers dealing with anthropological matters have ap- peared in the Journal of the Society. Pandit Hirananda Sas- byal’s account of Dakshindar, a godling of the Sunderbuns, and Sarat Chandra Mitra’s note on North Indian folk medicine for . hydrophobia and scorpion sting. aper Zoology, Botany, and Geology. ZOOLoey, Of the highly interesting report on the Biology of the Lake of Tiberias three papers, constituting the Fourth Series, had Chironomidae. They are Pelopia cygnus, Trichotanypus tiberi- adis, Polypedilum genesareth, Polypedilum ttberiadis, Tendipes bethsaidae, and Tendipes galilaeus. Dr. Annandale concluded this series of i igi istri XVi Annual Report. [February, 1916. number of endemic species and one endemic genus, the latter being a sponge Cortispongilla. To Mr. F. H. Gravely the Society owes an interesting paper on the evolution and distribution of Indian spiders belonging to the subfamily Aviculariinae. Of the eleven groups into which the Aviculariinae have been divided, five occur in the Oriental Region. These are the Ischnocoleae, Thrigmopoeeae, Selencosmieae, Ornithoctoneae and Poecilotherieae. The Isch- oc i chelicerae and palps. On the other side of the Ganges the Ischnocoleae are almost extinct, having presumably suffered in competition with the Selenocosmieae, a far more highly special- ized group, which appears to have arisen from them in that part of the Oriental Region in much the same way as the Thrigmopoeeae have in the Indian Peninsula. The stridulat- ing organs of Chilobrachys, the most highly specialized genus of the Selenocomieae, are far more elaborate than those found in any genus of the Thrigmopoeeae; and Chilobrachys, alone among yl Ischnocoleae and Thrigmopoeeae from the northern and eastern parts of the Indian Peninsula, the Parts in which Chilobrachys of pearls were exceptionally large, whilst the oysters from the Kanangadu beds resembled those from Tinnevelly and * February, 1916.} Annual Report. XVii Borany. During the year under review the twenty-fifth part of the Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula has been pub- lished under the editorship of Mr. J. Sykes Gamble. Of the aceae, Myricaceae, Casuarinaceae, Fagaceae and Salicaceae were dealt with by Mr. J. S. Gamble. The following species are new :—Rhopalocnemis ruficeps, Ridley, Pasania Kingiana, Gamble, Castanopsis Andersoni, Gamble, Castanopsis megacar pa, Gamble, Castanopsis Ridleyi, Gamble. The new species had been previously described, with Latin diagnoses, in the Kew Bulletin. Miss Maude L. Cleghorn presented an interesting note on the Floral Mechanism of Typhonium trilobatum, in which is described the trap-mechanism of the spathe, by means of which beetles are captured at night. The paper is illustrated by four photographs taken by the author. r. W. Burns and Mr. 8. H. Prayag gave an account of ex- periments on the artificial production of mixed inflorescences of Mangifera indica by grafting inflorescences either on a vegeta- tive branch or on another inflorescence. Mr. M. O. Parthasarathy Iyengar in his paper on the defolia- tion of some Madras trees comes to the conclusion that the leaf- fall of the trees referred to is due, not to the failure of water- supply, but possibly to the necessity of a replacement of the attention to the fact that prolonged wet weather may cause trees to shed their leaves. In a note on the Flora of the South Indian Highlands, Mr. P. F. Fyson deals with the flora of those parts of the Nilgiris and the Palnis which rise above the 6500 feet level. Twenty- two of the species occurring in these regions had to be re- XViil _ Annual Report. [February, i916. named ; be seis new species have been described in the Kew Bullet Prof. S. ©. Banerji described an instance of mechanical sym- biosis of Ficus bengalensis with Barassus flabellifer. . H. Burkill, in a note on the Terai Forests between the Gandok and the Tista, discusses the influence which man, aided by fire, has exercised on the history of the Terai belt, and the part ‘played by the river-deposited sand-cones in deter. mining the trade routes from Tibet to the plains of Bihar and Bengal. GEOLOGY. In his highly interesting paper on the Geological History of Southern India Dr. W. F. Smeeth gives an account of the main components of the Archaean complex as exhibited in Mysore. The views expressed by the author differ considerably from those held by various other Indian geologists, in so far as he consi- and the banded nt or quartzites to represent a hi hly f altered > eir banded char ter pire largely secondary. ~ He further suggests the t many “of the quartzites, which are sometimes felspathic and at other ‘iar mie are crushed and recrystallized quartz-veins or quartz-porphyries and that the aqueous origin of a number of the bands and beds of dolomite and limestone is doubtful. He holds that at the close of the Dharwar age the whole of Southern India was covered with a mantle a concn rocks, which later on was penetrated and eaten into by successive intrusions of granite ; and that the earliest of the post-Dhar- Peninsular India, consisting of a great variety of granites. The author maintains that evidences of intrusion of the ** Peninsular wi popes field of resea In his Palsaonsoloaiel Notes from Hazara Prof. Hem- chandra Dasgupta describes some fossils obtained from the Triassic, Jurassic, Gieumal rocks and Tertiary rocks of Hazara, February, 1916.} Annual Report. , xix two new species being noticed, namely Corbula middlemissii and Nautilus hazaraensis. .E. Pilgrim exhibited a fossil jaw, possessing ancestral human characters, from the Miocene of the Punjab. Physics and Chemistry. Mr. J. Evershed’s interesting paper on Sunspots and Prom- inences, read at the Science Congress at Madras, is being pub- lished in the Journal. Medical Section. exhibited a case and read a paper on ‘‘ The Speedy Recovery of a case of Kala Azar by Intravenous Injection of Sodium Anti- mony Tartrate with Sodium Cimamate and Berbarine Hydro- chloride.’’ As was to be expected, the attendance at the meetings was poor. The only exception was the meeting held on Decem- International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. During the year 316 copies of the International Catalogue, ludi completing the 10th annual issue and ine sy from subscribers. Ten subscriptions have been despatched under these terms and one received at the end of the year has still to be remitted. Catalogue slips numbering 1807 have been despatched during the year. e expenses of the Regional Bureau for the year 1915 amounted to Rs. 786-1-9. The Bureau of Information. the publication of the Government notification Since issued on the 24th September, giving wider publicity to the xx Annual Report. [February, 1916. existence of the Bureau, enquiries are coming in from various quarters on a variety of subjects ; and they are being promptly attended to. Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts. As the staff was engaged i in preparing the oo very little new work was done in the search for manuscripts. A f ee paper manuscripts were purchased. Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts. The number of MSS. catalogued up to December, 1915, was 7768, the work of the year being represented by 630. A spec men volume of the catalogue, namely that of the Buddhist manuscripts, has been prepared and sent to the press. The pr face to the second volume of the Catalogue of Palmleaf dnd Selected Paper Manuscripts of the Durbar Library of Nepal has been issued. Bibliotheca Indica. f the six fasciculi of texts of different a published in the Bibliotheca Indica series during t two belong to Brahmanic Sanskrit, one nat fal o Kashmiri literature and the remaining three belong to Arabic and Persian literature. Among these, five are continuations of works taken in hand some years ago and only one is a new work published this year. The new work is ‘‘ Faridatu’l-‘Asr’’ ; it is a comprehensive index of persons, places, books, etc. referred to in the Yatimatu’l-Dahr, the famous anthology of Tha ‘Alibi, and has been prepared by Maulavi Abi Musa Ahmadu’l Haqq of Dacca For want of funds a sufficient number of text books could not be published last year. As there are savings this year in the Bibliotheca Fund and as new rules have been framed for the guidance of the editors and the press, it is hoped that the Bibliotheca publications will be adequate and regular in the coming year. Search for Arabic and Persian MSS, During the year no MSS. were purchased on behalf of the Government. The efforts of the Officer-in-charge of the search were directed rather to ascertaining the existence and whereabouts of rare and interesting MSS. than to purchasing ood travelling Maulavi has been engaged in the preparation of short bibliographical account of MSS. in various libraries, book- stores, etc. in India which he has visited. Considerable progress has been ads with the preparation of these notices, and the results of his labours will shortly be published monthly in February, 1916.) | Annual Report. Xxi the Proceedings of the Society. The first instalment of the notices, which is already in type, is preceded by an introduction by the Officer-in-charge, containing short descriptions of the various libraries visited by the Maulavi. As a preliminary step towards the compilation of a catalogue raisonné, the second Travelling Maulavi has been principally engaged in arranging and classifying the MSS. already acquired by the Society for Government. An additional Travelling Maulavi was appointed in June last, and was directed to prepare a Hand-list of the Government of India collection under the supervision of the Officer in-charge. The Hand-list of the first collection (1903-07) is nearly complete, and will be sent to the press shortly. Bardie Chronicles. In this field, the precarious situation created by the scarcity of funds and want of local support have largely handicapped research work and prevented the publication of the materials prepared. Dr. Tessitori started the regular work of the Survey at Jodhpur from the Ist of January, in accordance with the sugges- tions made in his scheme published 1m the Society’s Journal for December 1914, the Society guaranteeing him Rs. 1,000 to meet expenses during the first three months, pending the sanction of the necessary grant, which had been asked from the Government of India. For three months he was able to carry on his work tate. The disappointment was a bitter one, as Jodhpur was the State in Rajputana from which the largest help had been expected. 2 2y : & y to try 1 I gements with some other State. An offer was made to Udaipar, for which State Dr. Tessitori prepared a new scheme, on a reduced scale. But before a reply was received H.H. the Maharaja of Bikaner XXii Annual Address. [February, 1916. at the beginning of December, and will submit his plan in March, when the question of the continuation of his work in Bikaner will be decided. In spite of the difficulties, some noteworthy results have been achieved. The edition of a bardic poem—the Vacanika Rathoya Ratana Singhaji rt Mahesadasota ri—has been prepared, and also that of a minor work—the Uktiratnakara: and both are ready to go to press available. A Descriptive Catalogue has been started, and the first fasciculus is ready for the press. A Progress Report on the vb > and 68 copied under Dr. Tessitori’s supervision. Lastly a collection has been made of impressions of about 130 inscrip- tions, all from places visited in the Jodhpur State. Coins. Five gold, nine silver, and thirteen copper coins were pre- sented to the Society’s Cabinet during the year. Among them were two silver coins of the Chandela King Madanavarman and ten copper coins of the Audambara series described in Numis- 3 Af), Panjab (10 At) and Assam (3 AR) Governments and from Bombay R.A. Society (3 &) and Rewah State (2A). ——<>— Lieut.-Col. Sir Leonard Rogers, Kt., President, delivered an Address to the Society. Annual Address, 1916, The work of our Society has gone on steadily during the past year in spite of the war which is convulsing the world, and which has led to a further slight reduction in the number February, 1916.] Annual Address. Xxili ably connected with the Calcutta Medical College. The Annual Meeting of Fellows has recommended for election to-night to the Fellowship of thes Society , Lt.-Colonel C. Donovan, I.M.S., joint angina of the Leishman-Donovan sar of firs dreaded kala-azar, the Hon’ble Mr. Burn, I.C.S., wh ii work at numis- icitide i is so widely known, and Dr. Fermor, whose researches eology in India are of the ashes importance. The Much Senin work has been undertaken during the year. The cataloguing of the Sanskrit manuscripts has now eet a stage which will enable publication to be shortly commenced. New rules have been adopted by the Council arenes the publications of the Bibliotheca Indica, which are expected to have important results in the future. The Society has also financed Dr. Tessitori’s expenses, other than his of I opens work would have had to be suspended. Fortunately H.H. The Maharaja of Bikanir has now come forward with a proposal to support the work. The general meetings of the Society have been well attend- ed and many important papers have been published. The arrangement by which Philological and Scientific papers are respectively read at different meetings, has worked well. The Medical Section, however, has fallen on evil days owing to so many members having gone to thefront. Only three meetings have been held with very poor attendance of members, although @ number of visitors came to hear a paper on the treatment ‘of cholera Som e much-needed anthropological works have been added to the Shekes, rs. Cama has also presented to the Society a valuable collection of ees works, which are being kept separately as the Cama bequest Some Toerapeutic ADVANCES MADE IN INDIA AND THE NEED FOR FURTHER INVESTIGATION OF INDIGENOUS Drves. he work of our Society is fully set forth in the Annual Was anc’ has been circulated to all our members, I do not XxiV Annual Address. [February, 1916. propose to review it further in my address to-night, but instead to deal with a subject which I do not think is receiving the attention it deserves at the present time, in the hope of stirring up renewed interest init. I refer to the investigation of indi- recent years, but remarkably little accomplished. I shall first bring before you some examples of valuable work which has been done in India in the past in order to show the immense value of successful investigations of this branch of medical science, and then indicate the lines on which further simila results may be expected to be obtained, and point out what is necessary in order to allow of their being attained. I will first deal with a very old and long-forgotten episode, which I came across when reading early works on medicine b Anglo-Indian writers (original and not the present incorrect official sense of the word) when preparing the historical section of my book on Fevers in the Tropics. It is one which has left its mark even on present-day practice in the rooted objection cases of fever in Lower Bengal with large doses of cinchona bark with only two deaths, giving the drug during the slightest in REGARD TO THE BEMISSIONS OR EXACERBATION OF THE FEVER. In September 1804 a Dr. James Johnson arrived in the Hoogly and as the result of the loss of a single case of malaria In 1816 a Dr ay drew attention to the very high mortality attending this spoliative treatment, and t much as 80 900 grains of calomel were given in a single attack of fever and that in a single month 13,337 grains of calomel were given in the General Hospital, Caleutta. His - Syaiesis Stes February, 1916.} Annual Address. XXV the form of its active alkaloid quinine, given during fever, is a most interesting one. Edward Hare came to India in 1839 and in 1842 he had to treat malarial fever in the deadly Nepal ery in the history of medicine in India. There is still, however, much to be learned regarding the therapeutical value of the XXxvl Annual Address. [February, 1916. different alkaloids of cinchona bark, as the excellent investiga- tions of Major MacGilchrist in Calcutta during the last two years have shown. with it, the secret was bought from him by the French Govern- ment and made public. In those days it was used in large 1846 advocated equally large doses in the Madras Presidency. end of the nineteenth century there was much difference of opinion regarding the class of cases it benefited, as it was not then known that there are two totally different forms of dysen- tery, and that it is only useful in that which has now been shown to be due to a pathogenic amoeba. The amoebic form of dysentery was discovered by Koch and Kartulis in Egypt as far back as 1883 and in 1890 in America by Sir William Osler. In 1887 Kartulis also recognized the same organism in the pus of a liver abscess, while McConnel, the very able physician and pathologist of the Calcutta Medical College Hospital, was the first to confirm this observation in India, although curiously enough he does not appear to have recognized the occurrence of amoebic dysentery in India. When I came to Calcutta early in 1900 there was still great confusion and difference of opinion regarding the relationship, if any, between dysente and liver abscess, and it was one of the first subjects which attracted my attention. I very soon discovered the presence of amoebic desentery as a very common ease in India, and after two years’ work established the fact that tropical liver abscess is always secondary to amoebic dysentery, and never follows the bacillary form of bowel disease. Next I showed that ipecacuanha has a specific action in the amoebic disease only, which at once explained the widely divergent views of physicians in different countries regarding the value of this drug as it is only effective in places where the amoebic form is prevalent. It was only a step further to recognize that ipecacuanha was also a specific in amoebic hepatitis which always precedes abscess formation, as had indeed been held by February, 1916.] Annual Address, XXVii e In 1891 Surgeon-Major Warden, I.M.S., working in the chemical laboratory of the Calcutta. Medical College, prepared rom ipecacuanha emetine mercuric iodide, which Surgeon- Major Tull-Walsh, I.M.S., administered by the mouth in the General e When I first read of Vedder experiments on the harmless water amoebae with emetine I also failed to grasp their value. I had indeed some years previously attempted some unrecorded experiments with watery effusions of ipecacuanha on dysentery amoebae, but without obtaining any striking results, doubtless owing to the alkaloids being present in a relatively insoluble orm. Late in 1911, while on a voyage back to India, I took advantage of the leisure to tabulate and analyse the notes of the amoebic dysentery cases I had treated during the pre- los over twenty per cent in spite of very full doses of ipecacuanha, XXViii Annual Address. | February, 1916. and I realized a more powerful remedy was essential if more lives were to be saved. Vedder’s experiments then came back to my mind, and I determined to try to obtain some soluble form of emetine which might be injected subcutaneously. for although I expected it would cause much sickness, I difficulty I obtained from England a few grains of the former. I had not long to wait for an opportunity of testing it, for Oo my surprise one-sixth of a grain, equal to fifteen grains ing an soon clear to me that a specific treatment of a common and deadly disease had at length been found, and one that I soon pro Oo equally effective in the pre- vention of tropical liver abscess. One curious point regarding the history of ipecacuanha remains to be mentioned, namely which an attempt was made to remove the specific alkaloids and give only the sawdust. Naturally the more completely the alkaloids were removed the less efficient was the result : a good example of the danger of incomplete knowledge of the composition and action of important drugs. I have dealt ics Think been lost through quinine and emetine. which were both dis- covered nearly a century ago, not having been efficiently used in the treatment of malarial fevers, amoebic dysentery, and hepatitis respectively until the middle of the nineteenth cen- tury in the case of quinine, and until 1912, 95 years after its discovery, in the case of emetine Are there not many other important indigenous drugs which might well repay scientific study ? To take one example which has been engaging my attention during the last seven February, 1916.] Annual Address. XXix months. The Indian drug, which has for very long retained its reputation as the best known remedy for leprosy, is chaul- early to say more at present than that much further work tly, I come to the all-important practical question, namely what facilities exist in India and especially in Calcutta m and I shall never forget my astonishment on perusing one of the earliest of them, issued a good many years ago, an finding it to contain numerous routine office letters asking tion to a serious retrogression in one important respect. Up to two years ago we had at the economical section of the Indian xxx Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [Feb., 1916. this terrible war, of a whole-time Professor of Pharma- cology, while the Hospital for Tropical Diseases now being con- structed entirely by public contributions, will afford additional and excellent scope for the very difficult work of testing clinically any drug whose physiological action may have been worked out by the pharmacologist. We also have at the Museum in Dr. Carter, who is kindly showing some specimens of medici- nal plants to-night, an Economic Botanist to collect plants for analysis and search for alkaloids, ete. The one missing link of physicians all over India. If my address to-night helps forward this much-to-be-desired advance I shall not have spoken in vain. ce The President announced the election of a and Members of Council for the year 1916 to be as follow President : Lieut.-Col. Sir Leonard Rogers, Kt., C.I.E., M.D., B.S., F.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.8.B., LMS. Vice- Presidents : The Hon. Justice Sir Asutosh Mukhopadhyaya, Kt., C.S.L., D.L., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.R.A.S., F.A.S.B. Mahamahopadhyaya Haraprasad. Shastri, C.I.E., M.A., H. H. Hayden, Esq., OLE, U.Se., F.RS., B.A., B.A... E.GS., FAS; N. Annandale, Esq., D.Sc., C.M.Z.8., F.L.S., F.A.S.B. Secretary and Treasurer : General Secretary :—F. H. ai bn D.Se. easurer :—R. D. Mehta, Esq., C.I. Feb., 1916.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. xxxi Additional Secretaries : Philological Secretary :—A. Al-Ma’ mun no opel di Esq. Iftikharul Millat, M.A., Ph.D., Bar.-at-Law Msisthgt —P. ef Bruhl, Fag. D.Sc. Natural History F.A.8.B. Secretaries: Physical Science:—P. J. Bruhl, Ksq., Sc., F.A.S.B. > Drees hee Secretary uit . Coggin Brown, Esq., M.Sc., F.G M.I.M.E. Joint Philological Secretary :—Mahamahopadhyaya Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana, M.A., Ph.D., F.A.S.B. Medical Secretary :—W. C. Homack, iad., M.D., D.P.H. Honorary Librarian:—S. W. Kemp, Esgq., B.A., E. A.S.B. Other Members of Council : C. 8S. Middlemiss, Esq., B.A., F.G.S., F.A.S.B. Major D. McCay, M. “yt S. . James, Esq., The Hon’ble 3 ustice “i 7 G. Woodroffe, Kt., M.A. ; BOA: The Hon’ble Mr. F. J. Monahan. I.C.S. C. J. Hamilton, Esq. ; ca arenident announced the election of Fellows to be as ollow Ae -Col. C. peeks M.D., I.MS. The Hon. Mr. R. Burn, I.C.S. L. L. Fermor, fea. A.R.S.M., D.Sc., F.G.S. The oe was then resolved into the Ordinary General Meeting The suggestion of Lieut.-Col. Sir Leonard Rogers, Kt., regarding the transfer of all cent journals to the School of The following gentlemen were balloted for as Ordinary Member, Mr. “ee sef Orlando shed Cuban Consul, 5, Hastings Street, Calcutta, proposed by Mr. J. A. Chapman, seconded by Dr. F. BH, Grav. ely; Mr. W. rs "Andrews, B.A. (Oxon), La Martin- iére, 1] ga don Street, Calcutta, proposed by Mr. Watts, seconded by Mr. A. C. Atkinson ; mae Narendra Tuna Mazumdar, M.A., Asst. Professor, Calcut a University, pro- posed by Hon. Justice Sir Asutosh eave Kt., seconded by Mahamahopadhyaya Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana; Rev. R. Oka, c/o Messrs. Banjai & Co., 35, Park Mansions, Calcutta. xxxii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [Feb., 1916. proposed by pee napa Haraprasad Shastri, “Saat by Babu Panchanana Mukhopadhyaya; Mohammad Yusuf Hashmi, M.A., Head Master, Calcutta Madrassa, and Superin- tendent, Baker Madrasah Hostel, Calcutta, tae by Mr. A. H. Harley, seconded by Maulavi Hidayet Hos The General Secretary reported the death of Monsieur Charles-Rene Zeiller, an Honorary Fellow of the Society. The General Secretary announced the following changes and additions to the Library Regulations and an amendment of Office Regulation No. 1, passed by Council on the 26th Janu- ary, 1916:— Libr rary Regulations 4 and 10, the words Be caiatd Livsotell’ > to be substituted for ‘* ane Secretar The following to be added to the Library eos i— *©22. A meeting of the Library Committee, which shall include the Sectional Secretaries as ex-officio members, sha held at least once a quarter. No books shall be purchased except het the approval of the Library Committee obtained in meeti Office eit 1 to be amended as follows :— ‘*No leave can be granted without the sanction in writing of the General Secretary on the report of the Officer to whom the applicant for leave is immediately responsible.’’ The various regulations, duly revised, including the above, have been approved by the Council in the form submitted to the Council meeting held on the 26th January, 1916, and they are now in type and will be printed with the new edition of the Society’s Rules The President called attention to the following exhibi- tions :— . Some important medicinal plants. By Mr. H. G. Carter ont Rock slides. By Mr. G. de P. Cotter. Physical apparatus. By Mr. C. W. Peake. Physical apparatus. By Prof. J.C. Bose. Spiders. By Mr. W. H. Phelps. Gas helmets, etc., from the war. By Dr. C. H. Elmes. Some shaciubecip ti from the Bishop’s College Library = by the i R. Gee). By Mahamahopadhyaya raprasad Shas ee fo) : pany and paca bicceeripks: By Dr. A. Suhra- wardy. Feb., 1916.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. xxxiii 9. A metal statuette from Tibet. By Mr. Percy Brown. 10. Specimens of ancient Indian iron from Konarak, Orissa. By Mr. H. G. Graves The meeting was then closed. The President announced that there would be no meeting of the Medical Section during this month. Bh SL eae ole LIST OF MEMBERS ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. N THE 31ST DECEMBER, 1015, 3 915 LIST OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF COUNCIL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR THE YEAR 1915. President : Lieutenant-Colonel Sir Leonard cae Ki, 1.2, Be. FRO0.P., ¥.B.CS.,. F.A.8.B., MLS. Vice-Presidents : The Hon’ble Justice Sir Asutosh ee Kt, C8. D.L., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.R.AS., F.AS.B Mahamahopiadhyaya Haraprasid Sastri, O.L8.,: M.A. F.A.S.B. H. H. Hayden, Esgq., D.Sc., C.I.E., B.A., B.E., B.A.L, F.G.S., F.A.S.B. N. Annandale, Esq., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.A.S.B. Honorary Secretary and Treasurer. General Secretary :—I}'. H. Gravely, Esq., M.Sc. Treasurer :—-R. D. Mehta, Esq., C.I.E. Additional Secretaries. Philological Secretary :—A. Al-ma’miin “staal adi Ksq., Tftikharul Millat, M.A., D.Litt., LL.D., Bar.-at-law (Biology : :-—P. J. Briihl, Esq., D.Se., Natural History | _ F.A.S.B. S ecretaries. 4 Physical Science :-—K. Harrison, Ksq., ! Ph.D. Succeeded te P. J. Brihl, Ksq., D.S8Sc., F.A.S.B Anthropological Secretary : :—N. ‘An nandale, Hsq., D.Sc., .M.Z.S.. F.L.S., F.A.8.B. Succeeded by J. Coggin Brown, Esq., M.Sc., F.C.S Joint Philological Hedidney :—Mahamahopadhyaya Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana, M.A., Ph.D., F.A.S.B. . Medical Secretary :—W. C. Hossack, Esq., MD DPB: Honorary Librarian :—S. W. Kemp, Ksq., B.A., BA. S.B. Other Members of Council. GC. pre aiag ad ae, ena F.G.S., F.A.S.B. LC.8. R. James, Esq., M.A. The Hon’ble Justice Sir J. G. Woodroffe, Kt., M.A., B.C.L.- LIST OF ORDINARY MEMBERS. oe R.=Resident, N.R.=Non- Resident. A.= =m AbHont. L.M. = Life Member. F.M.= Foreign Member An Asterisk is prefixed to the names of the Fellows of the Society. mbers who have changed their residence since the list was p are : ree uested to give intimation of such a change to the Honorary neral Secretary, in order that the necessary ae may be male in the Members who are about to leave India and do not intend to return are particularly requested to notify to the Hono orary General intr whether it is their desire to eta Mombe ers of the Society ; otherwiss, in accord ance with Rule of the rules, their names will be rem nee from the list at the expiration of three vials from the time of their leaving India Date of Election, 1907 April 3. | N.R. | Abdul Ali, Abul Faiz Muhammad, M.A., Deputy Magistrate. Netrokona Tcl ensingh. 1909 Mar. 3.|N.R.|} Abdul Latif, Syed, De puty Magistrate. 1894 Sept. 27.) L.M.| Abdul ae Maulavi. 23, European Asylum Lane, Caleu 1912 Aug. 7. | N.R.| Abdulla- -ul-Musawy, Syed, 8.a., Zemindar Bohar, Burdwan: Caleuttu. 1909 July 7.| R. | Abdur Rahim, Maulavi. 51, TZaltolla Lane. 1895 May 1.| R. | Abdus Salam, Maulavi, .a., Presidency 1915 April 7.) R. | Abdus Subhan, Nawab “‘Zad a A.K.M., Khan Bahadar, 13, Taltola Bazar ‘Street, Calcutta. 1903 April 1, | N.R.| Abul Aas, Maulavi Sayid, oe and Zemin- dar, Lan 1915 Feb. 3. |N.R.| Ahmad Ali Khan, Ma ptner "Hafiz, Superin- tendent, Rampur State Library. Rampur. 1904 Sept. 28,] N.R.| Ahmad Hasain Khan, Munshi, ‘Jhelum. 1911 Rael 5.|N.R.| Ahmad Husain, Nawab, Khan Bahadur. Rais of Pargawan, "Partabgarh, Dist. Oudh 1903 Oct. 28.|R. | Allan, Alexander Smith, me 17 * 1s, splanade Munsions, Cal 1913 Nov. 5. |N.R. | Aminullah, Maulvi, B at as azipore. 1893 Aug. 31) R Avion ae ie ome en Adam Rivers Steele, C.M.Z,S., 1,M.S, Presidency 7 | General Bospstake Calcutta. XXXVlil Date of Election. 1912 July 3. 1904 Sept. 28. 1914 April 1. 1910 April.6. 1909 May 5. 1911 May 3. 1904 July 6. 5. 1909 May 1914 Mar. 4. 1870 Feb. 2. 1891 Mar. 4./F 3 1909 Feb. 3. 1910 Dee. 7 1905 Mar. 1. 1907 Jan. 2. 4 1896 Mar. 1869 Dec. 1 1885 Nov. 4 1898 Mar. 2. 1908 Nov. 4 1914 June 3. 1903 Feb. 4. 1909 July 7. 1895 July 3. 1907 Feb. 6. 1915 April 7. N.R. sya i Egbert Arthur, B.a. Tooklai Hzx- per mental Station, Oinonhea P.O., Jorhat, ssam. A. | *Annandale, Nelson, D.Se., ©.M.Z.S., F.A,S.B. m). N.R.| Ansari Amir Ahmad, B.a. Begum Cothee, ut, U, N.R. | Ascoli, Frank David, 1.6.8. Dacca R Ashgar, A.A., Barrister-at-Law. 8, European Asylum Lane, Calcutta. R. | Atkinson, Albert Charles. La Martiniere College, Calcutta. ; "Da acca. Azad, Maulavi Abul-Kalam Mohynddin | Ahmad. 13, Macleod Street, Calcutta. | | L.M., Bacot, Mons. I. 31, Quad d’ Orsay, Paris, LM Baden Henry, M.A.,_ C.I.E. | cee Lodge, 29, Banbury Road, Oxford, M. | Baillie, The Hon. Sir Duncan Colvin, K.¢.s.1., Lc.s. 9, Pall Mall, London. N.R. | Banerji, Charu Deb, B.a., LL.B. Allahabad. N.R. | ee Devendra Kumar. Dacca Clolligé. Dac cubt . | Ban adie, Muralidhar. Sanskrit College Oa R. | Banerji, Rakhal Das, m.a. 45/4, Simla Street, alcutta. .|N.R.| Banerji, Satish Chandra, M.a., Lu.p., Advo- cate, High Court. Allahabad. .|L.M. | Barker, Robert Arnold, m.p., F.¢.s. Thorncroft, orndean Road, Emsworth, Hants, England. R. | Barman, Damodar Das. 55, Clive Street, Cal- tta. cu N:R, Hivmek: Herbert Charles, m.a., 1.¢ Deputy Commissioner, — pare Kohima, gor N.R.| Barnes, James Hec ‘Ss cipal, Piniad jaca fae Cotas. ett Pp a N.R.| Basu, B. K., B.a., 1.¢.s,, Asst. Magistrate. Burdwan. N.R.} Batra, Bhawani Das, Rai Bahadur, wM.a., N.R, | Bazuz, Rangnath Khunraj. Girgaon, Bombay. L.M.!| Beatson-Bell, The Hon, Mr, Nicholas Dodd, tia A N.R. | Bell, Charles Alfred, 1.0.3. “Gangtok, Sikkim, N.R. Belvalkar, Sripad Krishna, .a., ig p., Prof. ' of Sa: dekyit. Deccan College. Poon “SRN ata Date ot Election. 1909 April 7.; R. | Bentley, Charles A., m.8., p.e.u. Dum Dum, 24-Parganas 1876 Noy. 15. F.M.| *Beveridge, Hen A.S.B LC.S. (retired). Pitfold, Shottermill, Widtosirs Surrey, Eng- [putana. 1913 April 2. | N.R. cael R. S., Civil Judge, Shahpura, Raj- 1908 Nov. 4. | N.R. | Bhattacharji, Bisvesvar, Deputy Magistrate, Krishnagar. Na 1910 April 6.) N.R.| Bhattacharji, Ramakanta Madhupur. 1909 July 7 R. | Bhattacharji, Shib Nath, m.p, 17, Mohan- gan Road, Calcutta. 1914 Nov. 4. |N.R.| Bhattacharji, Vireshwar. Lahore. 1910 May 4.| A. | Bishop, T. H., M.R.C.8., L.R.C.S., D.P.H. rita 1893 Feb. 1. |L.M. iin Revd. P..O. Dumka, Sonthal. Pe 1912 Oct. 30.| A. | Bolton, H. O. Europe (c/o Messrs. Graham & Co Déleutia \ 1912 July 3. | N.R. | Bomford, Capt. eanthg Lawrence, I,M.S., M.B., S., M.R.C.S., L.k.c.P. Hurope (c/o Rev. T. Bomford, C.M. 8. House, Peshawar). 1898 Feb. 2.| R. | Bose, Amrita Lal, Dramatist. 9-2, Ram | Chandra Maittra’s fe alcutta. 1908 June 3.) R. | Bose, Hira Lall, Dewan Bahadur, t.m.s. 10, Oreek Lane, Oaleutta. 1895 Mar. 6. | R. | *Bose, Jagadis Chandra, ¢.s.1., M.A., D.Se., 0.LE., F.A.S.B. Presidency College, Calcutta 1914 Nov. 4, | N.R.| Bose, Thakur Birendrana Dac 1910 July 6.|N.R.| Botham, Arthur William, 1.0.8. Jhillong. 1911 Nov. 1. |N.R.} Boyle, Lieut. Cecil Alexander, lith King dward’s Lancers, y Lines, The Kurram Valley Militia. Parachinar, Kurram Valley, N. 1908 Jan. 1.' R. | Brahmachari, Upendra Nath, ma. m.v. 19, Grey Street, Caleu 1913 Aug. 6. |N.R. | Brown, C. J. peri College, Lucknow 1906 July 4. R. | Brown, Lieut.-Col. Edwin Harold, m.p., 1.a.s. ( prone 4, Harrington Street, Calcutta, 1907 July 3.'N.R.| Brown, John Coggin, M.sc., F.G.8., F.C.S. (c/o Geological ~— of In di a). 1909 Oct. 6. | R. | Brown, Percy, 4.k.c.a. Government School of Art, Calcutta. 1909 Oct. 6.; R, |*Briihl, Paul Johannes, ph.b., Pcs, F.A.S8.B, Madrassa, Calcutta 1901 Sept. 25. R. | Buchanan, Lie at Cok: Walter James, 1.M.s. United Service Club, Calcutta 1901 June 5. | F.M. *Burkill, Isaac Henry, M.a., + 56k. Botan cal Gardens, Singapur. 1896 Jan. 8. | N.R.| Burn, The Hon. Me, Richard, t.c.s. Chief Sec retary to the pave aE United Provin- ces. Allahabad. xl Date of Election, 1913 Jan. 1. 1913 Nov. 5. 1900 May 2 1913 Apl. 2. 1907 Apl. 3. 1901 Mar. 6 1895 July 3. 1912 Mar. 6. 1915 Jany. 6 1910 May 4. 1905 May 3. 1890 June 4. 1909 Mar. 3. 1905 July 5. 1906 Jan. 3. | 1195 Oct. 27. 1908 Feb. 5. 1911 Jane 7. 1909 Mar. 3. 907 Sept. 25. 1893 Sept. 28. | | | R. R. R. . | NR. R. A. R. R. N.R. | R. R R R. R R 1911 Mar. 1. NR. 1914 April 1. R. I | Burrard, Col. Sir 8. Gs, K.C:8.1,, 08.1, -F.BS:, Sur ihe General of India. 13, Wood Street, Calcu Burton, Assistant Superintendent, Geologic: cal Sur rvey of India. Calcut tia, Butcher, Flora, m.p. Lohaghat, Almora Dist. LM. 5. Medical Cntlege, Calcutta Campbell, William Edgar Marmaduke, L.C.S. irzapur, U.P ‘Carlyle, Sir Robert Warrand, K.¢.8.1,, | LCs. Europe (¢ clo India Office C.1.B., Thomas David Baron n, of Shiney. G.C.L.E., | .M.G., Governor of Bengal. Calcutta | Carter, Humphry G., Economic Botanist to the Botanical Survey, Indian Museum. 2 Chowringhee Road, Calcutta | Carter, Capt. Robert Markham, LMS. Hurope c/o India Office) . One eae Dwarkanath, M.a., B.t., Vakil, High Calcutta *Chakravarti, Ral Monmuhix Bahadur, m.a., Bib c cia 8.B , Palmers ica Road, ies tally, Calcutta. | Chakravarti, Nilmani, M.a. Presidency College, | Caleutia Chakravarti, Vanamali. Cotton —Colleye, Gauhati, | "Chapman, John Alexander, Librarian, Im- perial Library. Calcutta. | | Chatterjee, Atul Chandra 1.¢.s. Lucknow, U.P Chatterjee, Gopal Chandra, m.p. Medical Ool- lege, Calcutta, Chatterjee, ia Se Kumar, r.r.0.s. 74, Chatterjee 295/1, Ff sd Chatterjee, Promode Prakas. 8, Dizon Lane, alcutta,. Chaudhuri, Banawari Lal, 8.a., p.se. (Edin.), er eeu, Lowe Circular Manmatha WN. ath, M.B, cutta. Chandra, Rai Bahadar, mindar, Sherpur Town. Mymensingh Dist. Chandar, coe Das. 32, Beadon Row, Calcu xli Date of Election. 1913 June 4. 1912 Aug. 7. |. 1907 July 3. 1909 Nov. 3 | 1906 Nov. 7. | 1915 Sep. 1. 1908 Nov. 4. | 1907 July 3. | 1908 Jan. 1 1876 Mar. 1. | | | 1887 Aug. 25, | 1895 July 3. | | } 1873 Dec. 3. 1915 Sep. lL 1896 Mar. 4. 1912 April 3. 1910 Jan. 5. 1895 Sept. 19), 1906 Dee. 5. | 1899 Aug. 30! 1904 Sept. 28. 1912 i Li - Be 1910 Mas A. 1912 July 3. .| Crawfurd, James, B.A., .| Dames, Mansel Longworth, Ea, Chaudhari, P., Bar. a: Law. 2, Bright Street, .| Chetty Pos: ai a8 ora Muthia, Mudelly Street, Georgetown, Madra coi et cael am Alexander Kyn ook: B.SC... Europe (c/o Geological Bufooy of India), *Ohvsitopher 2 Major Samnel Richmond, M.B., FAS B,IMS. Ttesearch Laboratory, Kosanke Clarke, Geoffrey Roth, 1.c.s., Postmaster Ge |, Punjab, Lahore. Cleghorn, Maude Lina West, ¥.t.s., F.E.s. 5, Ali ane, Calcutta. Cook, Capt. Lewis, 1 MS. uri. Cotter, Gerald de Purcell, Assistant Superinten- dent, Geological Survey o ndia. Calcutta. Crake, Dr. Herbert sae aan Health Officer. 15, Loudon Street, Oalcut 1.C.8. (eee Thorn- wood, Uddinyton, Lanarkshire, Scotland. Criper, William Risdon, F.c.s., F.1.C., A.R.S.M. Konnayar, EIR Cumming, John Chet: (c/o India Office ). C.LE., 1.0.8. Hurope I.C.S. (retired). Ventnor, Wodeland Road, Guildford, Bien England. Das-Gupta, Hem Chandra, m.a., F.G.s., Presidency College, Calcutta. as-Gupta, Jogen ath, B.A. (Oxon), arrister-at-Law. 39, Lower Otrcular Road, Prof., Calcutta Das, Kasi Nath, Prof., Ravenshawe College. uttac. cutta David, David A. 55, Free School Street, Cal- andra, B.A., 1.0.8., Secretary, Government of Ben ngal, Revenue Depart- ment. Calcutia. Deare, Lieut.-Col. Benjamin Hobbs, m.r.c.s, Demetriadi, Stephen. Europe (c/o Ralli 85: es Dentith, or William, 1.0.8. “Ang lon Dhavle, Giibars Balaji, 1.c.s. Purul Digby, Everard, psc. (Lond.). 1, Garstin’s Place, Caleutta. xli Date of Election. 1907 Oct. 30 1898 Jan. 5. 1909 Nov. 3. 1902 July 2. 1909 Aug. 4. 1912 Nov. 6 6. |N 1912 April 3. 1914 Sept. 2. 1877 Aug. 30. R. 1906 Nov. 7. 1910 April 6, 1910 April 6. 1911 Nov. 1. 1915 Jany. 6. 1904 Aug. = . 1908 Sept. 2. N.R. 1906 Dee. 5. 1906 Oct. ot. 1907 Mar. 6. 1903 Mar. 4, | | 1893 Jan. 11. 1912 Mar. 6, N.R. R. N.R. N.R. is | | RK. IN.R. IN.R | R, R. |N.R. | | Be Dixit, paten Sri Ram, B.a., Dewan of Banswara, ay pu Dods, William Kane, Agent, Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Calcutta. Donovan, Lieut ~— Stone M.D., 1I.M.S | Drake-Brockman, Digby Livingstone, 1.c.s. Allahabad. ube, Man Tuhsildar, Domariagunj, Basti. uff- Sutherland- Dunbar, Capt. Sir George, Bart. Europe (c/o India e utt, B.C. 172, Manicktola Street, Calcutta. utt, Kedar Nath. 1, Sikdarpara Lane, Cal- cutta. oy Sand | | | | Eadie, Capt. John Inglis. yds ue In- | fantry (c/o Messrs, Grindlay & 0 bay). Ebden, Moe oT. Po 130d Coca pee da Trichinop | Elmes, Drv Cecil H. 1, Middleton Row, Calcutta. | Esch, V. J., Architect. Grand Hotel, Calcutta. | Fazl-i-Haqq, Q., M.a., Prof. “ Persian Litera- | ture. Govt. College, Lahor Fermor, Lewis Leigh, re, oS ea Geological rose ie india, Calcu | Fide Ali, Ayed, Arrah, | Finck, Herman ,H.G.,M.p., Ahmednagar. Finlow, Robert: Steel, Fibre Expert to the Govt. of Assam. Dacca Firminger, The Ven’ble “Walte r Kelly, M.a., B.D., F.R.G,S.. Archdeacon of Calcutta. S¢. Tha" 8 Hous, Council House Street, Calcutta, Fortescue, apt. Archer Irvine, R.a.M.c Fox, Cyril S., Assistant ee onan Geo- logical Survey of India, Calcu Francis, Lieut. Reginald Frankland, Indian Army. Jallaior, Punjab Bota Major core Thomas, M.A., M.B., B.Sc., F.L.S., 1.2 Bot. Gardens. Calcutta. Lyra His pelea Sie Edward Albert, X.c.s.1., O18... 1.0:8;, volte Governor of Bihar and Orissa, Ganguli, Manmohan, B.e., District Engineer. 79. Oornoollis Street, Calcutta xliii Date of Election, 1909 Mar. 3. 1909 Oct. 7. 1908 Feb. 5. 1908 Jan. 1. 1905 July 5. 1912 Aug. 7. 1907 Oct. 30. 1912 Mar. 6. 1905 May 3. 1889 Jan. 2. 1907 Mar. 6. 1869 Feb. 3. 1912 Sept. 4. 1902 June 4. 1913 Dec. 3 1909 April 7. 1907 Mar. 6. 1905 July 5. 1909 Jan. 6. 1910 Sept. 7. 1905 May 3. 1910 Noy. 2. 1907 June 5. 1910 Mar. 2 1910 Sept. 7. Ganguli, Matilal, Rat Bahadur. Currency Office, utta. Bangali: Ordhendhu Kumar. 12, Ganguli’s aleutta, Gardner-Bro rown, John Gerald Gardner, ee State Education. Holkar C setae. In ; Ghatak ‘Suresh ae Depy. Magistrate epy. Collect Dacca. Gaal. Amulya Cha ii Vidyabhusana. 66, Manicktolla aint Calcutta. Ghosh, Atal Behari, m.a., B.t. 59, Sukea Street, Calcutta. Ghosh, Birendrs Nath, t.m.s., Medical Practi- tioner. 109, College Street, Cateut tta. Ghosh, Harin ath, .p., Assistant Surgeon. 15/la, Pitan Ghosh Street. ee Ghosh, Hemendra Prasad, Venaodir: and Litterateur. Prasad Lodge, Changalbha P.O., Jessore. Ghosh, Jogendra Chandra, m.a., B.L., Plea 25, Hurrish Chunder Mookerjee Road, Bhowanipore, Calcutta. | Ghosh, Prafulla Chundra, m.a. Presidency | College, Culeutta. Ghosh, Pratapa Chandra, B.A. Vindyach Ghowk, Tarapada. 14, Paddapuker Nese n.A, K. Mymensingh. Godson, Capt. Charles jae L.M.S. gr te (c/o India Office —. = Mohan. 24, Banstolla plea Caleu a, hoe mall 57, Burtolla Street, Dale oenk : 7 Haswbas den, Extra Assistant Com- Gourlay William Robert, C.I.E., 1.0.8. Govern- ouse, Calcutta Gravely, Frederic haa, D.Se., Baeeche! Pe erintendent, Indian Museum. Calcut Gra: He George, A.R.s.M. 1, 7a Hous Street, Calcutta. .| Graves-Law, H. D (ees. bu. | Green, Lient.-Col. Charles Robert Mortimer, nh —— uM.s. 6, Harrington Street, | R. | Phd > Maj or Edward rh ii M.B., I.M.S. United eins Club, Caleutt Grey, Lt.-Col. Willian: Bodets: Indian Army. Europe (c/o India Office). xliv Date of Klection, 1900 Dee. 5. 1901 April 3. 1898 June 1915 Aug. 1911 Aug. 1901 Mar. 1892 Jan. 6. 1907 Aug, 7, 1908 June 3. 1913 May 7. 1912 May 1. 1906 Dee. 5. 1908 April 1, 1897 Feb. 3. 1908 June 3. 1911 April 5. 1908 April 1. 1906 Dec. 5. 1891 July 1. 1908 July 1 1898 Feb. 2 1910 Jan. 5. i; 4, a N.R. R. 1914 Feb. 4, 1901 Dec, 4. | R. R. L.M. | -| Habibur Rahman Khan, -| Haig, Lieut t.-Col. BB.3 | Hiralal, Rai Bahadur, B.A., M.R.A.S. EE | | Hirst, Ca tain Frederick Christian. Pp | par pape nce The Hon : | Hope, Geoffroy Grieve, James Wyndham Alleyne, Deputy Conserv ator of Forests. Jalpaiguri Guha, Abhaya “gic Extra Assistant Com- missioner. Nowgor Sale Bepin Baise ae ae College, Ohin- pe cette Oo Wienke Calcutta. 8. United Service Club, _Habiber Rahman, Depy. Eads Telegraph Department. Allahabad Maulavi, Raees. Bhikanpur, District Aligarh. Wolseley, Indian Army. .'s Consulate Genl., Meshhed, Persia. Henry Haselfost, ¥.C.H., V1.8. Hallowes, Kenneth Alexander Knight, B.a., A.R.S.M.. F.G.8., Assistant Superintendent Geological Sur -vey of India. Calcutt Hankin, BK. H., m.a., Ds rd ( ne Presidency College, Caleuita). *Hay rt, D.8c., C.LE., B.E rch P.G8., °F. ‘Dix ector, Gealanial | Survey of India: < Caleas tta. | Herron, Alexander Macmillan, B.se., Assistant Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. Calcutta Chhind- wara, 0. Indian Ranchi. omas ‘pong * K.¢.1.8., D.8 -G.8., P.R.S., F.A.3.B. Westwood, Alder. | ley Edge, Cheshire, Wages d. | . Mr. Justice Herbert, 1.c.s. rrington ae sige yng Calcutta. | > F.A.S.B. 1, Glent- _ north Terrace, Weiss Super Mare England. -+» B.Sc. Php, 27, Chow- ringhee Road, Calcutta. | Hornell: The Hon. Mr. W. W., Director, Public | Prepon, Bengal. Witieri’ Building, Hlossack, William Cardiff, .p., p.p.n, 9, Olyde Hastings, Calentta. xlv Date of Election, 1873 Jan. 2. 1911 June 7. 1908 June 3. 1911 Fe 1915 April. 7. 1904 Jan. 6. 1908 Noy. 4. 1907 Dec. 4. | 1907 Sept. 25. 1912 Mar. 6. | 1908 June 3. 1911 Sept. 1. 1911 Nov. 1. 1915 Oct. 27. 1891 Feb. 4. 1911 Jan. 1. 1910 May 4. 1882 Mar. l. 1906 Aug. 1. 1906 Sept. 19. 1909 April 7. 1910 Mar. 2. 1896 July 1. b 1 R ic M. | . Hovattoun, George L., F.c.s. Johnstone Castle, | fre ewshire, Scotla nd. | R. eg M. Hed 7-1, Ramsankey Roy's Lan iN. R. | atah inion, C. M. Pusa. Bin { | Insch, Jas. 101, Clive Street, Calcutta. NR, Tshak Khan Maalavi Mahomed d, M. A College, Aligarh. 0, NR Giese Victor Herbert, w.a. Patna College, ur pur, NLR. dat, Sydney Montague, 1.c. (c/o Messrs. | y). King King § Co., Bomba R R. James, Henr osher, ngal ca- | tion Service. Peasiial Sages College. | Calcutta R. Jenkins, Owen Francis, 1.c.s. 1, Council House Street, Calcutta. A. Jessop Europe ae Young Men’s Ohristian Assoc dation, as Roi d pee Herbert or A.R.C.S t Bupa; Geckigisal. Sans of janes Cal cutta N.R. | L Juearas, See Raja Ankitam Venkat Ze- mindar ‘Shermahomadpurem, Ponceau, Vizagapat N.R. : | Katoaladdin Ahmed, Shams-ul-Ulama. vt. ee Chittagon NERS | Kabiheles R. Supdt., N. 7 uy. B 2 N.R.| Kaye, George Rusby, Registrar, Govt. of India, Dept. of se aoote vg R. *Kemp, Stanley A.8.B,, Senior Assis Svipeiintendece fadian Museum Ca N.R.! i ame. (Daas M.A., B.L., Vakil. Mozuffer- pur. R. ee Kennedy, William caver eh M.A., M.D D.P-H., ee EP? 10, Harrington St. Calcu i. SS prmatenes Charlee nese Solicitor we ioe | ment. 26, Dalhousie Square, Calcu: beer John Now port . ICE eee Eee den Reach, Calcu R. rpeiadettig Wc Ghartered Bank Buildings, cutta A. | Kiichler, George William, ¢.1.5., mua. Europe. | (c/o India Office). xlvi Date > Election. 1914 April 1. 1887 May 4 1889 Mar. 1914 Aug. 5. 1911 Feb. 1914 July 1909 Jan. 1902 July 1889 Nov. 1907 Dec. 1907 Mar. 1911 May 3. 1906 Oct. 31. 1910 April 6. 1905 Ang. 2 1913 Jan. 8. 1870 April 7. 1912 April 3. 1905 Aug. 2. 1895 Jan. 11. 1912 May 1. 1913 Mar. 1906 Dee. 5. 6. N.R. oe L.M. Ne 5. 1893 Jan. 11. R. “tadas, oat mee Krishna. Queen’s Colleye. Laman, ‘haxkés Rockwell. 9, ee a eet, | ridge, Massachusetts, U.S. Am | ‘La "Batiste, Thomas Henry Bleged.: BAL, ¥.G.9., F.A.S8. . Alfriston Hills Road, Cam- bridge, England. Law, Bimala aise: B.A. 4, Sukea St., Calcutta. . Lyman, Law, Narendra Nath, M.A., B.L. , Amherst St., Calcutt Law, Satya Charan, m.a., BL. 24, Sukea St., | Calcutta. Leake, A. Martin, F.R.¢.8., V.C. Europe (c/o Bengal Nagpur ise smn Leake, Henry Martin, m.a., F.L.8. Nawub- gunj, Cawnpor Lee, William A.,F.r.M.s. 2, New China Bazar Street, Calcutta Little, James enry, Assistant Master, Nawab Bahadur’s Institution. Murshidabad. Lloyd, Major Richard Ernest, M.B., i. . T acs: awe College, Calcutta. _ Lom m.a. 11, Loudon Street, Calcutta. hae ‘Capt, ran ne ‘Eckford, Indian Army, (Ox (Oxon). Nimach B.SC., wrope. Lukis, The Hon. Surgeon-General Sir Charles Pardey, *.0.81: (082. 0.84 ¥.5.0.8., 1.0.5., Piiesinn General, Indian Madicnl Service. ’ Simla. Luxburg, Count Graf. Karl L. Europe. B. Smith. 708, Locust Street, Phila- delphia, U.S. America MacCabe, Surgeon Capt. Frederick. Europe (c/o India Office, London [cCay, Major David, M. B. » LMS. Medical ; erie. ree The Hon. Sir Edward Douglas, M.A., K.C.L.E., C.S.L, 1.0.8., Secretary, Government of India, Education Department. Simla. McLean, David (c/o Phoenix Assurance Oo., Calcutta). MacMahon, P. S., Canning atti, Lucknow. Madho Rao Scindia, His Highness Maharajah Colonel Sir, Alijah Bahad dur, G.0.8.1., G.C.¥.0., 4.D.C., LL.D., Maharajah of Gwalior. Ji t Bilas , Gwali Mahalanobis, Subodh Chandra, B.sc. 210, Cornwallis Street, F.R.S.E., Calcutta. xlvii Date of Election. 1911 Mar. I. 1898 Nov. 2. 1901 July 6. 1901 June 5. 1907 Dec. 4. 1899 Aug.30. 1905 Dec. 6. 1912 Jan. 10. 1913 June 4. 1886 Mar. 3. 1895 July 3. 1914 May 6. 1884 Nov. 5. 1905 Dec. 6. 1884 Sept 3. 1912 June 5. 1911 July 5. 1897 Jan. 6. 1906 June 6. J9LS. Jan. 6. 1910 July 6, -1908 Mar. 4. 1901 Au ug. 7. 1895 July 3. 1910 Feb. 2. R. | Mahatap, The Hon. Sir Bijoy Chand, x.c.s.1., Siaratr pesmi of Burdwan. 6, Alipur Road, Cal N.R. Maitra, poxvien Kumar, B.A., BL. Rajshahi. A. | Malyon, te Frank Bailetine, Europe (c/o India N.R.} Mann, Harold Hart, D.Sc., M.sc., F.L.S., Prin- cipal, my or tg College Poona. N.R. |} Manners- see t.-Col. John, Indian | rei ns ul. E., eau Nepal. Khat- andu. N.R. HMseoenil Lal, Rai tryin Retired Civil Sur- geon. Rai Bare FM. | Marsden, Edmu ng B.A., F.R.G.S. 12 Hlerdale oad, Hampstead, Lon N.R. frome a Rai Ja peers ‘Bahadur, Govern- ment Pleader. Jessore. R. | Mazumdar, Ramesh Chandra, m.a. 16, Ghandra- nath Ch attersi Street, Bhowanipur, Calcutta. L.M.| Mehta, Roostumjee Dhunjibhoy, c.1.2. 9, Rainey Park, Ballygunge, Calcutta. A. | Melitus, Paul Gregory, ¢.1£., 1.0.8. Hurope India Office). N.R.|} Men Ramunni. Prestdency College, Waived R. enema Charles Stewar 8 B.,. Super once: cadieical eat of is dia. Dae R. | Midhut Mohamed “Hossain Khan. 8, Golam Sobhan’s Lane, Calcutta. R. | Miles, William Harry. 21 Old Oourt House Street, Calcutta. N.R.; Misra, Champaram. Barabanki, Oudh. N.R.| Misra, Rai Sahib Shyam Behari, B.a., 1.c.s,, Revenue Member, Council of Regency. Jodhpur. N.R.| Misra, Tulsi Ram, m.a., Prof., D. J. High sect Kanouj. R. | Mitra mar Manmatha Nath. 34, Sham- pukur Street, Calcutta. R. itra, Prakash Chandra, Engineer and Con- tractor, 101/1 Olive Rivest: Calcutta. 7: ohapatra, Srikrishna. 10/1 St. James's quare, Oaloutta. R. | Moitry, Manmatho Nath, Landholder. Seram- IN. R. Maki, Edmund 3 1.c.s. Allahabad. h on. cis John, I.¢.s. R. 20, Harrington Mansions, Oaleutt tta. R. | Monahar Lal, u.a. Barrachkpore. xlviu Date of Election, 1906 Dee. 5. 1906 Dee. 5. 1908 Dee. 2. 1909 Mar. 3. 1909 Jan. 6. 1899 Sept. 29. 1898 May 4. 1894 Aug. 30. 1886 May 5. 1908 Feb, 5. 1892 Dec. 7. 1910 Nov. 2. 1911 Sept. 1. 1908 Sept. 23. 1906 Mar. 7. 1908 Sept. 23. 1904 Dee. 7. 1914 Feb. 4, 1914 Feb. 4. 1890 Feb. 5. 1901 Mar. 6. 1889 Aug. 29. 1913 July 2. 1908 Feb. 5. | N.R. | More, ike amen Carmichael, 5lst Sikhs. U.S. Club, Sim N.R. | io Cede Tlie. 24th Punjabis. Shelum, R. Moses, Capt. Owen St. John, m.p., I.M.s. 29, Theatre Road, Calcutta. R.. Mukherjee, it il M.A. 12, Old Post Office F.R.C.S., Street, Calcu R. | Mukherjee. Govinda Lall. 12, Old Post Office Street, Calcutt R. | Mukherjee, jek Nath, 8.a., Solicitor. 3, Old Post Office Street, Caleutt Ri. ae Sinan Sir Raj endra Nath, ROEE. 6G Harrington Street, Calcutta. es 3 fa rjee, Sibnarayan. Uttarpara, Bally. bearive ah gpa aya, ‘Ihe Hon. Justice Sir Asu- t.,C.8.1., M.A., D.L., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.R.A.S., , Judge, High Court. Calcutta. R. ee eons a, es Nath, B.A., M.D. 80, ussa Road , Bhowanipur, Calcutta. R. Mukhopad : a a 6, Bechoo ta. N.R. Murray, sib, m Alfred, b.a. (Cantab), m.s. Chittagor N.R | Murtaza ea Khan, Nawab, Vakil and Zemindar, Katra abu Torabkhan. Luck- now N.R. Muzaffar Ali Khan Bahadur, Syed, Zemin- dar Rais. Jausath, Dist. Mae ee R. Nahar, Puran Chand. 48, Indian Mirror Street, Calcutta. N.R., Nande, Lala nll achong Zemindar. Burdwan Nathan, Robert, ¢.s.1.,1.c.s. Europe (c/o India Office). R. oe Ali, Chaudhury, The Hon. Nawab Syed, , Weston Street, Calcutta. NR. Neogi, Panchanan. Rajshahi College, Raj- shani, ‘N.R.| Nesfield, Capt. gy Blomhardt, F.R.¢.s., L.R.C.P., I.M. N.R.| Nevill, Hen SS I. ©. s. Ht Potion L.M.| Nimmo, John Duncan (c/o Messrs. Walter Duncan § Co., 137, West George Street, : Glasgow ). N.R. Norton, E. Los., District Magistrate. Allahabad. A. | Nott, Lieut.-Col. Arthur Holbrook, m.p., 1.M.8. Europe (clo India Office). xlix Date of Election, 1906 Dee. 5. | | 8. | 1905 Nov. 1. | N.R. 1915 April 7. 1907 July 3. 1901 Jan. 2. 1901 Aug. 28. 1904 Aug. 3. 1910 April 6. 1899 Aug. 2. 1906 Dec. 5. 1888 June 6. 1877 Aug, 1. 1906 April 4. 1915 Oct. 27./ R. 1915 May 5. | N.R. 1889 Nov. §.| L.M. 1914 Nov. 4, 1904 June 1. 1910 Aug. 3. 1910 Feb. 2. Aug. 1. 1914 Mar. 4 1880 April 7. 1895 Aug. 29, 1913 April 2. F.M.! Otani, ‘pole Kozui. c/o Consulate- General of Japan, Calcutta. A. | Page, William Walter Keigley. Europe (co Pugh § Co). N.R. | Pande, Ramavatar, B.a., 1.¢.8., District Judge. Mirzapur, N.R.| Panton, Edward Brooks Henderson, BAS C08: Berhampore, Murshidabad. N.R. soem Rao Bahadur Dattalraya Balwant. Sa N.R. Satnick, “Pestonji Sorabji, 1.c.s. Narsinghpur. R. | Peake, the rles William, wa. 7 serva- tory, ie eth Calcutta N.R.| Peart, Major Charles ‘ubé. 106th Hazara Pioneers, Quetta. L.M. gyre spent Percival, B.A. Bar.-at-Law. N.R. Peake sree -Col. Charles Thomas, M.B., I.M.S. (retired). Dinajpur R. Serine Leonidar. 4, Clive Ghat Street, Cale Phelga, William Heath. Park House, 13 = Street, Calcutta [Ca leutta. Philby, H. St. , 10.8. (c/o Alliance Bank), *Phillott, Lieut.-Colonel Doug. Craven, PH.D., F.A.S.B. Indian ne (retired). c/o Messrs. Grindlay & Co., 54, Parliament treet, London. R. bi mcie Acai Boat 12, Mission Row, Caleu N.R. Pilgrim, rie Elleock, p.sc., F.G.8. (c/o Geolo- gical Survey of India R. | Podamraj Jain, Raniwalla. 9, Joggomohan Mullick’s Lane, Calcutta. N.R.| Poplai, Sri Ram. Jullundur City. N.R.| Price, — Stanley. Victoria Boys’ School, Kur. N.R.| Raffin, Alain. Mirzapur. N.R.| Rai, Bepin Chandra. Giridéh, Chota Nagpur. N.R. |} Rai Chaudhuri, Jatindranath, M.a.,p.L., Zemin- dar. ratte Jessore, R. | Ramaswami, M.8., Curator of the Herbarium. Royal Botanic Gardens, Sibpur, Howrah. O’Kinealy, Lieut.-Col. Frederick, (Eng.), L.R.c.Pp. (Lond.), tas. General Hospital, Calcutta ie ee Lewis Sydney Steward, B.A Bajshah M.R.C.S Presidency I.C,8. Date of Election. 1908 Feb. 5. | F.M. 1908 July 1.|N.R. 1905 — 4. | N.R. 1904 M. 4.1 FM. 1890 ee &. 1887 May 4.| R. 1905 May 3.| R. 1910 April 6. | A. Randle, Herbert Neil, B.a. Ludgate Circus, London, W.C. Ranganathasvami, S. P. V., Aryavaraguru, Arshya Library, Vizagapatam. Rankin, James Thomas, 1.c.s. Dar7 geeling. epaon, KE. J. 8, Mortimer Road, Cambridge. * Ray, Prafulla Chandra, p.se., F.a.s.B., Pro- fessor, Presidency tree Caloutta, Ray, Prasanna Kum sc. (Lond. and ras ‘ts Ballggunge Oscuins Road, Cal- ta The Hon Mr. Justice Thomas oes m, 1¢.8., Judge, High Court. Cal- Sinise A. White, F.r.c.p. Europe (c/o War | ce). 1913 Sept. 3.| A. | Rogalsky,P. A. (c/o Imperial Russian Consul- ate General, Calcutta 1903 Mar. 4. | N.R.| Rogers, Charles Gilbert, F.L.S., F.C.H., Forest 1900 April 4.| R. 1901 Dee. 4. FP. M. 1908 June 3. | N.R. 1889 June 5. | N.R. 1903 July 1.) LM. 1915 Oct. 27.| R. 1910 Sept. 7, | N.R. 1914 June 3.| A. 1915 April 7.) R. 1906 Feb. 7. | N.R. 1908 Feb. 5. | F.M. 1913 Apl. 2|N.R. 1911 Nov. 1/|N.R. 1909 Nov. 3. NR Department ie Grindlay § Co.). ee Lt.-Col. Sir Leonard, kt., o.1 ¥.B.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.8.B., I.M. 8. “Medigal Osltage Calcutta. — dward Denison, ¢.1.£., ish Museum, Dept. of Oriental ap ae London, Roychaedia. Mrityunj oy. Shyampur P.O., Roychandhary, Surendra Chandra, Zemin- dar. Koondi, Rungpur Roy, Maharaja Girjana th. Dina gepor Roy, Maharaja J haut doniiatle Raiedac utta mes avira] Jamini Bhisich, M.a., M.B. 371, Upper Chitpur —— Calcutta. Roy, Kumar Sarat Kumar. Dayarampur, Raj shahi. Roy, Dr. Satyendra Nath, Europe (c/o War Roy, Hon Mr. we Nath, Vakil, High Court. Calew Russell, Charlee; z ‘as. Patna College, Bankipur. Russell, Robert V., 1.c.8. 54, Parliament Street, ondon, W. Sahay, Rai Sahib Bhagvati, m.a., , Offg. foie ~ of Schools, Patna "Division. Sahni, + ee M.A., Supdt. of Archeology. Jammu, Kashmir 2s os Date of Election. 1910 May 4 1906 June 6. b: 1909 Mar. 1911 Jan. 1902 Feb. 1900 Dec. 1908 July 1. 1915 Feb. 1906 Feb. 1902 May 7. 1905 Jan. 1914 April 1. 1897 Dec. 1. | 1911 July 5 1885 Feb. 1902 Dee. 3. 1912 Jan, 10. 1909 Jan. 6. 1913 Dee. 3 1914 Mar. 4, 1908 Mar. 4. 1902 Feb. 5 1899 May 3. | 1913 Mar. 5 | N.R. ‘ “Shastri, A Shyam .| Silberrad, Charles Sandes, Capt. J. D., I.M.S8, nidia Office). Sanial, Surendra Prasad, m.a. M.B., Europe (c/o , F.C.S. Serampur. : Sarkar, Chandra Kumar. Ratwkantk, Moulmoxn. 2, Old Post Office Street, Calcutta, Sarvadhikari, Dr. Suresh Prasad. Amherst St., Calcutta. Schulten, Joseph Henry Charles, Ph.p. Schwaiger, Imre George, Expert Art. ashmir Gate, care | Seal, Brojendra Nath, ™.a. 79-1, Hurope. in Indian Presidency Col- 86, Sen, Givindra ‘Katha. utta. Sen, Jogendra Nath, Vidyaratnua, M.a. 31, Prasanna Kumar Tagore’s Street, Calcutta. 220, Lower Circular Road, Yollege Street, Calcutta. 303, Bow Bazar Street, Sen-Gupta. Dr. Nares Chandra. Lane, Calcutta. sapere esrovb J. 3, Duff 19, Lindsay Street, Cal- ~ Capt. L.R.C.P Robert Beresford Seymour, iM.s. c/o Indian Museum, Caleu _Mahamahopadhyaya Haraprasad C.L.E s.p, 26, Pataldanga Street, Caleu Shastri, Taaean Goswami. Dethi. Hindu College, Shirazi, Aga Muhamad Kazim. 23, Lower Chitpur Road, Calcutta. Shirreff, Alexander Grierson, B.A., L.C.S. r.M.s. Hurope (c/o India Office). Shrosbree, A. de Bois. 9/1, Middleton Row, Calcutta. Shujaat Ali, Nasurul Mamalik Mirza, Khan Bahadur, Acting Consul-General for Persia. 10, Hungerford Street, Calcutta. Lal, Lala, M.A., LL.B., Naimadri, A Frise B.A., B.Se., Deputy Col- lector. E.C.8., Gorakhpur, Simonsen, J. I., v.se. Presidency College, Madras. li Date itm Election. 1909 ‘Apr ‘il 7. 1894 July 4. 1895 Aug. 29. 1912 May 1. 1893 Mar. 1. 1892 Mar. 2. 1899 Aug. 29. 1909 April 7. 1889 Nov. 6. 1912 Mar. 6. 1915 July 2 1894 Feb. 7. 1912 Sept. 5 1897 Jan. 6. 1898 Aug. 3. 1913 July 2 1911 Mar. 1. 1907 Mar. 6. 1912 Jan. 10. 901 Dec. 4. 1913 July 2. 1912 May 1. 1912 Oct 30. 1904 Sept. 28. 1908 Dec. 2, 1904 June 1. 1900 Aug. 29. 1907 Dee. 4 | ' NR. N.R. R. R. N.R.! L.M. N.R. | L.M. N.R. N.R A. N.R. A. N.R. A N.R. | aa N.R./) Simpson, George Clarke, p.sc, Simla. Singh, Raja Kushal Pal, m.a. Narki. Singh, Lachmi Narayan, M.A., B.L., Pleader, H ta. Singh Ray, Lalit Mohan, Oreck Row, Calcutta (Singh, Maharaja Kumara Sirdar Bharat, 1.0.8. Rai Bahadur. 4, etired). Shankergar, Allahabad. | Singh, Raja Ooday Pratab, ¢.s.1, Raja of | Bhinga. Bhing ae H.H. The Maharaja Sir Prabhu arain, Bahadur, G.0.1.E., Maharaja of Benares. Ram Fort, Benares. : ga ‘Singh, Raja Prithwipal, Talnkdar of Suraj- pur. District Barabanki, Oudh. | Singh, H.H. The Hon: Maharaja Sir Ramesh- | wara, Bahadur, «.c.1.n. Durbhanga. | Singh, ‘Maharaja Ranjit, of Raniccy. _Chowringhee Road, Calcutta 4 58, Lucknow. he raja en Nath, : ' Chhatturpur, Bundelkhund. [bad. i, Bahadur Sing, Azim echo Murshida- rita Lal, F.c.s., L.M.S , Sankari- Sita Ram, B.a., Depy. sac peatohae Allahabad. Sivaprasad, 8.a., Offg. Junior Secretary to the Board of Reven Allahabad. oh Major O, A. ” 27th Punjabis. Hazari- Sofiulla Saifududdin Ahmed, Maulavi, Supdt. of Excise. ee ogong Southwell, B.0.8., ¥.Z Director of Rshectos Calcutta. *Spooner, Bev Brainerd. Ban Waiter "iat Philip Lechmen, District Sur-. G.I. P Railway. Igatpuri, Bombay. Stapleton, Henry Ernest, B.a., B.sc, Dean Steen, he bo eae Barkley, M.B., I.M,S. Hurope ( o/o In Stephen, ‘The fen Mr. Justice Harry Lush- . Lurope (c/o India Office). Fas a Lieut.-Col. John, 1.m.s. Stevens, Lieut.-Col. C. R., im.s. a Office). a ones aa hii Date of Election. 1907 arias a: 1906 Dee. 5. 1911 Feb. 1. 1915 April. 7. 1914 Jan. 7. 1907 Aug. 7 1907 June 5. 1914 Mar. 4. 1907 June 5. 1909 Jan. 6. 1914 April 1. 1898 April 6. 1906 Mar. 7. 1904 July 6. 1910 Aug. 3 1893 Aug. 31. 1906 Dec. 5. 1878 June 5. 1914 Aug. : 1904 1 May 4 1911 Mar. 1. ~ 1909 Aug. 4, 1908 Nov. 4, 1898 Nov. 2. 1911 July 5. 1904 June 1. | N.R. F.M. | A. N.R N.R. | N.R. R. R. N.R. R. R. R. R. FM. | N.R. N.R. N.R. FM. N.R. N.R F.M. | N.R N.R. R. A. A. .| Thanawala, Framjee Jamasjee. | Stewart, Capt. Francis Hugh, t.m.s. Bomba Stok kes, Captain Claude Bayfield, Military At. taché. eheran, Persia, | Stonebridge, Arthur W. Europe (c/o Messrs. Burn § Co. ‘Storey, C. S.: Prof. of Arabic, M. A. O. College. igarh Strauss, Dr. O. Ahmednagar. |Subramania Iyer, — Extra Asst. mbatore | Suhrawardy, Abdullah Al- Ma’ min, Iftikharal Millat, M.A., D.Litt., LL.D., lagtats -at-Law. 3, Wellesley Ist Lane, Caleut - Sutherland, Lt.-Col. William Dunbar, 1,.M.s. U.S. Club, Calcutta Swinhoe, Rodway Charles John, Solicitor. Mandalay, Upper Burn Tagore, Kshitindranath, .a. 6/1 Dwarkanath Tagore Lane, Calcutta. praaiires Prafulla Nath. 1, Darpanarain Tagore, The Hon. Maharaja Sir Prodyat, Coo- mar, Bahadur, kt. Pathuriaghatta, Calcutta. paeaore, Rie Shyama Ku ndar. _ 65, Pathuriaghutia Street, Calcutta. Talbot, Walter Stanley, 1.c.s. 9, Pall Mall, teh don Tancock, Capt. "Alexander Charles. i Moshi: N.W.F.P. man, Assi 3lst Pun- stant oo 85, Bazar Gate St., Fort, Bom Thomas, F. W., M. Office. London. Thompson, John Perronet, M.A., 1.¢.s. Thornely, Major, Michael Harris, I.M,S. bhanga. Thornton, Edward, F.R.1.B.A. A Ph. p., Librarian, India Lahore. Dur- 6, Clive Street, Oalcutta. Thurston, Capt. Edward Owen, 1.M.s., B.S., F.R.C.S. Hurope ( ia India Office) *Tipper, George Howlett, m.a., r.c.s, Europe (c/o Geological Survey of India) liv A. “Tomkins, BHecG.. Date of Election. 1912 Nov. 6. 1907 Feb. 6.| F.M. 1861 June 5. | L.M. 1894 Sep. 27.) R. 1900 Aug. 29.| N.R. 1890 Feb. 5. | N.R. 1902 June 4.| R. 1901 Mar. 6. |F.M. 1894 Sept. 27.| L.M. 1902 Oct. 29.) R. 1909 Jan. 6.| N.R 1907 July 3 R. 1901 June 5.|N.R 1911 Feb. ko} A, 1905 Dee 6./|N.R.. 1910 Sept. 7.| R. 1909 Dec. 1. | N.R. | 1913 April2.| R. 1915 Jany. 6. | N.R 1906 Sept. 19. N.R. | 1909 April 7., A. 1915 May. 5. |N.R. utta, ; | Whitehouse, ~— H., Prof. .| Whitehead, Richard Bertram, 1.¢.s. C.LE., F.R.AS. Hurope (c/o | India Office. *Travers, Morris William, D.sc., F.R,S., 3, Warwick Gardens, Lisnidous ; “Trent James Dyer, M.A., 1.C.S. (retired). Dedham, Essex, England. F,A.S.B. ae Nagendra eee 20, Visvakos Lane, | Bagbazaar, Caleu cu “Vanghan, Lieut. Co canek Charles resent. alpu I.M.s. Bhaga Le Vania, hata MA. D.Litt C4,5., FASB: Benares. | *Vidyabhusana, oe aya Satis _ Chandra, m.a., pbh.p. F.A.8.B. 26/1, Kanay | Lal Dhur’s Lane, Calcutta | | *Vogel, Jean Philippe, Litt.D , v.as.B. The University, Leiden, Holland. | Vost, Lieut.-Col. William, 1.m.s., Civil Sur- geon. Secunderabad, _*Vredenburg, Ernest, B.L., B.Sc., A.R.S.M., A.R.C.S | GB: FA By, Ohowringhee Road, "Cal. cutta. *Walker, rs Thomas, C.S.I., D.sc-, M.A., F.R.S., F.A.S.B., Director-General of Ovserva- tories. Simi, la. | Walker, Harold, st. M., Assistant Superintendent Eaticioal: Survey of India. alcutta. . Walsh, The Hon. Mr. Ernest Herbert Cooper, C.8.1., 1.C.8., Commissioner, Chota Nagpur Divn. Ranchi. Waren Dr. Harry George, F.R.1.P.H. rry Europe (c/o Hast Indian ping Jamalpur). _ Watson, Edwin Roy, M.a., Dacca | Watts, H. P., B.a. i £1. Loudon Street, | Calcutta. . Webster, J. E., 1.0.8. Sylhet, Ass | White, Baraard ‘Alfred. Chartered. Bunk Build- ings, Cale of Biology, | Agra College, Agr Rupar, Umbala, Punjab | Wilkinson, Major Edmund, I.M.S.,L,R.C.S., D. Litt. Rush rook, , B.Litt., Prof. | of Modern Indian History, Allahabad Uni- versity. Allahabad. Date of EKlection. 1914 May 6. 1913 Dee. 3. 1909 April 7. 1912 Mar. 6. 1906 Mar. 7. 1908 April 1. 1894 Aug. 30. 911 Auge. 2 a! o. 2, 1906 June 6. 1910 April 6. A. | Wilson, oe a Horace Hayman. 70 a . R. | Wilson, Major Roger Parker, FR LM.s. Qampbell Agere Seildan “Galoutta’ .| Woodhouse, E. J., R. gerbe, The Bini See. Sir John George, 4, Oa amac Street, Calcutta. = Waolna Alfred Cooper, m.A., Principal, Ori- Europe (c/o ental College. Lahore. R. | Wordsworth, William Christopher, Asst. Director of Public segue, Bengal. Writers’ Buildings, Calcut N.R.|} Wright, Henry Nelson, i 1.0.8. District Judge, Bareilly. N.R.| Young, Gerald Mackworth, B.A., 1.0.8. Simla. N.R. Young, Mansel Charles Gambier. Dhanbaid. N.R. | Young, Capt. Thomas Ghaviba McCombie, ™.8., M.S, Shillong, Assam SPECIAL HONORARY CENTENARY MEMBERS. Date of Election, | 1884 Jan. 15. Dr. Ernst ea Professor in the University of Jena. Prussi 1884 Jan. 15. — Professor i. H. Sayce, — of Assyrio- ‘y, Queen’s College. ” Oakes ngland. Monee seca Senart. 18, eae Frangois Ter, 1884 Jan. 15. | \ arts, France HONORARY FELLOWS. Vate of Election, 1879 June 4. 1894 Mar. 7. 1895 June 5. 1895 June 5. 1896 Feb. 5. Dr. Jules Jansse Observataire d’ Astronomie Physique de Porte: Prance. Professor Theodor Noeldeke. O/o Mr. Karl T. Triibner, harms © Germany. Lord Rayleigh, M.A., (ie. Tai Ph.D., F.R.A.8., F.R.s. Ferling Pisce Witham, aly England. Chisies or Preah Esq., M.A., C.1.8. C/o India ce, Professor ‘Charles Rockwell Lanman. 9, Farr Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S. America. Date of Election. 1899 Feb. 1899 Dec. 1899 Dec. 1901 Mar. 1902 Nov. 1904 Mar. 1904 Mar. 1904 Mar. 1904 Mar. 1904 Mar. 1904 July 1906 Mar. 1908 July 1908 July 1911 Sept. 1911 Sept. 1911 Sept. 1. 6. od L: A 6. 6, 6. 1911 Sept. 6. 1911 Sept. 6. 1915 Aug. 4. 1915 Aug. 4. Dr. Augustus Frederick Rudolf Hoernle, Ph.D., ¢.1-8. 8, Northmoor Road, Oxford thee. d. Professor Edwin Ray Lakeater ff Ac, HbDAS eRe British Museum (Nat. Hist.), ‘Or omwell Road, London, 8.W. Pro taaot ‘Edward Burnett Tylor, D.c.L., LL.D., Keeper, University Museum. Oxford, go lan Professor John Wesley Judd, ¢.B., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., Late Prof. of the Royal College of Science. 30, Cumberlund Road, Kew, En Monsieur René Zeiller. Ingénieur en chef des Mines. Ecole superiewr des Mines, Paris. Professor Hendrick Kern. Utrecht, Holland. Professor Sir Ramkrishna Gopal Bhandarkar, K.c.1.8. oond. Professor Ignaz Geldaiher, Ph.D., D.Litt., LL.D. Sir Charles Lyall, m.a., K.C.8.1., C.1E., LL.D. 82, © i=) 3 s = = Re ce S - Sy So 3 &, Ss = Sir William Ramsay, pPh.v. (Tib.), LL.D. sep. (Dubl.), F.c.s., F.1.c. University College, ‘Gower S : Sir George Abraham Grierson, K.C.1.8., Ph.D., D Litt., C.LE., 1.¢.8, (retired). Bekjocbon, Eberle: Surrey, England. The Right Hon’ble Baron Curzon of Kedleston, M.A., D.C.L.. F.R.S. 1, Carlton House Terrace, Lon- Lieut.-Col. pare ade: sham Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., £.8., ¥.R.G.8. a Godalming, Surrey, England. a = ‘Gitesbong "The University, Gottingen, Ger- Eieat. “Gol. Alfred William Alcock, ¢.1.8., M.B., LL.D., C.M.Z.8., F.RS., 1M.s. (r vleeees Heathlands, Erith d, Belvedere, Kent, ee eg iin agers George Brow e, oe .,) MB, MES. R.C.P., M.R.A.S. Pembroke Olas Oarsbred e. Dr. “k: Bale, Prof. of Systematic Botany, Univer- Sir Clements Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., D.se. 21, Eccleston Square, London, S.W. Serge we. aya Kam: ikhyanath Farkevagie. 11-4, Shambazar Street, Calcutta Pas Paul Bas sory CEA, Dd. O.b. 19, Linton Ro 5 gtan Monsieur ae ‘ deston Darboux. 3 Rue Nazarine, , France. 1915 Aug. 4. Sir Patrick Manson mM, G.C.M.G., M.D., LL.D., F.R.CP. 2) Que ueen Anne Street, Cavendish Square, ‘London, W. lvii Date of Election. 1915 Aug. 4, 1915 Auge, 4, sy! — John Thomson, Kt. 0.M., M.A., SC.D,, D.SC., Ph.p. Trinity College, Cambridge, England. Six “William Turner, K.C.B., M.B., D,C.L., LL.D., SC.D., R.C.8. 6, Lion Terrace, Edinburgh, Scotland. FELLOWS. Date of Election. 1910 Feb. 1910 Feb. 1910 Feb. 1910 Feb. 1910 Feb. 1910 Feb. 1910 Feb. 1915 Feb. 1915 Feb. bo bo bo bo OBO Pd bo 8 MN SSN Peep po bo 99 99 99 99 OT 2 a 2. te N. Annandale, Esq., D.se., C.M.Z.S., F.L.S ae sere 2 ustice Sir Agatiah Mukhopadhyay , ces. oes aan .R.8. E ue Burkill, ra = MA Mahamahopadhyaya Heaps ad Shastri, ¢.1.E., M.A. Sir Thomas Holland, k.c.1.8., D.Se., A.R.C.S., F.G.S., F-R.S. Dr. D. Hooper, F.¢.s., F.1.S. sls ae Bs LaTouche, Esq., 8 i Bahadur Monmohan Ch eat rti, M.A., B.L. Lieut.-Colonel D. C. Phillott, sino Indian ‘Army Dr, Prafulla Chandra Ray, p Lieut.-Col. Sir Leonard Aba Kt., C.I.E., F.R,C.P., F.R.C.8,, 1.M.S. EK. D. 8, Kisq., C.1. Mahamahopadhyays "Batis raises Vidyabhusana, M.A., Ph.D., M.R.A M. W. Travers, i D.Sc., F.R.S. A. Venis, Esq., M.A., p.titt., C18. LS ae be Walker, Hsq., 0.8.1., D.8¢., M.A., F.R r KE, A. Gait, K.C.S.1., C.8.1., M.D., B.S., Br ies Capt. S. R. Christophers, 1.m Charles Stewart pn a tl Bik, 0.5. Major A age, I.M E. Vredenburg, Esq., B-I., B.Sc., A-R,8.M., A.R.C.S.. F.G.8. J. Ph. Vogel, Esq., ee fh, itt.D. S. W. Kemp, Esq., B Major E. D. We. Gicig bi. M.B., I.M,S G. H. Tipper, Esq., M.A., F.G.s. . B, Spooner, Esq., Ph.p. H. H. Haines, Esq., F.C.H., F.L.s, lviii ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. Date of Election. 1875 Dec. 1.| Revd. J. D. Bate. 15, St. John’s Church Road, Folkestone, Kent, Englan nd. 1882 June 7.| Herbert A. Giles, Esq., Lu.p., Professor of Chinese in the pci of Cambridge. Cambridge, England Dr. A. Fiéhrer. Eur rope. Sarat ee Das, Rai Bahadur, ¢.1.n. 32, Creek Row, Calcutta. Revd. E. Francotte, s.s. 30, Park Street, Calcutta. he me H. Francke. Niesky Ober-Lausitz, Ger- 1885 Dee. : 1886 Dec. 1899 Nov 1902 Jane aleutta. 1909 Mar. 3.| Rai Balkrishna Atmaram Gupte, Bahadur. Bel- vedere, Calcutta. 1910 Sept. 7. | Shamsul Ulama Maulvi Ahmad Abdul Aziz. pres Bag, City-Hyderabad, Deccan. 1910 Sept. L. K. Anantha Krishna Iyer, Esq. Trichur. 1910 Dee. Hosten: s.J. 30, Park Street, Calcutta 2 1 1 4, 1908 July 1. Babu SDinueh Chandra Sen, B.A. 19, Visvakos Lane, Cal 3 7 7 7 5 ie . 1913 Feb. Ekendranath Ghosh, Esq., LM.s. Medical College, Calentta, 1914 Apl. 1. | Bada Kaji Marichiman Singha. Bir Library, Nepal. 1915 Mar. 3. | E. Brunetti, a 27, Chowringhee Road, Calcutta. 1915 Dec. 1, | Pandit Jainacharya ija., arma Snrisvaraji, Yasovijaya Grauthamal Office, Benares City LIST Oe MEMBERS WHO HAVE BEEN ABSENT FROM A THREE YEARS AND UPWARDS.* 7 ak 40.-—After the lapse of three years from the date of a member leaving India, if no intimation of his wishes shall in the interval have been received by oi Society, his name shall be re- moved from the List of Member owing members will *s removed from the next Mem- ber List of the Society under the operation of the above Rule:— George William Kuchler, ee., O.1L.E. A, White Robertson, Esq., L.R.c.P Major Edmund Wilkinson, L.M. s. LOSS OF MEMBERS DURING 1915. By RetrremMent. Babu Surendra Chandra Banerjee. Norman Bonham-Carter, Esq., 1.c.s. lix Adrian Caddy, Esq., F.R.¢.s., Hon. Mr, Justice Asutosh Gtendhiuad: Alex. W. Davenport, Esq. Major William Donan, 1 Japt. Henry Bertram Foster, M.S, Joseph Ernest Friend- Pereira, Esq. Kashi Prasad ny hadi Esq. Babu Saharam Kuma Hon. Sir J. 8. Mae: K.C.S Babu Phani Bhusan iskeree, B.Se, Dr. Indu Madhab Mallick, m.p Babu Pramathanath Mallik. Lt.-Col. Ernest Alan Robert Newman, t.,s. Lt.-Col Fairlie Russell Ozzard, t.m.s. Babu Radhakrishna Hon. Mr. Herbert Posderiuk Samman, I.¢,s John Hope Simpson, Esq., I.c.s Charles Somers Taylor, Esq., B.se. Rev. J. Wat Garfield Hodder Williams, Esq., m.x. Major Frank Needham Windsor, I.M.S William Henry Arden Wood, Esq. Pandit Monohar Lal Zutshi. By Deartua. oe Members. 13 Ss. B Bian, hs Lieut.-Col. Francis Jone ess Edgar de Montfort Humphries, a , 1.0.8. Captain James Ranking, 1.4. Alceste Carlo Righo de Righi, Esq. St, John Stephen, Esq. Unper Rute 40. Capt. Frank Ftedise eso at 1.M.S. Walter Noel Edw sq. ieee Panchanan Gho os Wosras Leslie Hallward, Esq Major Lionel Lees Hepper, hoy Artillery, Samarendra Manlik, Esq. James Mollison, Esq. Lieut. Henry Cuthbert Pulley, 12th Pioneers. Lieut. Emile Charles —— , 1A t. H. Emslie Smith, eit Toth, Esq. lx Godfrey Francis Thorpe, Esq. David Robb Wallace, Esq. Lieut. Arthur Denban eM Capt. J. R. White Rev. Edward ae! Woodley. ELLIOTT GOLD MEDAL AND CASH. RECIPIENTS. 1893 Chandra Kanta Basu. 1895 Yati Bhusana Bhaduri, m.a. 1904 { Sarasi Lal Sarkar, m.a. Surendra Nath Maitra, m.a. 1907 Akshoyakumar Mazumder. 1911 Jitendra Nath Rakshit. : Jatindra Mohan Datta. ace Lal Datta. 19134 Saradakanta Ganguly, Nagendra Chandra Nag. Nilratan Dhar. Edamame MEMORIAL MEDAL. Recipients. 1901 KE. Ernest Green, Esq. 1903 Major Ronald Ross, F.8.C.S., ¢.B., C.1.E., F.R.S., 1.M.S. (retired). 1905 Lieut.-Colonel D. D. Cunningham, F.r.s., 0.1.z., I.M.s. (retired). 1907 Lieut.-Colonel Alfred William Alcock, M.B., LL.D., C.LE., F.R.S. 1909 Lieut.-Colonel David heed M.A. M.B., LL.D., F.R.S., I.M.S. (retire 1911 Dr. Karl Diener 1913 ee sib ee Glen aaa fase D., i 1.8., L.M.8 1915 S. Gamble, Esq., ¢.1.£., [APPENDIX. ] ABSTRACT STATEMENT is RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS OF THE PSIATIC. SOCIETY OF PENGAL FOR THE YEAR 1915. Ixii STATEMENT 19165. Asiatic Society LP: To ESTABLISHMENT. Rs. As. P. Rs. Ags. P. To EXTRAORDINARY EXPENDITURE, Royal Society’s Scientific Catalogue Balance 786 1 1,93,987 4 8 Salaries... 6,929 lL 38 Do. (Officer in charge for Researches it in History, a pecley and Folk- lore in Bengal) Betis Oo, G000 70 2.0 Commissi 4 5 Pension... oe ue eo 1 0 Grain Allowance _ oat Ms: 128959 ——_——_ 11,374 3 5 To CONTINGENCIES. Stationery... see ae te 162 10 O xes ee fee 1495 0 O Postage 594 6 9 Freig 21 4 6 Auditing ... 150 0 O Light and Fans 156 411 urance 343 12 O Petty Repairs ae * ne TU © Miscellaneous es oe a 318 9-5 3,248 15 7 To LipraryY AND COLLECTIONS. Books Me A: oe 1,931 11 10 Binding ... ue “ne 939 138 6 —_—_—-—-_ 2,871 9 4 To PuBLiIcATION. Journal and Proceedings and oie oS Deeks coe oO. do. (An thropetogs Dues 1,940 0 9 To printing charges of Ciienlaeh, et ae 381 2 0 — 7 Or 8 Sey Gan ‘Government Allowances a BG ae 9,600 0 0 Furniture ore ese 286 0 O epairs a 1a 224 12 0 Anthropological Instrumen ts vas 86 4 0 Loan (Dr. Tessitori’s travelling expenses for 1914 ) a 698 13 0 To Pe rsonal Account (write-off and miscellaneous) ie 465 7 6 9 Totat Rs. Le 2,381,342 7 6 No. 1: of Bengal. Caleutta, 31st December, 1915. lxiti Rs. As. P, Rs. As. P, - By Balance from last Report 1,96,680 4 8 By CasH Receipts. Interest on Investments 7,360 15 5 ent of 250 0 O Publications sold for cash 104 0 O Allowance from Government of Bengal = the publication of on An Ca pological ar ae subjects 2,000 0 0 Do. do, Ohiet Comtnissiones of Assam 1,000 0 0 Do. do, Government engal for Res baralinas: in His tory, Reli- ' gion, Ethnolo By and Folk- lore in Benga seer id, 200 O26 Printing and oe - ies see 2,113 8 9 Miscellaneou es pss Iie 5 a | — 20,157 13 3. By EXTRAORDINARY RECEIPT. ee to nie scent le Scientific Catal 1,080 0 0: By Persona Account. Members’ subscription -. 10,446 0 0 Admission fees 36.0.0 Subscription to Journal and Proceedings a and Memoir. 1,848 0 0 Sales on credit 433 5 0O Miscellaneous 128 ———-——__- 13.474 6 0 Torat Rs. ie 2,31,342 7 6: TS KE. & O. E. R. D. Meuta, Hon. Treasurer. lxiv STATEMENT hee Orient coasts recut Fund, Mo. din LaF. Yo CasH EXPENDITURE, Res: AsoP: has Aish Salar 1,987 3 2 Grain atwaune 28.59 Printing 5 .. 9,458 5 0 Cc eR or ies Aes 55 3 4 Postage Ses a pe na Ay gies eas Cc ontingencies eae ae ae CM Gs hacen 2 Editing... 1,521 8 O In nce ps ae 0 ae Jtatione yA ef Light and Fan a “e 30 6 8 uae chases for MS. pe iis 44 0 0 Se 218 Gg nremmtimmcasn) ESBS 6 8 To Personal Account (write-off and miscellaneous) wick 162 4 6 Balance ea vv 2,300 3 4 Toray Rs. ie 15,794 13 6 S275 EMENT 1916. Oriental Publication Fund, No.2, 1 in ye To Casn EXPENDITURE. Rs. As. P Printing charges ae < in Ae 995 10 Balance os ta 5,109 3 0 Torta Rs. pal 6,104 18 0 IOs: =. cet. with the Asvatie Soc. of Bengal. 1915. Cr. Re. AaP. Rs, As.’ P: By Balance from last Report. es aie ae 3,085 9 38 By CasH REcEIPTS. Government Allowance a er. 9.000 0 0 Publications sold for cash P 485 15 9 Advances recovered ne 402 0 9 — 9,888 0 6 By Personat Account, Sales on credit ee fp pts ae 2871) 3:9 Tora Rs, eos 15,794 13 6 K. & O. E. R. D. Meuta, Calcutta, 31st December, 1915. Hon. Treasurer. No. 38. meet eee the aidan Soe. ar Bengal. 1915. cr. Rs. As. P. By Balance from last Report —... es oe 3.104 18 0 By CasH RECEIPTS. Government Allowance vee te oo 3,000 0 0 Torat Rs. ee 6,104 13 0 E. & O. E R. D. Meata Caleutta, 31st December, 1915. Hon, Treasurer. Ixvi : STATEMENT 1915. Oriental Publication Fund, No. 3, in Dr. To Cash EXPENDITURE. Rs. As. P Printing charges ore ce ae: fhe! $10; 11-70 Balance os oe ee 1,444 8 6 ‘TOTAL Rs. ai aa 1855 3.6 STATEMENT 1915. Sanskrit Manuscript Fund in Acct. Dr. To CasH EXPENDITURE, Rs. As, P. He: As. Salaries... Po 1,598 13 6 Contingencies is We re LL 23 Grain allowance is ee ee 138 6 9 Stationery .. . oe Purchase of Manuscripts 100 0 0 Insurance . ea ane 125 0 0 Light and Fans bee as oe 30 511 ; oes ue Si0. 00 ‘ 2,097 3 5 Balance le uh 5,708 3 7 Tora Rs. “a 780670 Ixvii No. 4, Acct. with the Asiatic Soc.of Bengal. 1915. Cr. Rea. Aa. P; By Balance from last Report ee ae mer. Loos S16 Tota Rs. oe eve 7,855. 36 E. & O. H, R. D. Meata, Oaleutta, 31st December, 1915. Hon, Treasurer. No. 8. with the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 1915, Or. Rs. Ase. P. Rs. As. P. By Balance from last Report > = es 4,570 3 0 By CasH RECEIPTS. Government Allowance ee ese 3,200 0 0 Ps ake sold for cash s 40 Advances recovered ... ‘a 24 0 3,210 4:0 By PersonaL AccoUnNT. Sales on credit et see eee ove ot am sa Tota Rs. peut TOG 60 BE. & O. KE. R, D, Meuta, Calcutta, 31st December, 1915. Hon, Treasurer. Lxviii STATEMENT 1915. Arabic and Persian MSS. Fund in De: To GAsH EXPENDITURE. BS. AR, Px Ray Agsce: Travelling charges... ig ti 327 Salaries... ee a 3,169 11 10 ontingencies 168-9 Stationery .. 8 nsurance +h pee Be 8 Binding... 61 12 0 Grain allowance i 1 0 O Postage... aes ras koe OoxsesG Printing... ua cis eae 2622-0 — —_——- 3,650 10 1 Balance ae ee 5,298 8 6 Totat Rs. ae 8,949 2 T STATEMENT 1916. Bardie Chronicle MSS. Fund in Dr. To Casn EXPENDITURE. Re, Asi P: Rs. As. P Salary she 6,500 0 0 Travelling ... 698 13 0 7.198 13 0 Balance ee ‘ies 1,666 10 9 Toran Rs ie 8,865 7 9 lxix NO: 6G: Acct. with the Asiatic Soc.of Bengal. 1915. Cr. Me; AS. By Balance from last Report sa = si 3,949 2 7 By Casu RECEIPT. Government Allowance 5,000 0 0 Tora Rs, ae 8,949 27 E. & O. EK. i R. D. Menta, Calcutta, 31st December, 1915. No, 7: Hon, Treasurer. Acct. with the Asiatie Soe. of Bengal. 1915. CF. Rs, As. P. Ra, As: PP. By Balance from last Report... ne se 2,166 10 9 By Cash RECEIPTs. * scart Allow He aa 6,000 0 0 n (from Ablatig Aosiety) ed ey 698 13 0 a _ 6,698 13 0 Tora Rs. um) 8,865 7 9 E. & O. E. R. D. Menta, Calcutta, 31st December, 1915. Hon, Treasurer. STATEMENT 1915. Anthropological Funds tn Account iF. To Cash EXPENDITURE. Raz AB:cF. Kaas Journal and Proceedings and Memoirs a 1,940 0 aes a ey es BES Boe Balance ne 886 7 3 Totat Rs. He 3,000 0 O STATEMENT 1915. Bureau of Information in Account Lor, To CasH EXPENDITURE. RaivAs, 'P. Rs. As:P: Salary ie ae ve Balance eae eee 3,000 0 0 Torat Rs. 6,600 0 0 STATEMENT 1915. Barclay Memorial Fund in Account Dr. Rs. As. P. Rs, As, P: To Balance ... i 637°. 98:6 ToraL Rs. Ey 537° 9.6 Ixxi No. 8. with the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 1915. Cr. By CasH Receipts. Rs. As. P. Rs. As. FP. Bengal Government allowance... a 2,000 Assam 0 if uv ee oe 4 0n—0) 0 3.000. 0.0 ToTat Rs. eke 3,000 0 0 E. & U. E. R. D. Meuta, Hon. Treasurer No. 9. eee ihe sitibeiakad Societs ina of Bengal. 1915. Cr. By CasH RECEIPTS Rs. As, P. Re. As. P. Government allowance 6.600 0 0 Totat Rs, sue 6,600 0 O E. & O. EK. R. D. Menta, Hon. Treasurer. No. 10. with the ‘Asiatic Soetety of Bengal. 1915. Cr. Rs. As. P. Rs. As. P, By Balance as nage Alliance Bank of Simla, Ltd., Calcutta, Pass Book dated the 31st December 1918. as detailed below— ‘‘) GP, poe taamiees ne je Rs.600 0 O Interest 37 9 6 637 9 -6 Totat Rs. tis 587 9 6 E. & O. EK. R. D. Menta, Hon. Treasurer. Ixxii To Balance from last Report STATEMENT Personal To CAsH EXPENDITURE. Advances for reac of manuscripts, etc. ... 384. 6 3 To Ae Si Se, OO tal Publication Fand, No. 1 2871-3 <9 psine MSS. Fund 25 2070 16.755 .0° 0 Toran Rs. 22,887 6 3 STATEMENT 1915. Invest Dr. - Face Value. Cost. Ba. . As: P. Rs. As. P. » To Balance from last Report 2,48,700 0 O 245,563 8 10 », Purchase a 10,100 0 0 10,100 0 0 » 34 °/, G.P. Notes 5 (8) Tora Rs. . 2,59,300 0 O 2,566,163 8 10 PERMANENT RESERVE TEMPORARY RESERVE | Funps ——- Total Cost Face Value, Cost | Value, | Cost. 4 Pte hone — | : | — | Rs. whe. Ree iacté, Be ale.) Re Iie Re «| Pe Asiati iet 1,66,200 a} 6 1,64,885) 9 g 44,200 0 0 42,395/18) 2 2,07,281 ito Fund 46,982 | ae reo es oe weleee| 46,982/12 Trust Fund é 1400 6} 1,899 «) 0) Pei Be ane Pa Barclay Memorial Fund) 500| 0} 0 500, 4] 0 ae eS --|--| 500} 0 © Torat Rs, 3 2,16,100) 0 0) 218,767 11] 8 44,200) 0 0} 42,395 8 a 2,536,163) 8/10 i Ixxiii NGs 11. Accownt. L9TS: Cr. Ra, As, P, Rs. As. P By Ca sh Receipt é Bod 16,055 7 0O , Asiatic Soc ees 4° 6 ONG we 162° 4 6 re oo riental Publication | Fund, No. 1 Due to the Due by the By Balance. Society, Society. Rs. | Ase} P. Rs, |As.| P. Me mabe v8 - | 5,4041 9] 0; 59] 31] 8 Emp! 30} 0} 0 00; 0] 96 Orient Publication Fund, No. 482 0 0 co er Sanskrit Mes. 300 | 0} 0 Ee ik Miscellaneous - 238} 9/1 6 31} 12} 0 [eae 2/6] 199115] 3 eS me | 6,204 3 3 Tota Rs, bE 22,887 3 HE. & O, E, R. D, Menta, Caleutta, 31st December, 1915. Hon. Treasurer. No: 12. ment. 1916. Cr. Face Value, Cost, : Rs. As, P. Rs. As. P. By Balance adh oo - 2,59,300 O O 2,56,163 8 10 ToraL Rs... .,, 2,59,300 OC O 2,56,163 8 10 E. & O. E. R. D. Menra, Calentta, 31st December, 1915. Hon. Treasurer. Ixxiv STATEMENT 1915. | Trust Dr. Rs: Aa; P. Rs. As, P To Pension oe eas oes 52 0 0 », Commission for realising interest », Oriental Publication Fand, No. a icy Sates. 6. 8 ” hg do. No. oe, 995 10 0O ” do. No. : ees 310 11 O s Sansii Oe ae, ola . aes 2,097 3 5 » Arabic Fund es ah 3,650 10 1 7 sd Chronicte MSS. Fund ase 7108 18 <6 » Perso S ae 384 6 3 ey Sewers PRS | VG" 1 Ug fA 8 » Trust Fund 52 4 0 » Building Fu 3 6 0 i bege es 1 Fo nd * ee 2113 8 9 , Bureau of Inileewation ede os 3,600 0 0 _— 81,228 9 6 Balance ee Nee 6,123 10 10 Tota Rs, ave 87,352 4 4 E. & O. E. Calcutta, 31st December, 1915. R. D. Menta, Hon. Treasurer. No. 16. Sheet. 1915. ASSETS. Res As F: ne. Ae P Personal Account ‘a Be ret 6,20 s * Investment ws te oS Be IGS. 810 Cash Account =o esd af) 6,123 10 10 ————— ——— 2,65.491 611 e Government Pro Notes in the Bank of “Benga Safe Custody and the Cashier’s Security Deposit, Rs. 500. Toran Rs. si 2,68,491 6 11 E. & O. EB. Calcutta, 31st December, 1915, R, D. Meurta, Hon. Treasurer. Ixxvili Liabiligy up to lst December, dale. Asiatic Society Oriental Publication Fund, “No. 1 (For Eien and editing) | "De. do. do. Do. Sanskrit MSS. Fund FUNDS. No. 2 (For No. 3 (For ates Tora Rs. 9.131 11 oooce . 3 The Third Indian Science Congress, Lucknow, January, 1916. The Third Indian Science Congress was held in Lucknow on January 13th, 14th and 15th, 1916, under the presidency of Colonel Sir Sidney Burrard, K.C.S.I., R.E., F.B.S. The meet- Neogi. His Honour Sir James Meston, Lieutenant-Governor of the United Provinces, was present at the opening Meeting and wel- comed the visitors in the following speech :— ‘Sir Sidney Burrard, Ladies and Gentlemen,—It is my pleasant duty to welcome the Science Congress to Lucknow, to I should not on such an occasion presume to address you on any subject in which the Congress is interested, even if I had the aorist was of greater value than the marvels of nature, it is not given to do more than penetrate the outer Courts of the tabernacle; to do more than to gaze with the admiration and envy of i Within t 8 : fe) fs 5 = 3 a y ass who fails “tb recognize the supreme importance of adequate Scientific advice and assistance in the problems which face him day by day. We sometimes may ask impossibilities of science. Many of you perhaps remember how a bumptious cross- examiner once tackled Lord Kelvin upon a subject in which he was the greatest master in the world, and perhaps you will lxxx Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, gentlemen, we do want your advice in every problem that comes before us. We want it most insistently on all the great questions of industrial advance, which are of high importance to India at this particular juncture of her history. We want your advice and help in questions of public health, in dealing with disease and in ameliorating the physical hen of the people. We want your psychology in what is p ssibly the most important and greatest of all our problem roy “the problem of education, and we want your help very particularly in the task of increasing the agricultural productivity of our lan In every one of these problems we pit Soy thank science for the timely help that it has already gi It would probably be inouienial'ts to them if I attempted to axptes the indebtedness of this province to some of my own colleagues, such as Major Sprawson in his investigations in tubercular disease, or Mr. Leake in his enquiries into the cotton outside our borders, the great Research Instit worthily represented here to-day, which has laid its indelible mark of beneficence upon the welfare of our rural millions And now, ladies and gentlemen, I will not stand for another moment between you and the joys of the presidential address. meeting place this year, and our hope that when your work is over, you wi will carry away some pleasant recollections of our fair city.’’ PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS THE PLAINS OF NORTHERN INDIA AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. By seen’ Sir Sipney G. Borrarp, K.C.8.1., R.E.., F.R.S., President of the Congress. Plates A and B. When I learnt that’ the Committee of the Indian Science Congress had honoured me by electing me the President for the year and by asking me he ive an address to this meeting, I decided to invite the attention of the Congress to the un- solved problems igang the formation of mountains. scientific world is now divided into numerous branches of specialists fllowing their own roads, but the study of moun- tains belongs to no specialist branch; it is not a road, but a junction of in roads, and geologists and astronomers, phy and sabiion clea ce. geographers and geodesists all eet at that junction for discussion. I have approached the acon from the roads of geography and geodesy, and I ® 1916. | The Third Indian Science Congress. Ixxxi ing of the problems under consideration is, what is the rela- tionship of these plains to those mountains. This is an outline map of the United Provinces; you will see that these Provinces have three geographical divisions; there is the Himalayan area to the north, there are the level plains in the centre, and there is the ancient table-land on the south. These great plains in the centre have been formed of loose sediment brought down by the Ganges, Gogra and other rivers: a borehole was sunk at Lucknow 1,500 feet deep, but no rock bottom was reached. is is a section across the United Provinces. If you are totally different; here the rocks have undergone continued compression, elevation, and disturbance throughout the ter- tiary period, and our earthquakes prove that these movements of the Earth’s crust in the north of the United Provinces have hot yet ceased. = i I ask you to consider how does this ancient table-land join on to these younger mountains that are always suffering from movements in the crust? If we could dig out from the Gan- getic trough all the silt deposited by the Himalayan rivers, what kind of rocky junction should we find under Lucknow ? THe CONTRACTION THEORY. hundred years ago the accepted idea was that mountain _ Tanges were due to the upward pressure of liquid lava and that their elevation had been caused by volcanic forces. But when seologists began to study the structure of rocks, they found hat mountains had suffered from great horizontal compres- Sion which was evident from the folding of strata. This dis- covery led to the idea that mountains had been elevated not by Vertical forces, but by horizontal forces which squeezed the rock upward. The wrinkling of the Earth’s crust into moun- tains by horizontal forces was explained by the cooling of the Ixxxli Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Earth: this is the well-known Contraction reer illustrated in this diagram ; the Earth’s interior is held to cool and to co tract, and the outer crust is supposed to fet too large for the shrinking core and to wrinkle. About 1860 the observations of the cao in these Provinces brought to light a most important and t otally un- expected fact, namely that the Himalaya were not exercising an attraction at all commensurate with their This instrument is a plumb-line. It is a simple weight the Earth’s mass will be pulling the weight vertically, and the mass of the Himalaya will pull it horizontally. You may think that the mass of the Himalaya is very small compared with that of the Earth ; that is true, but we can measure by question was, Will the Himalaya deflect the — suffi- ciently to affect the observations of the Survey ? The plumb-line was observ Hes KaMaive: a village near Muzaffarnagar in the United Provinces, 60 miles from the foot of the mountains: the observers found that the Himalaya were exercising no appreciable attraction. Archdeacon Pratt, the mathematician, then calculated from the known dimencions of the Himalaya mass the attraction that the Himalaya should exercise. Geographical exploration has taught us more about the dimensions of the Himalaya and Tibet than Pratt knew, and Major Crosthwait has now revised his actual figures. By the theory of ee the vara ought to be deflected at Kaliana 58 s towards the hills ; it is not deflected at all. It hangs als: This discovery was the first contri- bution made by geodesy to the study of mountains. The dis- covery was this, that the Himalaya behaved as if they had no mass, asif they were an empty eggshell; they seemed to be made of rock, and yet they exercised no more attraction than air. From the Kaliana observations Pratt deduced his famous theory of mountain compensation : he explained the Kaliana and oceans. The visible mounta s, he said, are compen- sated by deficiencies of rock biadaesreatis them. This is the theory of Mountain Compensation. The c scleagusaniabie of the Himalaya is not believed now tobe exactly complete and perfect: they seem to be compensated to the extent of about 80 per cent; their total resultant mass is 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. Ixxxiii ¥ interior shrinks and if the outer crust is squeezed up into wrinkles like this, the mountains must possess much additional mass: the theory of compensation forbids such additional mass. The contraction theory was gradually becoming discredited under the attacks of Fisher, Dutton and others, and it seemed some years ago to be moribund, when it was given a fresh lease of life by the publication and translation into the courtesy of its criticisms have won for Suess’s work uni- versal admiration. the issue, as some writers do, by the indefinite adoption of con- n mind he is quite clear to his readers. He states that he does not believe in the compensation of mountains by underlying deficiencies of mass. Now the compensation theory has been true in India, Europe and America: nowhere do mountains attract the plumb-line as the law of gravitation would lead us to expect. So you see that the geodesists are sharply opposed to the school of Suess. Now what is Suess’s reason for reject- ing the theory of mountain compensation? It is this: he states quite clearly, ‘‘ mountain compensation is inconsistent with all geological observations.”” Whilst I admit that moun- tain compensation is inconsistent with certain geological Ixxxiv _ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XI, the sn I eh not believe that it is inconsistent with geological observat If the Eisilnys had the uncompensated mass which they appear to have, and which the school of geologists who follow Suess ascribes to them, they would attract the waters of the Indian Ocean over India; the plains of Northern India would be a great sea; this sea would be 300 feet deep above Allaha- MountTAIN FLotTaTION AND IsosTAsy. But if the theory of “Kegan ag has inal ne at the hands of its opponents, it has suffered also from its friends. Pratt’s theory of compensation hae, been cee into a i eb n. tive deficiency of density; Sir George ‘Aity, ye Astronomer Royal, suggested that mountains were compensated because they were floating upon a heavy subterranean magma. Pratt never went as far as this; he merely said, ‘‘ the mountains are compensated.’’ Airy went further; he said, ‘the mountains Distinguished geologists, Fisher, Dutton, Old- ham, have developed the idea of flotation The th ieory of flotation lays down that the mouutains are supported in their present positions by hydrostatic pressure, just as an iceberg floats upon water. ave no time to dis- cuss this theory at length, but I should like to point out to you that if an iceberg * floats s upon water, its weight must be compensated by underlying deficiencies of density: the theory of flotation does not state this with regard to mountains; it i ensat argument against flotation. This im a gare of compensa- tion differentiates rock from water: denotes rigidity. What I have been ere the theory of tation is frequently called Isostasy. ave however purposely avoided using the sed Isostasy, as its exact meaning is open to question. Isostasy is a condition of t eee equili- 1916. | The Third Indian Science Congress. Ixxxv Grea is a condition of compensation in a solid crust; it does not necessarily imply hydrostatic support, as flotation . Ith Motntains ORIGINATE aT GREAT DEpTHs. very important work has been that of Mr. Hayford who ae recently discussed the eee of the plumb-line at a large number of stations in Americ He has confirmed Pratt. Hayford has investigated the depth to which the deficiency of density underlying mountains goes down, and he has found that that depth is between 60 and 90 miles. That is to say, he has shown that the depth of subterranean compensation is very great compared with the height of mountains. The disc =e that mountains originate from the great depth of 60 to 90 m is the second important contribution of geodesy a rg are ; the first was compensation, the sin is great Most books are written on the mption oa mountains are surface wrinkles and that their sebtaes can be determined tpura range runs east and west south of the Nar- eastward continuation of the Satpura range. A high authority has stated that the Hazaribagh nis Chota Nagpore neon can have no real connection wit e Satpura range, becaus they are formed of different mee But if we regard this ine as rising tie a depth of 75 miles, its elevation will be a deep-seated cause that has nothing to do with the te rocks. One deep-seated cause has lifted u this range from the Narbada to amends irrespective of the kind of rocks lying on the surface Tue GANGETIC TROUGH. e now discussed the two principal theories of Hima- layan elevation, the Contraction theory and the Flotation theory. Let us consider for one moment how this deep oes tic trough is explained by these two theories. For a number of years the Contraction theory ignored this trough it was, I think, Professor Suess who first recognised that the trough had to be fitted into the Contraction theory. His ex- planation of it was this: as the Earth’s interior contracts, the surface of Asia is wrinkled, the wrinkles get pushed south- I "The id idea of flotation has is oe bee the guention of ecraaseerna Support has been m precedence of the ) ques ion of mountain-elevation. ot wpe ee t d be subsidiary to questions of “comic ig and origin. If mountains are due to the vertical expansion of rock, a theory of flotation is S superfluous. Ixxxvi Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, wards against the Indian table-land, and the rock surface of Northern India gets compressed into a downward bend tween the mountains and the table-land. This explanation is The explanation of the Gangetic trough that is supplied by the Flotation theory is this: the Earth’s crust is likened to a floating raft: the more weight you place upon a raft, the massive rocks of Kaimur and Mirzapur supported easily by the crust, it is difficult to believe that it cannot support a thin layer of silt without yielding. You will see from this chart, that the Ganges and Indus have filled up their trough with silt, but that the Tigris and Euphrates are behindhand; the Persian Gulf is an unfilled trough which will be filled in time 28,000 feet. How then can it be argued that the Ganges trough has been created by the weight of its own silt, when we see that the Euphrates trough and the Japanese trough are un- filled. These troughs exist before the silt comes to them. 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. IXXXVii the Himalaya were simply compensated, this plumb-line should be hanging at Lucknow exactly vertical; if the moun- tains were not compensated, it should be deflected here about 59” towards the north. But it is deflected 9” towards the south. The observers were astonished to find that at places in The new lesson to be learnt from the piumb-line is this: a hidden subterranean channel of deficient density must be skirt- ‘ing the mountains-of India. Here in North India is a wide zone of deficient density, of crustal attenuation ; it is the pre- sence of this zone of deficiency that accounts for the southerly deflection of the plumb-line. What is the meaning of this zone ? ow has it come into existence ? If you look at this section (Plate B) the Earth’s crust in these outer Himalaya has been compressed laterally : of this there is no doubt. The area between the snowy range and the foothills is a zone of crustal compression. And I suggest ment of the compression. I have pointed out that the Himalaya mountains are largely, but not completely compensated by their underlying deficiencies of density : their compensation is how- ever rendered complete by the presence of the Ganges trough ; if the Himalayan compression and the Gangetic tension are con- sidered together, it will be found that there is no extra mass. thus teaches that the Gangetic trough and the Himalaya Mountains are parts of one whole. The Contraction theory and the Flotation theory both treat the Gangetic and the decisive event; the Himalaya Mountains may have been a secondary effect, a sequel to the opening of the gh, Hyporuesis oF 4 Rirv. I showed you on the evidence of the plumb-line that the Gangetic trough was a zone of crustal attenuation, a zone in Ixxxviii Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, which the Earth’s crust was deficient in density. I then took tion: I ay that the Ganges plains cover a great rift in the Earth’s crust. The eit is a cooling globe; an increase of temperature occurs as we descend into mines; and this temperature gradi- ent is a proof that the Earth is losing heat by conduction outwards. The discovery of radium has not affected the argu- men The smaller bodies of the ee abe hanes the Moon and other satellites seem to be cold; the Earth has a cold ees and a hot interior; the larger pr s are believed still to Maiits heated surfaces, whilst the Sun is still a globe of fire. The inferences are warranted that all the bodies of the solar system were hot at one time, and that the smaller have lost their heat. So I say that the Earth is a-cooling body. The rock composing the crust and sub-crust is however a bad conductor, and the interior of the Earth will not shrink ey from its crust, as has been assumed in the Contraction theory The inner core of the Earth is in fact not losing heat appre- ciably. The outer shell was the first to lose its heat, then the or co As the oute einer cooling, they become eae small for the core, and they ack. Supposing we had here a great globe of rock, red-hot chitighont ; how would it cool? Can you imagine it cooling in such a way that the core became too smal] for the outer shell, and the outer shell meni wrinkled? No; the outer shell would = first, and would crack. outer shell of the Barth was the first to crack millions of oeark ago: now a lower shell, the sub-crustal shell, is crack- ing. When a oreik occurs in the sub-crust, parts of the upper crust in. You will see that this Indus-Ganges trough has the appear- ance of acrack. And there are reasons for believing that these alaya have been split off from this ancient table-land and have been moved northwards and crumpled up into mountains. This Assam plateau is stated by geologists to resemble in its structure and rocks me Indian table-land; Assam has been split off and moved a Here are the srt coal-fields, and just opposite on the other side of the trough are the Sikkim coal-fields; and the coal in the two places is similar. The rocks of the outer alaya have been very much crushed, but they still bear a resemblance to the rocks of the Vindhyan table-land. Here are the Arravalli mountains which end now at the 1916.} The Third Indian Science Congress. Ixxxix Delhi ridge; Mr. Middlemiss has found signs of a transvers strike in the Himalaya on a continuation of the Areavalli alignment. Similarity also exists between the rocks in Cutch and those on the other side of the Indus in the hills of Sind. From tHe Bay oF BENGAL TO THE MEDITERRANEAN. Geologists have discovered that the ancient table-land of the Vindhyas and Deccan is a remnant of a much greater table-land that | in very early ages included Africa and Arabia. Africa and Arabia and the Deccan table-land are in fact frag- ments of one extensive and ancient continent. Hitherto I northern edge of the Indian table-land. Let us now consider whether this trough is Se phe aes to the east or to the west. On the east we find one of the great ee deeps off the coast of Java and Shaintis. Tt is 24,000 feet deep. In 1883 the Krakatoa eruption took place in the Sunda Straits. Great depths have also been discovered off the Nicobar Islands and earthquakes have occurred on the Chittagong coast. In con- tinuation of the Gangetic trough we thus find in a Bay of engal a line of seismic activity, and of submarine deeps. To the west of Karachi we see the Persian Gulf, and the plains of the Tigris-Euphrates. The plains of the Tigris- Euphrates are very similar to those of the Ganges: they consist of mud, sand and sediment lying in a long trough between the ancient. table-land of Arabia and the mountains of Persia. Further west we find the Euphrates trough is continued by the Mediterranean Sea, and the Mediterranean is ed on the north by the Taurus mountains, by the Balkans, Carpathians, Appenines and Alps. Throughout the whole distance from Calcutta to Sicily we see that the old table-land India-Arabia-Africa is bounded on the north by a long trough, and wee this trough is in its turn bounded by the younger mountain ranges from the Himalaya to the Alps. Geologists have ge ee. that all these moun- tain ranges were elevated in the same era; they are all of the Same age. I submit for Fone consideration that the Ganges-Indus- Euphrates-Mediterran on ee is an indication at the Earth’s Surface of a rift in the pain When we get as far west as Sicily, we reach a eam of active volcanoes, Etna and Stromboli. Italian Geo ee Ee Sicily has been separated from Aivica by nea su widen Tue EarTHQUAKE RECORD. The whole zone from Java to Sicily has been visited by earthquakes throughout the historic cane And the recent xc Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, earthquakes in Shillong, Dharmsala and Messina saere that seismic activity is continuing in our time. This is in fact one of the zones of the Earth, along which paickuuales occur most frequently. In the last 300 years 64 destructive earthquakes are known to have occurred in India!: there van ave been others of which there is now no record. Of the 64 violent Indian Earthquakes 58 have occurred aiong the Tile Gone zone. These may be grouped as follow Assam- Bengal. . Bs Meta Outer Himalayas te ys Northern Punjab and Kashmir a Si ¥ | Southern pari of aepeetie plain .. St ae Cutch and Sin a a Total a BS we consider the whole zone from Bengal to Sicily, we find from Milne’s catalogue that the numbers of 9 peed earthquakes since 1615 can be grouped as follows: India a a OS Mesopotamia and Syria “ ag Eastern Moditerensiead n a eae BA taly . 482 In the last 300 years a destructive ones “a occurred in Northern India on an average once in every 5 or 6 vears From Log Nor to tHe BLAcK Spa. us now glance to the north of the long mountain zone that extends from China to France. You will see north of Tibet there is the large inland basin of Lob Nor; then here are the ee plains of the Oxus; then co me the Caspian and 8 mountains we see a long soa one trough: north of the line of mountains we find not a continuous trough, but a series of ran parallel to ‘the Himalayan-Alpine trends. Here you see the Pamirs. The high Pamir plateau consists of parallel ranges running east and west. sk eastern and western continua- tions of the Pamir ranges seem to have foundered into the abyss, those on the east sacs | ellen into Lob Nor, those on the west into the Oxus depression. ! Milne’s Catalogue of Destructive Earthquakes. 1916., The Third Indian Science Congress. xci Here again you will see that one of the chains of the Caucasus has foundered into the Caspian, and the western falling into the rifts ? THE Bompay Coast. I 8 From the Tapti to Cape Comorin runs the range of mountains known as the Western Ghats. Ig range is parallel to the coast of India and about 40 miles inland; it rises sudde wi steep scarp. The strata are almost as horizontal as e have been puzzled for years by the plumb-line at Bombay ; we used to think that the rock under the ocean must be 30 dense and heavy, that it was able to pull the plumb-lines ; : . towards the sea. Major Cowie however, observed in th throughout the Bombay coast but not round Kathiawar. It is In Northern India the plumb-line will persist in hanging away from the visible mountains and at Bombay it takes the Same course, and when I consider its constant seaward deflec- tion I can only suggest to you, that there must be, between Bombay and the Western Ghats, a zone of subterranean defi- ciency, a zone of fracture and subsidence like that of the Gangetic plains. The secret is hidden below the Earth’s crust: you will see that the Ghats have been forced (possibly by underground fracture) into a decided curve just above Bombay harbour; it is significant that at this curve the Deccan Trap rises to its highest point, Kalsubai. * xcil Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, d. The crac has been filled by enecs of fallen rock and by alluvial deposits brought down by ri Geologists aay Biaeat that this ie consists, from sii d 20° to 16°, of the lavas of the Deccan, comparatively recent rocks, whilst from latitude 16° to 8° the range consists of ancient arene rocks. The rocks of the northern part of the range are of a different age and structure and origin ern Nevertheless geodesists contend that this is one and the same range: the rocks composing it have had nothing to do with its elevation. The Western Ghats have been elevated after the Deccan lavas had become solidified ag surface rocks. Their ileal has taken place in the Tertiary age. will turn to the eee Ghats (Plate A); at Madras and ‘se Wikioapetign we fi jal e plumb-line hanging towards the sea. Here we have the same phenomenon as we witnessed at Lucknow and at Bombay, “the plumb-line turns away from the mountains. I will not repeat myself, but I suggest again that this coastal zone, like the western, covers asub-crustal crack. I told you just now that in the last 300 years there had ba destructive earthquakes are recorded as having occurred = Hyderabad, or at Bangalore, or at Nagpore. The ancient table-land of India is in the shape of a triangle, but its two wings, Assam and Cutch, have been severed from the main body: this ney. have been due to the coast-line cracks. Assam-Bengal has had 20 deatruciive earthquakes in the last 300 years, and though only 6 have been recorded in Cutch and Sind, yet this western fragment of the table-land is of seismic region. In 1819 Bhuj was destroyed and every town in Cutch was injured ; numerous fissures were seen throughout been as level as the sea. On account of its sudden appearance across the old bed of the Indus it a named by the in- habitants the Allah Bund, and by this name it is now known in geography. It was due to the inbeidonse of a large area to the rag of the destructive earthquakes of Sind have not been seasad in history, but the ruins of strong buildings with uman bones buried. below them are evidence of sudden de- struction by earthquake. “1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. X¢iii THe DertH or THE GaNGeETIC RIFT. I have been describing zones of deficiency and have sug- gested that they are cracks in the sub-crust. I have now the considerable depth, it may in its lower portion have become filled by solid rock that has fallen in from the sides, or by vol- canic eruptions. Even if the Ganges sediment continues down to a depth of some miles, it may itself become consolidated by pressure and heat. I define the depth of the rift as follows : it is that depth at which the rocks under the Ganges plains are similar to es under Gorakhpur are different from and lighter than the tocks of the same depth under the Vindhyan plateau, the solid floor is not the bottom of the rift. When a crack occurs, isolated volcanic peaks. There exists also an old volcanic region in the Syrian desert between Baghdad and Damascus. appeal firstly to geodesy, and t sei ty) Now geodesy tells us that the compensation of the Himalaya (i.e., the root of the Himalaya) extends dow t great depth : Mr. Hayford estimates 75 miles. We do not contend, and Mr. Hayford does not contend, that this value of depth d 0 if the depth of Himalayan compensation extends down to 60 miles, then I think that the Gangetic rift may extend down to that depth also. ow let us turn to seismology : seismologists are able to form rough estimates of the dept s he C ; Place which suffers most. If for example a fracture in the sub-crust occurred at 60 miles depth under Gorakhpur, the xciv Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. {[N.S., XII, hills to the north might be oy ee and this elevation, arenes a secondary effect, might do more damage Se 3 B fas) 5 famed ca") 77) ° a a ° eh cr: (= — 2 =} rr fer] et ° oh mn @ = B @® =) ct =] =} Qu ct > B not very different roa the secant value It is an interesting question to consider whether a fissure tinuous wall of rock 4 miles in height, on the flank of Nanga Parbat. Mount Everest stands erect 54 miles above sea-level ; its summit stands firm and rigid 11 miles above the depths of the Bay of Bengal. We have therefore Manic that the mate- rials of the crust are strong enough to admit of the continued existence of great differences in altitude. But Mount ~iNioein is standing in air, whereas a age Hi the sub-crust becomes filled with rocks falling in and w fluid rock magma nae below; and the walls of the Bion thus get a support that Mount Everest does not possess. seems to me quite possible that a crack such as I have described may have extended down to a depth of 60 miles by successive fractures at increasing depths, the opening being filled by fall- ing material. INTERNAL Causes OF Mountain ELrvarTIon. I have shown you how zones of subsidence in the crust are bordered by mountains, and I have now to discuss the rela- force which elevated the Ghats was the expansion of the under- lying rock due ~ physical or chemical change. Mr. Hayden informs me that the specific gravity of the ris oe ee pracpeben varies from 2° 67 to 3-03, that then an expansion o pace per cent would be more than suffi- cient to account for the elevation of the Ghats. Mr. Hayden finds variations of 14 and of 24 per cent in the densities of 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. xcv effects of the increase of temperature. So that at a depth of even 60 miles rocks may still be solid and rigid, as geodesy We to imagine how deep-seated rocks, that have been buried for millions of years under high temperatures and enormous pressures, how they would behave, if a crack pene- trating downwards from the Earth’s surface reached and dis- turbed them. I suggest for your consideration that two cracks, The main ranges of the Himalaya are composed of granite ; this granite has protruded upwards from below. I sugges that the protrusion of granite is due to expansion of rocks in the sub-crust. The great Himalayan range is 5. miles high ; per cent would be sufficient to account for the elevation of the Himalaya. ! Many of the faults which intersect the Himalaya may, I think, be ascribed to the shearing, which must have ensued when certain areas of the crust were forced vertically upwards by the metamorphism of sub-crustal rock. Many distortions of ' If underlying deficiency of mass is greater than the excess of mass ts) mountains, But it would not account for tension or subsidence in the fore-deep. Pendulum observations in the outer Himalaya and at Ootaca- mund indicate not over-compensation but imperfect compensation xevi Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, surface strata may be ascribed to local variations in the verti- cal expansion of deep-seated roc ks. ExtTERNAL Causes oF Mountain ELEVATION. The Western Ghats are as mountains very small compared to the great ranges that stretch from China to France; the former are an example of vertical elevation without any obvious horizontal compression of the s urface; the latter exhibit neo ing the latter, in the Himalaya the subterranean rock has expanded to such an extent that it has burst through the sur- face rocks in the form of granite, and in its protrusions it has from cooling. But the Indus-Ganges trough is so large, and the mountains to the north of it constitute so unique a protu- berance that the idea arises that some external force must have pulled the Himalaya northwards from India, and must have torn into a great rent the ap eine line of tension that had opened under the oie plains The Earth es a figure of equilibrium. Ifthe Earth was at rest, its figure een be that of a perfect sphere : as it is apres the velo of peer ee caused much extra rock to be heaped up round the equator: the diameter at the equator is 27 miles laure than the x diameter. Sir G. Darwin thought that the age velocity of rota- tion was constantly being decreased b oon’s attraction upon our oceans ; he thought that the pai were tending to stop our rotation, just as the Earth’s attraction has nega d stopped the Moon’s rotation. If our rotation velocity is decreased, the figure of the Earth changes and becomes nearer and nearer to a sphere: water can flow from the equator to the poles at once, and the oceans can immediately assume the new form oO straining of this towards the poles might cause cracks in the Earth’s surface. I do not presume to say that this is the cause of the rent in the Earth’s crust hidden below the Ganges plains. All I wish to point out is that these mountains appear, as if they had been pulled northwards out of the Ganges-Euphrates-Mediterranean rent, and I show you some reasons for believing that the Earth’s figure may have under- gone deformations. The astronomical cause of these deforma- tions is hidden in the past history of the Earth. In the Per- mian era an ice age occurred in equatorial regions ; if the Earth’s ~ 1916.) The Third Indian Science Congress. xevii rotation velocity were to decrease considerably now, Southern India and equatorial Africa would stand out as rock protuber- ances high above the ocean, and would exhibit nee and glaciers. Every year the Earth is bombarded by swarms of small meteors ; is it not possible that at certain times in the distant past the “Earth received larger meteoric masses than in the his- equilibrium by displacing its centre of gravity. Its figure would then be forced to — readjustments. If the ssi meets a swarm of meteors in space, and if some of them proach within its steeasion: it seems possible that almost af the captured meteors may fall upon that hemisphere of the Earth which first meets the swarm, whilst the other hemisphere may receive very few. This would interfere with the Earth’s balance. Whilst something may occur in one age to cause move- ments of rock towards the pole, another cause may arise at a later date that will tend i oppose those movements. Not very long ago a great ice age occurred, Sain all Northern Europe and America were buried under ice: an immense volume of sea-water must then have been binrnteres from the equatorial oceans to the north pole: this may have disturbed the Earth’s equilibrium and have displaced its centre of In the same ice age the Himalaya and Tibet became capped with greater masses of snow and ice than they now carry. The glaciers that now end at 12,000 or 13,000 feet de- scended in the ice age to 5,000 feet. This increase in the weight of the Himalaya was an additional deformation of the a hcl of equlibrium. est to you that the great mountains from China to ince: salt been due, firstly, to a line of fracture from Bengal to Sicily, and, secondly, to adjustments of the Earth’s figure. The Andes trend north and south; they are of the same brium, it seems possible that secondary cracks might occur and that the Andes may be the result of one of them. The Andes are shown to scale on this chart: you will see that in length Persia, and again in the cera. The Persian ranges all have a trend from south-east to north-west except that the Caspian subsidence seems to have pushed rudely in from the xeviii Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. (N.S., XU, north and forced the northern range into a sinuous curve. is significant that at the point of the Caspian push stands the peak of Demavend, the highest point in all Persia. Elevation is the companion of subsidence.! Similarly the Lob Nor sub- sidence stand the highest peaks of the whole Pamir region. Just as the Deccan table-land was squeezed between the west- ern and eastern coastal cracks, so has the Tibet table-land been squeezed between the cracks of Lob Nor and the Ganges. The conclusions which I have ventured to submit to this meeting may be summarised as follows :— (1) The fundamental cause of both elevation and sub- sidence is the occurrence of a crack in the sub-crust. (2) auaaaignate are compensated by iidacl vite deficiencies oi matte (3) MGuskaite soe risen out of the crust from a great depth, possibly 60 m (4) Mountains owe ghee elevation mainly to the vertical expansion of subjacent roc I have now had the ‘great privilege of oe certain problems before you. My endeavour has been to point out to this Congress, and especially to iis younger members, the many scientific secrets that are lying hidden under the plains of Northern India ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS COMMUNICATED TO THE CONGRESS SECTION OF AGRICULTURE AND APPLIED SCIENCE. (Chairman.—Mr. Bernarpd Coventry, C.J.H., Agricultural Adviser to the Government of India and Director of the Pusa Agricultural Research Institute.) gatas in ie relation to Agriculture*,— By ARD Coventry, C.1.E. The population of British India comprises over 255 million souls. hi this vast multitude 80 per cent or over 200 millions, that is to say, every 5 are dependent on siaouwutks Any educ ational system shoved i i ald» bear as agriculture is likely to be at a disadvantage. Out of the whole popula tion, 74 millions or about 3 per cent are hobare, though 15 per cent or _~ - Sketch o f the Geography and nd Geology ye the Himalaya oe and Tibet.” page 160. See also Records of the Survey "Of India Vol. IV, page 3, ‘‘ Note on the discovery of the oak of Namcha Barw s paper will be oy saree in extenso in the Congress number of the Agra Journal of Indi Plate A. Proc. As. Soc. Beng., Vol. XII, 1916. 5G | Pre-Tertiary Table-land, shown — l) te : us i MU sil | (Manni | ae 2h : “ari : x A je: ; se | : : 5 m oe ee oe v ii 5 X a 4 it! | 1 i J 4 Hy F ay 3 ‘ E : F icin as gal \\ . > gp A | 3 wT "| | TMNT |e : \ NI , ‘ F I ui ~ cig h El “ pPaiien ei pS = pas haere ice sR aap yb pees ease daanpnariaeaie a on pa onsite oyna ty eee ara EY ee, sijesntn sion al + ets apiece Li iliaietitear staan Te 3 * fi . . ie % r4 - -| i cipal amemnl pace an ES Plate B. Proc. As. Soc. Beng., Vol. XII, 1916. Satpuras aimur Range | Section through Lucknow perpendicular to the Himalayan Range Central Tibet : A Lucknow Lob Nor Basin Vertical seale exaggerated 13 times z ba E " agen sated, 7 ei raf Tee § aioe thi 5 gue oa Ne ts fy TOPE ald Ou iF i ipyelacatl 1916. | The Third Indian Science Congress. Xcix 36 millions are of the pve re: age. Thus only 20 per cert of those of the re age receiv vat gente atall. Of these 7} Cara one about 1 million pia eed to secondary education and about 40,000 reach a Ttpokae ss n aidied of these Rue is in relation to the agricultural cates aha = should be borne in ara that the percentage se —— is much hi nighe the urban than in the engi areas and also that a very | scholars never get more than a mere smattering ss the most t elementary education ; so that pacribptiamert ps efficiency in rural a $8 very much lower than the official returns of general education would indicate: Much has 0 have had qu attention, and the need which exists for connecting the ners of the schools with our — industry has been and still is fully recognized. But it cannot be sa that these efforts have been crowned with the success one sti ate sia ishe ® occasion when aha Pe education first seriously engaged the attention of ee vernment and the people was in 1904, when the policy for 2 d by Lord Curzon. At an ection and integral part. Large sums of money were devoted to the erection of agricultural colleges in nearly all the Provinces. yllabuses were Seones red by the Board of Agriculture and the Colleges were empowered the coll However, as time rolled on, a decline in admissions became a. le until the year 1913 when, in some colleges, the position became te and the matter was brought up for consideration before e Board my A and expressed its approval of a two years’ preliminary practical course, which had bee Pa for the agricultura! a eee introduction to the more advanced course. Many of the colleges hav. c Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, since eda this, with the result that admissions have considerably increased. bei nat the sane oro will benefit by an increase of recruits i how f: ct 5 2 B es g 6 =] oa oo® co Ae | o ° Lael S ® ¢f, 5 Dm © 3 Q et. So Co e o ® é 8 =] no real demand on the part of the youth of the country for an advanced agricultural course _— consider: able progress ss has been made in primary and secondary education and in t Not until the cine is more highly developed and the standard of living has been — will there arise a demand for higher education amongst the agricultural classes. The creation of agricultural es however, is by no means only effort that has made to improve the education of our eat tural youth. Agricultur rai secede ‘aie see Fou pinncs of the Agricul- tural Department have been started in e provinces which were commended by the Board. They give considera ble promise of success e u stem of rural uci i based upon the agricultural surroundings of the children, and endeavours e ature hat end. But there i have mentioned and is unknown in India. It is a form of ge tarry i n ado i behind those of the Northern States. Conditions in the Southern States i i i in i ndia. bo : Ww. in both educational and industrial progress Unfavourable economic While the woLle cha annual earnings of f agriculturists in the Northe ern States were more than 1,000 dollars, those in the Southern States were as low as 150 dollars ris nder the auspices of the ( General Educati ion Board an an enquiry wa s set < on oot to st the ways and means for improving them. Surveys were Sond “State by oe Conferences were held, Monographs \ wore prepared, dealing with th on. The conclusions sich a souilted frcins: thin enquiry are peculiar. To ote from the Report ! it ** convinced the Board that no fund, however large, could, by direct ifts, contribute a system of pe schools; that even if it were possible to cmos a system of public —— by private gifts, it would be a positive disservice The public school must represent community ideals, community initiative, and unity support, even to the point of comm ort, rifice.”” ng ong therefore resolved that assistance should be given Sch ool Systems could not be given to then, passe Cen ee a 1 General Education Board, an account of its activities 1902-1914. 61- Broadway, New York. 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. ci samen § io support them.”’ ‘‘ Salaries were too low to support a teaching BEotoms ittOes in stemrvou els ai eebe ages mpetent i megaman! segs Se ne not isfactory equipment could not be provided.” Board t otal came to the Eis Sora that i ae gaen nad er no pi Coen educational service until the farmer d provide themselves with larger incomes, and aarti olga they resolved that it was necessary first o improve the agricultur fu the Southern States. Now mark what followed. The Board was em advised to address itself to = — generation and to support the green be agriculture in ~ found that in the e r ch the effort was yo acti- ble; moreover, there were no funds with which to pay such teachers, and the instruction itself would not materially contribute to its own upport. inally, it was impossible to force intelligent agricultural instruction upon Lgiiatye bit ose sg ait = not themselves alive to the ve age ae of their own agricultural m ** It was Tene i deliberately decided to undertake the agricultural e © was set up. A year was spent in discov: t effective methods of aching ia: impro aa agricultural ieahads* to odult is rs. Dr. Seaman Knapp of the pated States Department of Agriculture was engaged to show farmers how to improve their agricultural methods and raise the standard of their i ey It was not long before successful results were obtain Under r improved treatment it may be roughly stated that the crop yields were doubled. Thus in 1909 the average yield in ieee ee Lage otton was 503°6 per acre: on demonstration farms the s 906- unds ; i 0 the an faeneeticcls ; in Eishee 624°6 and 1081°8; and in 1912, 579° 6 and 1054°8. In the growing of corn similar results were obtained. In 1909 the ia average eag as 16:7 bushels per acre, while on the demon- stration farms s 31: bushels per acre. In 1910, 19°3 and 35:3, in 1911, 158 and 33 3 ena in 1912, 19°6 and 35 4. Itis as ed stated that the arm This was of course in o State alone. These methods have not been restrieted t aay ns of crops i, the ere is not Timited ‘to cultural methods, but is applied equally to the arm equipm houses, better barns, stronger teams. yee ter as i ts and — and healthier surroun . Hence it is claimed that the beneficent ——— 0 is work are not limited to financial profit and cannot entirely by money. Characteristic e xampies of a she celiet ag a new are Ci Mississi from one special demonstration acre realized 152 barrels of high class seed cli Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. |N.S., XII, which he sold for 300 dollars. s debts are now paid te som bet in the bank. So much for the edveation , ae adult farm me o the effect this movement has had o e education of ¥ bebe ates andi told that the initiation of demonstr; iid on eas an it wap eitti oti of t principle of co-operation has resulted in the disappearance of the dis eae zation characteristic of rural life. Colleges of agriculture, farmers institutes Clubs, ir institutes, agricultural high schools, *‘ Boys’ Corn * <«¢ Girls’ Canning and Poultry Clubs” and like have been brought into existence where practically n he ings existe fore, and ¢ the social se nin ized ye-product of the demonstration movement. Statistics ioe that the provision for schools has steadily increased. We have seen how the experiment has a. Might we not with advantage apply the same principles to India? Might we not invite = i th t optimistic calculations, they are as low as Rs. 30 per head. " This s gives little or no scope for self-help. It shesatonn: seems pore that under present pega we cannot expect the country to supply itself with the eans for an advan i Gov n which hanes been so saccosflly applied in America, a cable to India. My belief is that we ec We have sonar the same conditions here as obtained in the Soutihons States 10 years ago. Aincndy i n the Provinces a great deal has been done by the Monouiarad Department in ‘oer way of me: gave effect to that view when we started our would it not seem ons the truth sete in the Opposite set “and ‘that in a backward country like India the advance of education is really dependent on the ds Sbvclopinaait of spelautiatt taba at the best form of education you a nh to the rural classes existing ci ces witha Se agricultural ? To carry out the idea it is not iseuumiry bs our present educational poli an end vernment must a modicum of li ' teaching is must continue, but it would be i improvement if the ce cob an immense nt were called in to co-operate and demonstration were giv a large share in the general scheme of education. 1916.} The Third Indian Science Congress. cili ould not be expected at first to progress with the same degree of seaiiee as in America, because we have to do a aa amount of re search and experiment before we can demostrate improved methods on a large scal erica the advanced stage in the septate develop- ment of the Northern States supplied ready at t ck-in-trade required for at once setting in motio demonstration movement in the ba South States. not s Still we have achieved enough with our small band of workers to s he same ki f can ne out here and th we require is expansion eo n rat part of a general scheme of education, we shall, by such a policy, lay the best. and securest foundations for the advancement of education as well as ‘of the prosperity of the people. The a a pterghiin Rainfall and the Succeeding Crops '!.—By 8. M. Jacos, I.C.8. The aim of the ee i Me establish ae by hegre not only the area sown with each pee rop can be vers but also what will be the yield of each cr - 5 are per of In bo th cases the attempt is to determine what are the Fanhisitative eelntons of crops and r and to make e definite what we already know as to the e first le dicti economic problem, and the effect of changes in niet th cost of produc- i nt. In the case taken i i one depending on the number of wells. When this has been done an bea extent of sowings is es from the rainfall in August, September October, it is found, as to be expected, that sowings fall off vo — rainfall, and vice ver and the extent of this falling off determined. The ncdalatinn oeragitalic ohana d is ‘89, which is high mough for very Datipr predictions. A diagram was e: exhibited showing oa unt given pict calculat step is the sir ination of yield, and in exami ffect of rainfall in February, for example, on unirrigated wheat, it is clear that the ben crop will derive in that month will whether the rainfall in September, October, No December and or not.. If t as mn an in January , it is obvious that an excess of rain in February can do little good and may do ha A numerical scheme wa: on a plied with success to the yield of cotton in i g ot? > ar 2 $ S B 5 $3 < £ S 7 > ® y Ki good agree cale failed areas or apis 8 wheat in the Punjab is obtained. The corres- ce xhibited in diagrams. The method is thus valuable in dealing writen a fa important practical problem. Agricultural Engineering in the United Provinces.'—By F. H. Vick. The Relation between Soil Bacteria and Fertility.—By C. M. HUTCHINSON. paper will be published in extenso in the Congress number of the pet Journal of India. civ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, [N.S., XII, Scientific Methods in Agricultural Experiments '.—By A. C. Doses. pub the probable error in field experiments, and Besos nehinti that eheds received ere t abtentin on on the part of those designing ex pihents with particular reference to the number of plots employed for , euapeione By taking a ga ent tly large number of plots, ee results had been obtained in the course of a single monsoon se in spite of un- fasuleatle conditions: on the Farm opened at Ranehif in in May 1915. coast et of Irrigation Water in Wheat Growing *.—By ERT Howarp, C.J.Z., and GaBRigLLe L. C. HowaArp. _Although one of the main directions in which Indian agriculture can i ; Advanta new Fruit Ex eriment Station at Quetta to initiate of w saving experiments and to discover how far the se ae “Utab sou are applicable to local conditions was found that ireipaticen water peste i the heaviest yield of wheat and stra (bhusa) when applied to the land prior to sowing. A single preliminary irrigation, combined with the pal ca use of the ea ame ad acres, if used according method employed at the ens tao Station, would give seven times 17} or 1241 maunds of wheat. The difference in favo of the cept is therefore 1103 maunds of wheat. If the a an rrigated acreage of peep in the Quetta valley is multiplied by 100, the result would Tadicaiet unds of wheat per annum, the present annual waste of water on this crop alone. On Rigi ~~ acres of irrigated wheat, the water now lost would produce unds of grain and a ee amount of straw of a total value not i ioe of half a lakh ae: rupees —— —— to — tated J. P. SRIvasTava. paper will be published in extenso in the aes number or the Agricultural Journal of Indi ed paper appeared in eal in the Agricultural Journal of India, vol, XI. 1916, p. 14. 1916. | The Third Indian Science Congress. cv The Re-alignment of Agricultural Holdings '.—By B. C. Burr. It was pointed out that from time to time attention has been drawn to the peat sal water which the present haphazard system of village holdings ca , but that the Papin aspect of the question of the neces- sity a ‘estriping bed holdin s been less considered. While action has taken great tga igs! systems in the Punjab to avoid small pert holding seis fveauaas ar fields and certain executive action has been taken in the Poona district of the Bombay Presidency to square ds i used chiefly f n has been edy the pre conti baw position. The othitesion presented by existing systems of land tenure—no less i custom re poi out, but it w a also shown that the present small scattered holdings nt serious obstacle to the correct cultivation of the land. Nowhere s the necessity for the re-stri nee 2 of holdings more Veggies seen than in the atid of checking erosion and effecting adequate drainage, wha * his kind w e land-owning c for general measures and, pending pret aera some Layee te able to assist in carrying out partial ‘schemes on their own estates Milk Standards of the United dina —By P.S. MacMauHon and P. C. MUKEBJI. Contains the results of over one thousand analyses carried out in 1914 of the milk of a num umber of cows ne buffaloes from re Government Military Dairy, Lucknow The Necessity of New Butyro-Refractometric gakabaaalaae P. S. MacManon and B. M. Gupt e€ paper oom — nea value 54°0 used in Europe to discriminate inarily betw and adulterated samples of butter is too a high for Indian pi Section OF Botany. (Chairman.—Dr. ALBERT Howarp, C.1.£., Imperial Economic Botanist, Pusa. This paper will be published in extenso in the Congress number of the aga Journal of India. evi Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. {N.S., XII, The Application of ago Science to Agriculture !.—By ALBERT HowarD, C.J.E. In the ni neon a botanical at to are Med esceaah pee: arise of a 8 what similar nature to thos acti sally occu whenever ties gitechpe i is yaad to adapt scie nti ge >to Practical en h e fi e, the investigator has to study the scientific anges of Botany ps pane a way as to combine within himself a well-balanced and accurate grasp of all the main eso hes of the subject—anatomy, physiology and systematy. In se se os Ysa he has to,devote himself Sod the study of ee as at e to understand the physiological aspects of aertos ctrl separations Both the pelentiia? per ge of the one t in me laboratory and the practice of agriculture in the field must then b merged into a connected whole in the mind o the inv ceeiuuter In this an h bot pebdiatin ® are t ive —(1) improvements in the ) a working machine, (2) the Stes ment of disease, and (3) the creation of improved varieties. The science i in the s of an investigator possessing real agricultu nsight ¢ satiliead i in rapidly improving the production of the vuthies ais of. ee of raw materials. The Aquatic Reeds of the Godaveri and acto Canals; a tudy in Applied Ecology '—By W. Burns. Irritability of the Bladders in Utricularia'.—By T. EKAMBARAM. The present views concerning the presence of ieee aap such as crustaceans, etc., inside the bladders “ Utricularia i (1) that they make their way in by pushing the ‘elastic trap-door of the bladder : (2) that the bladder is passive” and does not make any effort to capture the animalculae ; (3) that ot Rear enter in because they expect to find food or pte ong The object of this etre is to show that the bladders are irritable = Svinte Me su co am malculae when they irritate a particular set ep lle were made on @ species of Utricularia very ose manic nd differing from it in hort lig either very rudimentary or no floaters at the base of th ihe flower itions the binddans that entrap soot ah occur in two distinct side fil viz., os ters pay Saat % wr _ igre —_. nan it te. e e or trap-door is normally transversely convex. The margin of el valve is tightly pressed up against the ‘‘ collar” hon round the mouth. On the upper surface of the valve, very near its free tip are 4 to 6 Pe ee pointed hairs which extend towards the base. These are the irritable hairs. When the irritable hairs of the oo bladders are irritated wi ith This paper will be published 7m eztenso in the roe number of the Ageia Journal of India. 1916. | The Third Indian Science Congress, evii a ato or a soft brush, the valve Es suddenly and the concave walls become convex crea ting a cavity inside which is filled with water suck in thro h the open mouth ; ae iatel the valve f to its original position. If an n organism s pe cause of irritation, it is forcibl sucked in with the water. Dur action to irritation, the valve hae comes Concave and the irritable ra “is laid in the hollow of the boa thus for cae Darwin did not succeed in maki ing the bladders react to irritation, eine big peg tis to recognize that the bladders are irritable only when they are in e hungr condition and do not react when they are full. Since those in ye latter condition form the majority, it is presumed that he ex ee rimented on full bladders. The bladders in which the particles oe s and pieces of boxwood suddenly disappeared, should have been the hungry capaiiie on (Ref. Darwin, Insect... Plants, p- 328). The full bladders may be made to assume the hungry condition artificially by pressing out th tents carefully with a pair of pincers 3 or 4 imes, after bape they will . to react to irritation, elation wee een the Sremtrea Ny function of the different The Floating Plants of Lower Bengal and their Ad aptations.— by RaMASWAMI, amic vegeta Hb 8 wore ponds of Lower Bengal was pres ollect d studied the author hav n classi- ed into groups—the classification being based primarily on the degree of flotation and ‘secondarily the natur functions of the flotative adaptations. Several interesting kinds were described in de ver. esides giving a rather comprehensive list of the fioa ting u pone the author also described a few plants ae though not hitherto own to be floating were nevertheless seen by h m to be actually so. Thos se he found toh dapted to a floa ating habit. Such apparatas — also described pre vokaparad with the land forms of the same speci Importance of Soil-Aeration in oa 1— By R. S. Hoe. S paper, which was illustrated by lantern slides, emphasized a Dota by eiRAAAh 7 tied “soil-antation can be t of action by sufficiently g soil-aeration it may. for the the presont, be: be coiveuienthy termed bad soil-aeration. arther work Thi This paper will be published im extenso in the Congress number of ks! Agelomteeel Journal of India. eViii Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, is required for its more accurate definition and to indicate the ghee way in which it acts. Successful water-cultures with Sal seedlings, how- ever, have proved that the injurious action is not ue me ae ‘to a wi n the neighbourhood of the roots ctors Some Irrational Aspects of id era Botany.—By A. T. Gaa The r gave a brief sketch of the general RO pp vi have led to: the cc tales of the present epee nal bur - synonymy in sys- atic botany; discussed in more etail certa the conditions ; tem se referred to the views of Alphonse ew Gandott cna Poni toe and offered seiumeaticiid for lessening the e On the Occurrence of Endosperm in some South Indian Legu- nous Seeds.— By M. O. ParTHASARATHY AYYANGAR. It is not generally known bag some of the Leguminous seeds possess endosperm, though its presence has been recorded in sev veral floras and books on syste ieantie botany. But none of these books gives a complete list of all the endospermous genera. Of the South Indian cals ‘only i i endosper C Ip Siehe poring Ga Parkinso i Papilionacese No o genera are pth d to. It is found, however mig in addition to the above the following genera te possess endo Mimosae : Des anthus ucaena, Mimosa Caesalpinieae : "Cacoalpinia sleep Peltop shorum Papilionaceae : Crotalari nella, Ceominns: Indigofera, Ses- bania, ‘Aeschynomene, Sane otis e presence of endosperm appears to be a fairly constant gene character, though an exception is pacha e frie genus Caesalpinia, weage some < its species posse endosperm an endosperm tissue consists of a with ' thidebeed cell walls and rT mich cell contents. The thickening of the cell walls is due to the ee in them of a pase quantity of reserve food material for the ge fit of the germinating seed ing. tee reserve food material resembles sae — ons ee chulze ne a name given by him to a mi-cell n taco. in the duckaniass of the walls of the coty- ax of ake laine Models to illustrate stinaly canton and ooo of Mendelian Characters '.—By H. M. Cuts Soil Aeration on sips Alluvium !.—By ALBERT oe C.LE., d GaBRIELLE L. C. Howa _ The dominant factor in the in internal economy of the Indian Empire is the monsoon. Tosco Brite oa = people, the commerce of the country and the collected b vernment all depend on the amount and aiateehetho of the painctiae rainfall. It is not ee Ss paper will be ea in extenso in the Congress ‘eeiiitier of the Plier oe: Journal of India. 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. cix therefore, to ray that the oscaceang of the agricultural investigator India tends to be concentrated on questions relatin sate yp baer ee i water ze ps e same time, the other factors on which yield depen ured and crop-production com ar almost entirely as a question of water-supply. After ten years’ observ: tion of th ps grown on the Indo-Gangetic alluvium, which a good deal of first-h expe agricultur —at ar, at Lyall in the Punjab and at Quetta in Baluchistan— the conclusion h m re at a full s y of air in the soil is qui r ciency of wa hile air isan y raw larly difficult on alluvial soils like t met with over large areas of the plains of India ] soils, like those of the valleys of the Ganges d “ k very readil d ays togeth the surface after heavy rain, form a well-defined t we own y cultiva- oc ‘S are responsible wh lluvial soils form surface crusts after light showers and lose their porosity altogether after a long continu place, th ticles are small in s d it no range in t ery great and, in the second place, much of the rain comes in heavy cone pag torrents quite unlike anything experienced in temperate region 1 examples of soil ventilation were discussed in detail. The yellowing ‘of peach trees at Quetta, which at present sight appeared to be i due to defecti $s nm investigation to be defective soil aeration ul reprodu at will either by d an ver- irigation. The factors on wh ess in green ere en c ered. Copious aeration has been found to ary in this ration, otherwise a a limiting factor in the growth of the Succeeding crop. It was also suggested that in maturation and in the ieee - quality, — soil aeration is much more important SECTION OF CHEMISTRY. (Chairman—Pror. J. J. SupBorovucn, D.Sc., Ph.D.) Some Additive Compounds of Trinitro-Benzene.—By J. J. SUDBOROUGH. Note on the Estimation of Iodine values by the Bromate- Bromide Method.—By J. V. Laxuumatant and J. J. SuDBOROUGH. The authors have made a critical examination of Winkler’s Larsen of ie the Iodine be i fats and oils by an acidified bromate- bromide mixture (compare Wei and Donath, Zeit. ryan“ Nahe. Genuss,, 1914, XXVIII, 65). The ethod gives excellent results with most fats and oils provided the Seandiieg Pacis is not exposed to light. In the presence - fgg os values come too et, probably owing to bromine being used u cess of substtat = Weiser and Dees th claim that acids with olefine linkings also give good results by the — According to the authors the esters— methyl or ethyl—of unsaturated acids give extremely low iodine values by the alien method oa ae the usual conditions. cx Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. |N.S., XII, Effect of aphlets Linkings on the Reactivity of spams Ooo and Ket —By J. J. Supporoves and T. WIL Compote - the Disulphonium Series II. Se r Interaction with the Alkyl lodides an Hemiaetncht of Methyl and Ethy] Radicles by their Higher Homologues.—By Prarutta CHanpra Ray Methyl nitromercaptide by interaction with methyl iodide yields the expected compound ok -Hgle.Mel; if, however, the higher homo- logues of methyl iodide, e.g., ethyi—, pr ropyl—, but and amyl- iodides be used in the reaction it is oon that instead Ms the sntininatet compounds, we get Me—8 Hgiyntl ; YO 8 “Hels. PrT ; 8 Hgh.Bul Me —S8 reat and .Hgl2.AmI respectively ; in other words an intermolecular m— replacement of the light radicle methyl by its higher homologues takes place. Similar replacement also occurs in the case of ethyl iter stonss tide. Bromination of Hydrocarbons and the Formation of Bromo- picrin and Tetrabromoquinone by the Action of Bromine and Nitric Acid on Organic Bodies. --By R. L. Darra and N. R. CHATTERJEE. In continuation of the researches on the action of aqua regia on organic bodies, it has tau found that on mixing nitric acid and hydro- : : : d to bea owerf brominating the lower aromatic hydrocarbons. Benzene, Toluene, petted 0 Meta-xylene Para-xylene, Mesitylene, ethyl-benzene have been brominated with the formation of both the higher and lower bromo- derivatives. A mixture of bromine and nitri a destructive action on most ie bodies, resulting in the: ° genoral foniation of bromopicrin. In the case of aromatic substances which possess or pass through a quini- noid ae roe tetra-bromoquinone is faviais ably produced and as tetra- bromoquinone also breaks up ores i ae the mips of the latter also takes place in these c These © been found to be so from a study of a large number ae apo case Direct Iodination of Hydrocarbons es means of Iodine and Nitric Acid.—By R. L. Darra and N. R. CuatrerJer. It has been found that in the presence of nitric acid, iodine directly enters into aromatic hydrocarbons ‘etal the sage rape of iodo-derivatives. : a f ‘ be realized by this meth ne, Tolue ene, Ortho-s e, Para-xylene, Meta-xylene, Mesitylene, Thiophene, Cymene @ yr found 0 is e the monoiododerivati ily. Napthalene Sori @ mixture o and nitronapthalene. Anthracene is oxidised to anihbounsnons aio no iodination takes pla di some of the aliphatic hydrocarbons has irec ination of so been found to be possible though the yield is very small, due to the chance of hydrolysis of iododerivatives in the presence of are s- Pentane and hexane give small q 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. exi Note on the Constituents of the Bark of the smog. age excelsum.— By C. 8. Gipson and J. L. Stmons The ps haere experiments which were ~ sag out wit th the a i oe iso g the op id hymenodyctine. They confirmed the of Bro meee m who wed the bark to be non- silestnidal: aid to ranted the glucoside aescu arog The hte pe of 2—Acetylamino—3 : ia ee benzoic —By J. L. Stmonsen and M. Gopata Rav The authors isolated from the nitration of the above mentioned su stance 6-nitro-2-acetylamino-3 : 4-dimethoxy benzoic acid and reir amin thox ne. sie : 5-di me. stances was converted into 5-nitro-2 : 3—dime y benzoic acid which was found to be identical with the acid previ ba prepar Cain an Simonsen. “The 6-nitro-2 : 3-dimethoxy benzoic acid was also investi- gated. i The Root Bark of Calotropis gigantea.—By mtg GEORGE Hitt and Annopa Prasap Sirk The authors have isolated two white solid crystalline esters melting at 140°C and 210°C respectively. oe on or ation gave two solid crystalline alcohols of the for- mulae #0.0H and C3sH, ve mi The melting points of these alcohols were 176°C and 215°C respecti esters t From the alcohols the acetyl derivatives were pre also crystalline white solids melting at 195°-196°C and eG Richonsetivarg Oxidation of the aleaiok gave solid acids whose silver salts had the formulae C30H,O;Ag and C sH;gOsAg respectively. Reduction of Ato Nitrites to farang morte P. Ngoa1 and . CHOWDH In earlier paper the authors had shown that aliphatic nitrites Ee pa rtially rir into the corresponding nitro-compoun = when a 30°-140' pete” The at a higher temperature is explained by wah fact — the nitrites a re first converted at that —— into the nitro-compounds which a t. then reduced to amines Space Formulae of Organic Ammonium i tain according to Werner’s Hypothesis.—By P. Nzo he i Bites that the isomerism and stereo-isomerism of oun I nting Bay pedro ge Jains the i i outside tet: Seneher ie Pagel xi | resentation explains the isomerism of or- ganic yin oe porbaietag much better than Van’t Hoff’s mal Willceradt’s. 8 pose tetrahedron and Bischoff’s pyramidical formulae. exli Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Chemical Action and Actinic Rays.—By P. Nzoet. On repeating earlier experiments on the emission of Spares hpi rays from intensely exothermic ae Ne reactions such as t sit mn of zine and sulphuric ay caustic alkalis and sulp buri ic acid, it hat i ion i d ac i heat rays. Such photographic action was given by hot water pete yh The author is also studying the photogr he — of ionised gases and showed photographs of - ata star, iron key c., obtained by joniieedl hydrogen, air, and nitrog Estimation of Calcium as the Sulphate——By P. Nzoct. As the estimation of calcium by the ultimate conversion of calcium xalate into caustic lime requires very le heating in platinum ertibles by means of a blowpipe, the author converts the oxalate into onate in reelain crucible by eons heating and then into sul- phe ate by a, ddan of chem ically pure dilute sulphuric acid. The resultant sulphate is then moderately ignited and weighed This method gives satisfactory results aa takes much less tim SPERPEORE Ne. of volumes ane dissolution - rearimarices in water ATH Rak —By Jit is pri ac e volumes ped a gms. of some oo ee are dis- solv alk in increasing quantities of water have been calculated on a basis of the determination of specific gravities of their aqueous solutions of different strengths. Action of Chlorine on a Solution of Silver Nitrate. — By R Stability of Arsenious Sulphide Sols to onesie in Presence of H,S.—By J. N. M The Production, Metallic a a ee Constitution of uanidine.—By H. bi _— of the oe produced by oe action of anate Fro heat on ammonium thio te, it was show at guanidine thiocyana is better obtained Se ren “a 200° for 4 aap than at 185° for 20 hours (vide J.C.S. 1913, 103, et 8.) The meth of obta’ ning potassium, silver and copper ee were explained and the isomerism of bed silver derivatives was discussed. A tautomeric ronan was sugges ich was claimed in ore 1 accordance with the chemistry of aeeeree ghar 0 the traditional doteiedin: (vide J.C.8. 1818, 107, 1396.) Equilibrium between Mercury and Copper Salts in Presence of Halogen Ions.— By J. C. Guosa. Reduction of Nitric Oxide by Contact Action of Metals and Metallic Oxides.—By B. B. Aputcart. Some Weak Fen hig the Explanation of Radium Disintegra- . C. CHOWDHURI. Studies in Liquid Crystals —By T. C. CoowpHURI. 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. exiii SEcTION oF ZooLoey. (Chairman—Pror. W. N. F. Woopianp.) Notes on some recent Enquiries concerning the so-called ‘‘ Renal- Portal’’ System in Vertebrates.—By W. N. F. Wooptanp. In 1906 the author spanlseed a paper (P: ae Soc. Lond., p. ed also acne. June 13, 1907) which ‘disputed ig mmonly accepted ike that ** renal- -porta al” system, like the hepatic- -porta] system, is of Finctional ~~ ue to Sp organ it traverses—in this case the kidneys. His re riefly s nee in a ea su pply | which Aisi me affects Niels it patil aap 1D t t the *‘ renal- portal’ system is radically eet in develo hh ie a hi ye ie the baum’ upeiiante a oxygen od, Sha Ge A st diuretics employed (Bainbridge an d ), i = P oduced is ‘‘ too pace i intertubular . stem and pea ia "shoes is no necessity to pe lumbar veins of a frog, found that the excretion of the kidneys was, king allowance for the physiological disturbance due to the experi- cted. ma allow: ment, we reciably afte no PP cia gin ated fod tha axperiieens t of Gurwitsch ona number of ys re rease in we 6 vey eeoulp which — does not caltate lessened kidne t animals remain qui i the live course | no 4 fe Reptilia and abnormal Amphibia in which the ‘‘ renal- Partially or wholly absent, the blood in these cases passing into the main CXiV Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, venous system), the liver sooner or later usually becomes diseased, numerous cysts being developed. When only one a teal rage vein is liga tured, the kidneys remain approximately the same size. The reason s relieved of venous blood does not seule in eh x bsence of a venous supply , of a ** renal-portal’’ system, is of no importance—the arterial aarsoly 4 is all that matters e problem it is at lh goss difficult to solve is why the anterior abdominsl vein em the liver at all—why it does not retain its primitive connectio with one or both of the ane veins. Too much venous blood is, as we hay ithe seen, bad for the liver and yet it would appear from daha weeps men tae eine hes: ct that it és is connected with the aeart that the liver of frogs and toads at least pres some blood from the hind legs poured i epatic-portal vein, use in at least three toads in which the ectme abdomin been ligatured (and so all the venous blood from the nd pelvis forced through bree “ reenter system) a new connate has ome formed the legs is = therfore tralia a gfe nto the liver as before. However, more work requires to _ upon the subject before these results can be regarded as absolutely certain. rom the a soe 7? standpoint and stao4» the mare a rhe gene derived from anatomical and physi ological facts, we are justified i ncluding that the ‘‘ renal-portal ”’ system is Met onless. The fact eer seuss -blo blood ch his i rn sot by the physiological enquiries above sari et then is the aning of the ‘‘ renal-portal’’ system ? in those animals in whi ch the kidneys are sical and therefore regains ta little room for thet development ee primitive — ranchs and some bony fishes), the ki in most animals is situated in a confined position, being Surrounded above and at the : sides ay dense connective tissue and below byt the © perl Under t e numerous # developing tubules tend | to encroach upon the adjacent space occupied by large thin-walled posterior cardinal sinuses, and as a of common incites, the successive developments of the so 3 santas phros, mesonephros and metanephros _ follow the paths of these venous i i far close ho: renamed — BE tron sche ie system it in his original paper as the ‘renal cardinal eshwork’’—a term already adopted by Papin sale has shown that one i i eae the mammal have caught b iempoeta not y the kidneys, so or is because the latter have shifted fev’ 3 - have been equally impo We conclude then that the ** Galabooben as system, or as I prefer to 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. exv call it, the renal cardinal meshwork, is the characteristic of an imperfec kidney which being unconcentrated and yet bu ilky has had to encro a upon the lumen of the @ posterior cardinal vein in gee to develop. In the active bird the femoral veins have resisted kidney encroachment t Oo oged as to ope rag? convenient way possible, it has shifted outwards and forwards and ts Pappas abbreviated development has kept clear of the veins > ioe ther Seasonal Conditions governing Bond pte in the Punjab.—By Barni Per seasons in the Punjab are oir oC from those in Bengal and other parts of India, and it was with a view to ascertain the effects of t asons on the pond-life that ihe cone was begun. It was found ies uadtanle like Hydra, Spongilla wet Australella, do not seta in ter which is very severe, but ing the latter part of summer— summer and winter aoe = ey, we! oes marked seasons in the P jab, spring and autumn bein and ill-defined. During winter a's sfes forms die, weray ary vel or resistant bodies like spiny eggs, gemmules or ee for the preservatio e species. e case of Daphnia win Heli are formed at the beginning of Seon sa eg the case of insect larvae like those of Chironomus and Ano- eles, 1t was found that in winter mad? Dene of larval life is much al and that they are very inactiv The Aortic Ligament in Fishes.—By D. R. BaaTracHaRyYa. Notes on Elasmobranch Blood Cells. —By R. H. WurraHOUSE. The history of Rees red blood cells is interesting in consideration of the following poin It seems most likely that they are produced through life in pe spleen. Young cells are char: y their Pi gsitae i large n nucleus with ae ly ~~ chromatin and the. very small envelope of cytoplas -, which is basophile in its reaction. compac outline. ** Kernbriick or nuclear dges served which c to the structures described by Stauffacher and a in a variety of other cells. The isintegration of the cell begins by a basophile degeneration of the cyto- pens spreading from the Teclisn eadially and sea eeeeeing a struc- much as suggested that cases va pn parasites invading ¢ cells aa dnc the nucleus to be e revised for fear in peuges they were only cases of basophil ewianias of the leucocytes are of the cual t and show the eosinophilous forms 6 great advantage. ‘‘ Kernbriicken” are also to be observed here. The Indian Varieties and Races of T'urbinella pyrum (Linn).— By James HORNELL. In this paper it was shown that the Indian representatives of the genus Parts nella a re limited to a single species—T. pyrum (Linn.). The species is ingl ; but must be consi- aaa a ici bated praet of the collective species, as it comprises at Cxvi Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [(N.S., XII, least five strongly characterised varieties old sauces co-equal 1 in taxo- nomic value, thus shams bor definite co-varieties or sub-speci Including Linnaeus’ type as one, five varieties were enumerated and efined, namely :—Varieties obra: acuta, es comorinensis and fusus. ith the soap ca of the last named, e new varieties. Each of these five forms, if judged by shone individuals possess - ing the mean of the different characteristics and proportions, may rea- sonably be classed as a distinct species. Study of large numbers—nea arly 2 millions of these satin — imported into Calcutta annually—shows that this view would be in The f rc ame ie the five varieties defines the principal character- istics of eac om 7 icra angular, Spire elongate : | prominent......... .. var. fusus, Sowerby. poe widely fu si-/ Bread th in » a. Profile of whorls in Se convae> pace 1.75 to 2 var. ar. [snouts oe b. Profile of whorls in spire pats word bala straight, var. comorinensis, var. nov. Spire moderately short ; | shell g eerie — : racum i sega magi wees thick globo sha “a var. globosa, var. nov. : ° ‘Breadth/ Bini ; : pire often very short; oak length, under shell inclined to y var. obtusa, var. nov.» top-shaped, very ce with 2 prea at shoulder ; perios (a) typi cum thin in Asie an ad | (6) rapa Ponoka) medium-sized shells. e peculiar pet i se IR revasiear ee of varieties obtusa and acu inntoding globosa and comoré a e latter) is most Cape ene upon the influence of differe: nvironment upon separated groups of an originally united soaieetin in pai certain warnions from the og cna pica adduced for the belief that — a single form inhabited, ery whl of the shallow waters that on tended uninter- ruptedly from what is no Her ah Co diag to patean During this pines diverged and two very pepe varieties were formed. Had the land barrier - broken down these two varieties would assuredly h d- ened in But with the breaking down of the barrier—a i th varieties will continue to crystallize their respect will an Shey. were undoubtedly doing up to the vg on land barrie! became interrupted, in becoming distinct The taal of aeoagee section of the atiiok i in the Andaman Islands has ul the formation of a variety with well-defined differences Sin the cintinedtal form. paper was an attempt to give a reasoned account of nig pasts orase rd one of the dominant molluscs of Indian seas an offer hypothesis for the explanation of the origin of some of the varieties which & 1916. ] _ The Third Indian Science Congress, OXVli wees ont the same time to define and demarcate the ee mae limi the chief Misi gta a matter which till now has been a dis ad gitieee conditio The Geographical Distribution of Indian Earthworms.— y J. StepHenson, I.M.S. e modes of spreading in the Oligochaeta differ very ech ret in ine case of freshwater and terrestrial forms. Freshwater forms spread uch ease and so widely that the facts of their disteibution. are practically auetles for Pedoes Hier The case is quite different with terrestrial forms. ormer conection by land of India and Australia, and India and New Zealand, is demonstrated by a comparison of the earthworm faunas; but it is not nieestind to suppose, as Strat that. mi land connec- tion must have extended across the f Benga al: r t disco wtiiten in the Abor scary renders it ane ne oo. suppose that tie ‘Obgeduesks im- earente took a path round the head of the The former connection between India ee Africa Napa cor tage is documented by fewer faunistic records; though these have recently o by the dsseaeued ty: Bork ay o of a a genus whi ah ciara is 2 se as a direct Migiandacih of a form at present Renulinr to Malden aa. Indian Freshwater Prawns of the family Atyidae.— By Stanley Kemp. uthor gave a brief account of the principal besernig ames and
  • i of some — mo 1 acer: . It is a common occurence to come across dolmens ae known as ** Muni-ara”’ (huts of sages and hermits) in the Faves of the Cochin n hac it — the east in some Spree n a e Cochin State the entrance to he bei oO e four haga at the corners in Singhbhum, be me highly Seveloped pate represented by the South Taio Steere npg ee of smooth and flat four ce cone, the truncated top eer pped a uge circular plano-convex stone with bevelled —_ . Hat-stones with flat capstones hav observed in the S pore dinre the hat- stones are sorne high conical structures made up of cpa or nine stones measuring seven feet long but soba any ice The um- brella-stones associated with these m nts are hewedes 9 found flat on the ground. dela, dense ter emo and devas made of terite. Logan was ome 7 not aware of the occurrence of ak Lu (hat-stone) in association with kuta-kallu (umbrella-stone) and was thus 1916. ] The Third Indian Science Congress. CXXV led to refer the topi-kallu to the ‘‘ dolmen period.” The hat-stones un- doubtedly belong to an advanced type of civilization as could be made i is aceful appeara: ro Are style is but the character of the nation and of the e epoch sy ty ssed in wood, stone or brick. The chronological sequence of Logan thus modi- fied would be as follows :— I. Dolmens, menhirs, cromlechs, ete. Probably synchronous IT. Excavated cav III. (a) Caves with massive urns (t no sto: and massive sepulchral urns writhiout caves (6) hat-sto IV. Modern seguichral urns of a small size. No definite chronological sequence can be traced in — evolu- of meg of different countries, sa less can their ce, ange and co: ntents be said to in peep a phase of eity. co. ta jects ch istic of the Iron paris whereas in India, the practice of erecting meg al thie structures still obtains ee some of the aboriginal tribes, ical as the Mundas, Kuruvas, and Khas LECTURES. Dr. E. H. Hankin’s lecture on ‘‘ The Evolution of Flying Animals.,”’ ings of insects — a x pe developed from tracheal gills AP he were leaf-like appendages born airs on each body-joint of the primitive insect wn nid eet of the earliest known fossii i of the joints of the thorax carried a pair of wing - quently the animal The suc f the abdo- en were each sped wes bie F aath of sgpese: gills. The wings of these hse i their structure in cer vince tracheal 1 gills fig to Smear a in the same respects from the en i ch gre ave in many cases evo into An illustration was s a fossil flying fish gf "hang the win, pel attached below the level « of the otis of gravity of ane < this point as is the case in modern flying fishes. tis wold uch a position of the wings to conduce to a: Be instability r ind : teryx,’’ was described and its reptilian characters were explained. Each wing was provided with three claws which for reasons descri in detail were suppo to be functional. In modern bi the second and third n of th digits ovided with ge feathers whic a rig ye 7 e. Th he muscles that moved the hand in the cestral reptile w a) or of e bir he m that: moved the hand were also adapted for this purpose in the ossil-flying re own as pterodactyls. In these animal the wing is supported on an eno n bats also the In each case it is probable that the _ of gliding asian that of flapping and that the power of gliding in a straight line preceded the CXxvi Journal of the Asiatie Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Sask - Aes, Nea the glide. Movements in pono babieae . a nnected with the origin of steering m ents. Flapping y pxbbably oriented from a repetition of certain reyes move- ae oe ena ribs have been ener 9 to gral the agai that org tions a In flying squirrels t facie ith the ission of eh aie Prades nt the membrane or "patagia i such pasa the parte of flight could not develop very far as ia the complicated hand moving mechanism was not available ioe daca to purposes of fight. of a ber of interrelated movements: both in this and in other charac- ters the pterodactyl appears to have been far more specialised for flight than any other animal of which we ava knowledge. A study of the anatomy of the different joints of the arm shows that these animals och not walk as quadrupeds. It is difficult to understand how they could have walked as bipeds as they were unable to furl their wings. It is con- sidered that after alighting on their hind feet they fell over on to their stomachs “py pushed oo pei laboriously somewhat after the manner of a penguin. adduced for be erg that they could not hang from the eakokes of a fics by their hind leg s do flying It has ada; and spe e eir urnish a proof that the phenomenon of soaring flight is one which is quite inexplicable in the light of our present knowledge. Prof. Neogi’s Lecture on ‘‘ Manufacture of Tron in Ancient India.’’ Prof. Neogi showed a oe of oe Pate oo Dhar pillar, an Mount Abu pillar as well as of 1: ate: an ubaneswar temples and te Seton te eae gons ae the Moghule—in fact, remar e specimens of iron manufact om the earliest tim down to the 17th century. ee analyses of she reveal the fact that the iron used was pure wrought iron *‘ - with low sulphur and manganese and Las. ceh stein! eevee ee ee ee the pillars and beams were constructed by forging and then welding me blooms of wrought iron sr that the wr Garth constitution of these iron specimens was responsible for their remarkable corrosion-resisting capaci e next dwelt upon Indian steel or woots which was the mate from which the famous Damascus blades were yee A remarkable specimen of ancient Indian steel, dated as seni c. 150, has recently been discovered { in Gwalior and analysed by Sir Robert Hadfield. The as of surgical i i , the ; rit surgical was such that ts! as — bisect a hair r longitu dinally ” shows the know- ledge of the use of dank enakais **tikhna” or sharp) as early as 3rd century B.C. 1916.] The Third Indian Science Congress. exxvii The ae regarding the knowledge of cast iron in ancient India is very mea Turning Pe the methods Bo Ce gy aweiggeri of wrought iron and stee Prof. ot showed that wrought ir yas pared by the ‘ direct method,” i.e., directly from “the ores without the Saturmedlate tion of ¢ on by heating the ores in all blast fur- fons small crucibles by heating wrought iron with certain plants obtained as cas of. N main ong with Dre Perey rath the ‘‘ crucible process of m making steel by cementa- ere was really an Indian discovery sillomevenied by Mushet in 1800 in Europe. MARCH, 1016. The Monthly General Meeting of the et was held on Wednesday, the Ist March, 1916, ‘at 9-15 p LiEvT. pas Sir L. Rogers, Kr., C.1.E., M.D., B.S., F.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.S.B., I.M. s. , President; in the chair. The ne page were present :— Maulavi Abdul Wali, Dr. F. H. Gravely, Mr. H. G. Graves, Rev. R. Oka, in Satis Chania Vidyabhusana, De Annandale and Dr. Hossa Visitor :—Lady Rogers. The minutes of the January ecaanae Monthly Meeting, the Annual Meeting and the Feb ruary Ordinary Monthly Meeting were read and confirmed. Sixty-nine presentations were announced. The General Secretary reported that Mr. P. Mukerji had expressed a desire to withdraw from the Society. The General Secretary also reported the death of Sir William Turner, K.C.B., an Honorary Fellow of the Society. Dr. Annandale read the following obituary notice :— Obituary Note on Sir William Turner, K.C.B., F.R.S., Hon. F.A.S.B., etc., died 15th February, 1916. William Turner, ee Scotchman and citizen of Edin- burgh as he became, was born at Lancaster in 1832. For well over half a century (1854-191 6) he was on the staff of the Uni- versity of Edinburgh, for thirteen years as Demonstrator of Anatomy, thirty-six years as Regius Professor of the same science, and finally for eleven years as Principal and Vice- Chancellor. For at least twenty years he dominated university poligine, and even those who complained that his ideas were old-fashioned had no thought of questioning his Dols hoariea devotion and the power of his personality. sash his death a chapter in the history of the Scotish universities is : Though a biologist rather than a medical man, ee took a very necieaes ‘part in the work of the British Medical Asso- ciation, of the General Council of which he was President from 1898 to 1904. He was President of the British Association for the Advancement of Science in 1900. The lucidity of his academic lectures was famous. It was not only asan anatomist pure and simple that Turner cCxxx Procs. of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [March, 1916. achieved enduring fame but still more in the capacity of anthro- pologist and student of the marine mammals—in particular his series of human crania, a collection to which the gratitude of old students was continually adding specimens from all parts of the world. Turner’s most important contribution to original research was perhaps his account of the human skulls and other bones obtained in the course of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. In this memoir, which was published in the Scientific Reports of the expedition in 1884, he evolved a method of investigation that forms the basis of most modern work. In the many papers he subsequently wrote on the same subject he departed in no important respect from the system there laid down. Among his later papers those on the craniology of the peoples of the Indian Empire were among the most valuable. He sum- Anatomica as the parasitic Copepoda and the Hexactinallid sponges. In recent years his papers, with few exceptions, were published in } Pag was in the University. The President announced that Dr. N. Annandale had been appointed Anthropological Secretary in the place of Mr. J. Coggin Brown, resigned. The General Secretary read the names of the following gentlemen who were appointed to serve on the various com- mittees during 1916: — Finance Committee. —Dr. N. Annandale, The Hon. Justice Sir Asutosh Mukhopadhyaya, Kt., Mahamahopadhyaya Hara- prasad Shastri, C.I.E., Mahamahopadhyaya Satis Chandra Vidya- bhusana, Hon. Librarian (Ex-officio). Library Committee.—The Hon. Justice Sir Asutosh Mukho- ~ . ’ March, 1916.] Proes. of the Asiaiic Society of Bengal. CXxxi logical Secretary, Biological Secretary, Physical Science Secre- tary, the two Philological Secretaries, Medical Secretary, Hon. Librarian. Philological Committee.—Abdulla Al-Ma’ mun Suhrawardy, Esq., Dr. Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana, The Hon. Justice Sir Asutosh Mukhopadhyaya, Kt., Mahamahopadhyaya Haraprasad Shastri, Rai Bahadur Monmohan Chakravarti, Babu Rakhal Das Banerjee, Babu Nilmani Chakravarti, A. H. Harley, Esq. Hon. Numismatist.—Mr. H. Nelson Wright. on. Joint Secretaries, Scdence Congress.—Dr. J. L. Simon sen ie Prof. P. S. Macmahon e suggestion of Lieut.-Col. Sir Leonard Rogers, Kt., regarding the transfer of all medical journals to the School of Tropi cal. Medicine, of which intimation had already been given by circular to all members, was brought up for final disposal. votes of the members were laid on the tables and the President requested any members who had not expressed their rh to take the present opportunity of filling in voting paper The President a Sai Mr. H. G. Graves and Maulvi Abdul Wali to be scrutinee The scrutineers sehared as follows :— For the proposal—92 Against the proposal—1. Carried. The following —- was balloted for as an Ordinary Member :— Mr. Prabhat Rie Mukerji, Barrister-at-Law, 4, Chowrin- ghee ieee peoaprge rhs by Babu Rakhal Das Banerji, seconded by D y. Dr. N. Annandale exhibited some Japanese pictures. ae following papers were read :— Some old Records of the Madras Army, 1757-1759.— Raited by the Rev. H. Hosten, 2. A Tibetan Funeral Pruses “weed Davsampvr. Communicated by the Joint Philological Secr These papers will be published in a Sean number of the Journal. The President announced that the next adjourned meeting of the Medical Section would be held on Wednesday, the 8th March, 1916, at 9-30 p.m 3a ¢ a i SNe? = seit Soke ea ny osu APRIL, 109016. The Monthly General Meeting of the Society was held on Wednesday, the 5th April, 1916, at 9-15 P.M. Lrevt.-Cot, Sir Lronarp Rocers, Bt. C1... M.D. BS., F.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.S.B., LM.S., President, in the chair. The following members were present :— Dr. N. Annandale, Dr. C. A. Bentley, Mr. H. G. Carter, Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri, Mr. G. de P. Cotter, Babu Hemchandra Das Gupta, Dr. F. H. Gravely, Mr. H. G. Graves, Dr. H. H. ny oe WN, , Mr. S. W. Kemp, Mr. R. D. Mehta, Mr. C. S. Middlemiss, Dr. Satis Chandra Vidyabhusana, Mr. E. Vredenburg. Visitors :—Mrs. H. G. Carter and Mr. K. C. Ghose. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Thirty-three presentations were announced. The General Secretary reported that Mr. L. Petrocochino and Lieut.-Col. R. P. Wilson, I.M.S., had expressed a desire to withdraw from the Scciety. General Secretary reported the death of Raja Saccida- nanda Tribhuban Deb of Bamra, an Ordinary Member of the Society. The following gentleman was balloted for as an Ordinary Member :— Babu Radhanath Shaha, Medical Practitioner, No. 16, Lachmi Kunda, Benares City, proposed by Mahamahopadhyaya Haraprasad Shastri, seconded by Babu Nilmani Chakravarti. The following exhibitions were shown :— 1. Dr. H. H. Hayden exhibited ores of tungsten and molybdenum. 2. Mr. G. de P. Cotter exhibited Teeth of Eocene Mammals from Burma. 3. Mr. H. G. Carter exhibited some samples of Asafcetida, showing unexplained differences. e President announced that the next Adjourned Meeting of the Medical Section would be held on Wednesday, the 26th April, 1916, at 9-30 p.m., there being no Meeting on Wedn esday, the 12th April, 1916. exxxiv _ Procs. of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. (April, 1916.] The Adjourned Meeting of the Medical Section of the Society was held at the Society’s Rooms on Wednesday, tlre 26th April, 1916, at 9-30 P.M. Linvt.-Cox. Sir Leonarp Rogers, Kt., C.1.E., M.D., B.S., ER.CP., F.B.CS., F.AS.B., LMS., ‘President, in the chair. The following members were present :— Dr. U. N. Brahmachari, Dr. K. K. Chatterjee, Dr. W. C. Hossack, reas McCay, I.M.S., Lt.-Col. F. O’Kinealy, 1.M.S. Vis eh at B. Ganguly, Dr. N. H. Hume, Dr. RB. P. Wilson, Dr. Teg The minutes of the December meeting were read and confirmed. Dr. K. K. Chatterjee showed some clinical cases. Dr. W. C. Hossack read a paper entitled ‘‘ German Influ- ence on Modern Bacteriology—Need for Elimination Rai Bahadur Dr. Upendra Nath Brahmachari, M A., M.D. Ph.D, read a paper entitled ‘‘ Third Report on the treatment of Kala-azar with special reference to the use of Antimony and Forinal dee de® i ta MAY, 10916. The Monthly General Meeting of gi aad was held on Wednesday, the 3rd May, 1916, at 9-15 Ma hirer tle tc HaARAPRASAD SuHAsrtrtr, C.I. E., Vice- President, in the chai The following members were present :— Mr. - C. Atkinson, Babu Rakhal Das Banerjee, Mr. J. A. Chapma , Mr. H. G. Gra ves, Mr. S. W. Kemp, Rev. R. Oka, Babu Badliansth Laha, Me Satis Chandra Vidyabhisana. Visitors :—Mr. A. C. Ghose, Mr. G. D. Sarkar. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. ‘Twenty-eight presentations were announced. The General Secretary reported the death of Mr. R. C. Burton of the Geological Survey of India and Mr. M. §S. Ramaswami of the Botanical Survey of India, Ordinary Mem- bers of the Society. The General Secretary reported that Capt. John Inglis Eadie, 97th Deccan na had expressed a desire to with- draw from the Socie ei ferns gentlemen were balloted for as Ordinary Member M. van Geuns, Esq., Managing Editor of the Newspaper Sasssbasnuth Handels blad,’’ Pe per-9 (Java), Great Eastern Hotel, Calcutta, proposed by M r. W. R. Gourlay, seconded by Mr. F. H. Gr ravely ; Babu hares std Dutt, B.A., Nepal Educational Service, Katmandu, Nepal, pr opos sed by Mr. B. L. Chaudhuri, seconded by Mr. Gopal Das Chaudhuri. Mahamahopidhyaya MHaraprasid Shastri exhibited a golden manuscript of a very rare work entitled Heruka Tantra, Section Sambarodoya only. Dr. Satis Chandra Vidyabhisana exhibited Nag-Sgron—a very early indigenous dictionary of the Tibetan language. The following paper was read :— Some traditions about Sultan ‘Ala’uddin Husain Shah and Notes on some Arabic Inscriptions from Murshidabad. By G. D. Sarkar. Communicated by Basu RakHat Das Banerut, CXXXVi Procs. of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [May, 1916.] This paper will be published in a subsequent number of the Journal. The President announced that there would be no meeting of the Medical Section during this month. JUNE 1916. The Monthly General Meeting of the stad was held on Wednesday, the 7th June, 1916, at 9-15 p LizvT.-CoLONEL Sir LEoNaRD lpia Kt., C.1.E., M.D., B.S., F.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., F.A.S.B., I.M.S., President, in the ehuir. The following members were present : — Maulavi Abdul Wali, Dr. N. Annandale, Dr. B. L. Chau- dhuri, Miss M. L. Cleg horn, Mr. T. P. Ghose, Mr. S. W. Kemp, Mr. C. 8. Middlemiss, Rev, R. Oka, Dr. Statis Chandra Vidya- bhusana. Visitors :—- Miss O. M. Cleghorn and Mrs. B. M. Cooper. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Fifty-seven presentations were announced. a he following to be added to ‘the ‘* Regulations regarding the lending out of manuscripts ‘* 6. Applications for the ice of Government manuscripts in the charge of the Society shall be dealt with by the Hony. Librarian in the same terms as manuscripts belonging =f wo Society ; the Officer-in-charge shall hand over to the Librarian the ma nuscripts required for this purpose and shell take a formal epvae from him in each case To the ‘‘ Office Regulations regarding leave and late attendance,’’ the following to ee inserted instead of ‘* All other leave shall be without pay ’ “* In cases of illness, ies a on half pay for a period not ex- ceeding fifteen days in the year may also be granted, provided a certificate is produced showing that treatment is being received from a recognized hospital.’ The following gentlemen were balloted for as Ordiriary Members :— Mr. Suryya Prasad Mahajan, Honorary Secretary, Sri Mannu Lall Library, Murarpur, Gaya, proposed by Babu Nagendranath be seconded by Mahamahopadhyaya Hara- exxxviii Proes. of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [June, 1916.] prasad Shastri; Mr. Joseph Orlando Ferrer, Cuban Consul, 5, Hastings Street, Calcutta, PaSa by Mr. JA. Chapman, seconded by Dr. F. H. Grave Dr. N. Annandale tina living specimens of Campanu- lina ceylonensis from brackish water near Calcutta. The following papers were read :— Zoological Results of a tour in the Far East.— By N. ANNAN- DALE, D.Sc. Introduction. 1. Freshwater Lumellibranch Shells. 2. Polyzoa of fresh and brackish water. 3. ee of fresh and brackish water. e President announced that site would be no meeting of Ge ‘Medical Section during this mo oneness a ee ee oO Oe ERRATA. Journal, Asiatic Society of Bengal, Vol. XI, Nos. 10-11, 1915. P. 437, in the first line a the third paragraph: for ‘‘invertebrates’’ read ‘ vertebra P. 477, last line but one: ae = ae read ‘* P. 478, line 8: for ‘‘or’’ read ‘‘ and.’’ P. 478, line 15: for ‘‘prihtivt vijitva’’ read ‘* prithivi- aes “ 478, note 3: for ‘‘ virudda Mnatrskrt’’ read ‘‘ virudda eek se 6. A Progress Report on the Preliminary Work done during the year 1915 in connection with the Proposed Bardic and Historical Survey of Rajputana. By Dr. L. P. Tessrrort. INTRODUCTION. The difficulties which have made it impossible to com- mence the Bardic and Historical Survey of Rajputana in Jodhpur on the lines proposed in the scheme approved by the Council of the Asiatic Society in December 1914, and published in the Society’s Journal for that month (Vol. X, pp. 373-410) transference of my work to Bikaner, where it is hoped that it may be possible to commence the Survey on similar lines, though probably on a smaller scale. I moved to Bikaner on the 6th December, invited by H. H. the Maharaja, who had decided to employ me for four months in the first instance, i.e. from December to the end of n wi History of Bikaner and the publication of the most impor- tant bardic poems referring to the State, will be taken into consideration together with the question fof funds. The field is @ rich and interesting one, and the inteszgent and enlightened support of the present Maharaja, Colonel Sir Ganga Singh, affords good hopes of a complete success. Tue WorkK Done. except for a few differences imposed by the limited means at my disposal. My two assistants, Pandit Rama Karna and Carana Kisora Dana, were liberated from the Tawarikh and Bardic Mehkma, where they had been employed, only on the 26th of January, but I had been able to utilize their services even before, in their non-office hours. The travelling man, Bhata Nani Rama, was regularly employed from the Ist of. January, and so was the copyist. The two former assistants 58 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XU, were no funds to meet the expenses of publication. To begin with the editing, the most noteworthy result Ratlam, in Malwa, wXg was killed on the field. Itis a work of a high literary va...y and enjoys a certain popularity, espe cially in Marwar, though the form of language in which it 18 couched, is far beyond the intelligence of the average reader. As proposed in my Scheme, the edition of the poem will consist of two parts: the one containing he Dingala text with differ- ent readings and critical notes, and the other the English trans lation with historical introduction and explanatory notes. Besides the Vacanika, the edition of another work has been prepared for the press, and this is the Uktiratnakara by Sadhu Sundara. It is not a bardic work, but a work on gram- mar in the form of an etymological glossary, and its chief importance lies in the fact that it throws a considerable light on the Old Marwari of the beginning of the seventeenth century .D. I have shown elsewhere that the Dingala language of the bards of Rajputana is ultimately but Old Marwari, or, to use a more comprehensive term, Old Western Rajasthan, hence the connection of the Uktiratnakara with our field of 1916.) Bardic and Histl. Survey of Rajputana. 59 research. It was first meant for insertion in the ‘ Bulletin,’’ but since, owing to the present impossibility of starting the Survey on an official and permanent footing, the ‘ Bulletin’? now has hardly any reason to come into existence, it might, like the Vacanika, form a volume in the “Series of Bardic and there are some grammatical and literary works, which are directly or indirectly connected with the bardic literature of ome other materials, which had been prepared for the ** Bulletin,’’ will be found given as an appendix to the present ge volumes, almost all forming part of two rich private col- lections at Jodhpur. The work was interrupted when, in consequence of the Darbar’s departing from its friendly atti- tude, people became afraid of lending me their books. n the searching department of the work, I was a little better off, for in spite of the existence of the same difficulties as © appointment of Bhata Nani’ Rama for a travelling man eventually proved a failure, the man soon revealing himself as unreliable and unfit for the search of manuscripts. He was ismissed at the end of January and another employed in his e, his name Candra Bhana, a Puskarana brahman who was @ clerk in the Tawarikh Mehkma and had been recommended by the first assistant Pandit Rama Karna. But he also proved 60 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [NS., XII, unfit for the search of manuscripts and had to be dismissed in the beginning of April. was more fortunate with the third man I employed, Ujala Rama Dayala, a Sindhayaca Carana, whose services were at Jast found satisfactory. (February 17th—April 5th), Bhandiyawas and environs (April 13th—20th), Phalodhi town (April 22nd—23rd), Godhwar pro- vince (April 27th—-May 31st), Sojhat town and villages in the district (June 2nd—24th), Phalodhi district (July 10th—Sep- spent by the travelling m lely in returning the manu- scripts borrowed during the preceding eight months, exceptfora visit to Sitamau and 8 her, in Malwa (Octo 19th— 28th), the object of which was to collect information concern- ing the life and epoch of Khiriyé Jago, the author of the Vacani- ka, whose descendants live there. Th kp and Jhanwar (January 30th), Phalodhi, Kolu, Jalora (February 21st—24th), Pali (March 29th—3Ist). Outside Marwar, I interest were also purchase s ar a total of 32 manuscripts, which include not less than different works. The manuscripts copied in my office contain ManuscRIPTS RECEIVED. Rl: wMs areat Tt Ta, azaz aratagt tt ara, mera, a 1916.] Bardic and Histl. Survey of Rajputana. 61 feat cat Zt ata, aufaat sts caafaga a aBactata S, TILT BTA Tt ate . Siz x 72”. No. of leaves 72, of which many broken and ieee Unbound. Jaina. Fragmen ntary, all the works contained being incomplete. The last Aap contain ordinary illustrations, in water-colours, sixteen in a e first two works were written at N agora, Samvat 1808; the he at Merato, Samvat 1809. nted by Pandit Panna Lala Bakalivala, Nagora the 9th afeuhbots 1914, R. 2: aeqax et ara, azae aratagr a a4, aI yare Tt ala. Size 81”x653”. No. of leaves 72. Unbound. Jaina. The first work is esbuaplate owing to the first page being want- ing. Written at Rayapura, in Samvat 1845. Presented by Pandit Rama Karna, Jodhpur, 24th Sep- tember, 1914. R.3: Fafamr cats wafer A asacreta A (extract), wa fagt atsarsrsit <1, faretat ai and aii into é and o mes the chief characteristic distin- guishing it from the Old Western Rajasthani. 74 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Before proceeding, I must correct a mistake into which I have incurred in my ‘‘ Notes on the Grammar of the Old Western Rajasthani, with special reference to ApabhramSa and to Guja- rati and Maravari.'’’ Iam hardly responsible for it, as when I wrote the ‘‘ Notes,’’ I had never been in India and for all Old Western Rajasthani become é, 6 in Modern Gujarati and at, aw in Modern Maravari. This is inaccurate. In both Modern ance: and Maravart, the ai, aii of Old Western Raja- sthani become é and o. mean by é and 6 is a wide sound of the e and o vowels, scat atid not exactly, aia be to the wide sound of a in the English word ‘‘ hat,’’ and o in ‘‘ odd.’’ The ceeanon is cient in the quantity, the Maravart vowels é and 6 being more prolonged in pronunciation than the corresponding vowels in the two English words quoted above. It is therefore, originally, a long wide sound. In contradistinction to it, Mara- vari possesses on a narrow sound of the same vowels e ‘and 0; which I will mar k by an acute accent, thus é,6. This ae corresponds to the sound of a@ in ‘‘ care’’ and o in “ old,’’ can be quantitatively both long and sidPEathe latter case " very rare,—whereas the wide sound can be only long. Now, in Maravari—and so in Gujarati—the Abitinstion between the wide and narrow sound of e and o is of primary importance. ere are many words, which are identical in form and differ only in that one contains a wide e or o and the other It is strange that no Gujarati grammarian has ever wate that the real difference between the two sounds of ujarati is not one of quantity, but one of quality. The case mee is very analogous to that of French and italian, where we also find two sounds of e and o, one narrow and t. other wide In Modern Ps ace there is nothing to distinguish the two different meen? e and o in the writing. Bot sented by a single naira a, thus: % stays for both ké and ké, ait for both: ké and ké, In Old Maravari manuscripts, though ‘the distinction is by no means generally observed, there is a ten- dency to represent the wide sound by two matras _ eps narrow by a single maira. Thus: ki=@, ké=%, ko= wi, This tendency is evidently based on an orthogra aphical nadie: and the history of the language shows that the Maravari spelling is the correct one. : m an etymological study of all words which contain 1 Indian Antiquary, Vol. XLITI-XLIV (1914-15). 1916.] Bardic and Hisil. Survey of Rajputana. 75 Mar. &< O.W. Raj., Ap. 4x; Mar. q< O.W. Raj., Ap. z,: Mar. yt< O.W. Raj., Ap. se; Mar. et< O.W. Raj., Ap. sit. A few examples will illustrate the law better : Mar. ¥ ‘is’? < O.W. Raj. ex< Ap. wex< Skt. eefa, Mar. wre ‘over’? < O.W. Raj. wraz< Ap. wax Skt. aaa, Mar. qaa ‘‘sovereign’’ < O.W. Raj. qaar< Ap. 4qaqz< Skt.* qmufa, Mar. gat ‘‘ seated ’’ < O.W. Raj. axa az. e a Mr. Divatia’s theory, and even that one is infirmed by the orthographical peculiarity mentioned above. (2) The change of ava to aii is one of the undoubted char- acteristics of the Old Western Rajasthani, in contrast with the ApabhramSa. Cfr.O. W. Raj. aegt< Ap. aaqgt, O. W. Raj. est < Ap. aay, O. W. Raj. aye < Ap. aaqq, O. W. Raj. WSEs< Ap. waa, O. W. Raj. agag< Ap. wag, etc. Now, itis not admissible that a language, which has begun its existence y reducing every ava of the Apabhramia to aii, should have brought aii ck to ava again, in its later stage, . _ (3) The diphthongal forms ai, au, which I explain as being derived from ai, atu, are found in all the earliest manuscripts of both Gujarati and Maravari, and there can be no doubt that when ai, au began to be substituted for ai, aii in the writing, the latter were pronounced as diphthongs, and only erwards were reduced to long wide vowels. If ai, aii had passed into aya, ava in the earliest Gujarati-Maravari stage, as Mr. Divatia holds, we do not understand why manuscripts — 1 See Ind, Ant., Vol. XLIV , Pt. DLII and DLVI, J anuary and May 1915, and cfr. . ivatia’: cfr. also N. B. Divatia’s ZaUAat are Ft shea, p- 6. 1916.] Bardic and Histl. Survey of Rajputana. 77 which otherwise show a tendency to write ya, va should only in this particular case make an exception and write ai, au instead of aya, ava. n connection with the general law formulated above, it is further to be noted that é, 6 are not the resultants of ai, aii only. Old Mss oe Rajasthani aya and ahi can also contract into é, and so can ahu into 0. All examples of the first case are Sanskrit or Prakrta words. Take the few illustrations fol- lowing: & “ victory’? (a) Teat : Gt we we wm qa staal ufs ae ceat fea ufa| amt @ ei fea stud yatta aat at sifa ye | wifes sifea aa afar at ew ae ate, HAA aml aaa 3S aT au sifast aa afe ye) (:) Rat (ae), G a, H saat, ceat, A Stara, R states, P at(—t); (:) Pat (gs), H g aa art As, HPS (2), H aiar, P #4 svatat (a sifast), H ae eis da fae; 1916.] (@) R we (afm) ; (2) R sat (aur), duet fas are, P sat (fared; Bardic and Hisil. Survey of Rajputana. afa cana ste faa aie ta nafe + Ga atx wifwar atfe a stat a2 a aa mat Fans 0 saqn wat ant et Bawa ay ae @ atafs af Zauete a fafa eat fay satea faet darfe ie | ay aut faa aut arfaay ue went usat wT | fax ag afae atiaaz fat yw as eae a) scugt fax afa atfusit fusat we fafa are He! wescugt 2fe wesat ex afm qeat ce Trier afaat awe aifa afs fatest ew feat Tx se Sut am weal 2a a aalt Ga wisn Sta acfa at ae am afte fag aut afsst a sata! age sifu tfa 3 aFt age ce@ fee at ater (a) G faa, P F qree, R arfeet (stfu), GPR saat, R atat (eter) ; e a (¢) H quaja (qcyst), BH a¢ Se we wn?, A fies (feeat), ze, B fawee, H ual the ‘ Blind Goat ’’ of the Danes and the Swedes, and the “ Blind Fly ’’ of the Italians. The method of playing it is as follows: —One boy is selected to be blind and has to stand facing a wall. The other players Same themselves, and, ane the blind player is searching for them, try to touch the wall Whosoever among the players i is touched by the blind man becomes a‘ thief ’” or‘ blind man’’ in his place. Curiously enough, the Bengalis, ‘like the Italians, designate this game with the name of Kan @ Machhi or the ‘‘ Blind Bhy.” da his name. In the Dindi-Khel or the Miinda version of this game, however, the “blind oes * playmates slap him one after the other. If the former succeeds in identifying the boy who slaps him, the covering is removed from his eyes, and the boy who has ‘been caught slapping him and recognized, has at once to take the place of the former a is blind-folded. And the play goes on in the same way as before till he, in his own turn, sir sail in recognizing the boy who may have been are him Applying our theory to the explanation ve lise foregoing North Indian game, we find that the ‘‘ blind man ’’ represents the masked demon of the German children’s Jag who tries to catch the rest of the players, while the latter try to evade being —— by him ssential component of these games is the evasion of the sea s efforts to catch one of the players. But there is not the least trace of the existence therein of wide incident ! ** North Indian Children’s Games and wi Chonan ie Journ. Colaba Anthropol. Soc., vol x, pp. 1- % 2 The Miindas and Their Country. By S.C. Roy, M.A., B.L. With an ae Chee 8. EB, A. spon Esq., 1.C.8., C.LE. Caleutta: The City -92. 118 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. {N.S., XII, which may be construed into a mimicking of the worship of the demon. The theory set forth above, therefore, seems to be defective. goes by the name of Kantara ina, or the ‘‘ Jack-fruit game.’” The mode in which it is played is as follows :— One boy represents a jack-fruit tree. A certain number of boys and girls represent the fruits thereof. One boy acts the part of the owner of the tree; another boy represents i ile a stealing his jack-fruits—whereupon he raises a hue and cry. Thereupon the thief takes to his heels and carries away with him the jack-fruits he has helped himself to. e next morning, the thief presents himself before the proprietor of the tree and asks for the loan of a knife. There- upon the latter asks the former the purpose for which he wants reply, the proprietor lends him the knife. Chuckling over the suc- cess of his rus i i i time, raises ahueandcry. But the thief runs away as fast as his heels will carry him, taking with him his booty. The follow- 1916.3 Demon-Cultus in Mindari Games. 119 ng morning, a ue of the tree, who had by this time sa wiser man owing to the theft of his fruits, ape to “asain: ‘IT shan’t leave any more of my fruits on the tree. The rascally thieves are tae re the loan of a knife to kill a fowl with. The owner of the tree, believing his words to be true, lends him the same knife as he had done on the previous occasion. On g etting it, the former goes away. During the night, hiner the thief cuts down the jack-tree with it. _The very next morning, he the morning, however, the latter comes out of the hous se, lo and behold his surprise at seeing his hie jack-tree felled to the ground and lying prostrate on i bring one white hen, one black goat and one buffalo, besides rice and the other customary offerings to propitiate the offended bhait (demon or evil spirit) with. The uped proprietor, taking his directions in all earnestness, duly brings the re- quired offerings at the prescribed time. Then the travesty ceremony is finished, one of the boy-players catches hold of the legs of the boy who poets tet the felled jack-tree ; while another player takes hold of him by the re bawling out the following rhyme at the am of their voices : ** Sim darom joma chi ? erom darom joma chi ? Kera darom joma chi ?’’ TRANSLATION. ‘* Will you eat fowl- ssi tt : Will you eat goat-sacri Will you eat aremssaeer oh Ha The boy representing the tree then stands up again. Then all the other players join hands and dance round the tree. The Miindas and Their Country. By § S. C. Roy. (Calcutta : 1912), pp. sean, 120 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, accompaniments, But in the European games and the North Indian one named Ankh Mundaul, which have been described, there is no such travesty of demon-worship. The main inci- primitive times. So far as our investigations go, the Mandari tribal priest of the Dusidhs and Dhan ars—two menial tribes living in the Eastern districts of the United Provinces— . examination, for instance, of the ritual of the Chhota Nagpur will bear out the plausibility of the suggestion 1 An Introduction to the Popular Religion and Folklore of Northern India. By W. Crooke, B.A. Allahabad - 1894, pp. 10-J1. 1916.] Demon-Cultus in Mindari Games. 121 sprinkled over the figure.! At the celebration of the Phagu festival, the Pahan makes joint offerings of three pieces of rice- flour bread, one pot of rice-beer, and a black hen which are offered to all the Bongis or deities presiding over the woods, hills, streams, fields and groves and prays for success in hunt- ing.* When the Sohorai festival is celebrated, a black fowl is sacrificed at the door of the buffalo-shed; and its meat together with rice-beer are offered up to propitiate the Gorea Bonga—the deity who presides over cattle. Note the anomalous sacrifice, by the Asirs, of a white cock to Sing-bongi—the Supreme Deity of the Mindas—in their legend of Lutkum Haram and Lutkum Buria.* its possession of the curious habit of occasionally shivering, which is supposed to be caused by some divine afflatus or essence grim goddess Devi—the deity who presides over malevolent Spirits and was the patron-saint of their dreadful profession , they would select two goats, black and perfect in all their limbs, make them stand facing the west and then bathe them with water. Ifthey shivered and shook the water from their shaggy coats, it was regarded as an omen that the sacrifice was acceptable to the goddess. The same procedure was also adopted in the sacrifice to the famous hill-demon Airi, who is | The Miindas and Their Country, pp. 459-460. : 3 Op. cit., p. 481. + Op. cit., p. xxx1 (Appendix 11). + cll “ and en. By M. D. Conway. London: 1879. 122 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [{N.S., XII, believed to be the ghost of some hunter killed while in the pur- and may be heard hallooing to his dogs. If the goat to be offered up as a sacrifice to this demon, when it is marked with vermilion on the forehead and rice and water are sprinkled over it, shivers and shakes off the water from its body, it is looked upon as an omen that the demon has accepted the offering ; and it is forthwith slain.! A goat of a perfectly black colour is always preferred for sacrificial purposes. If it is ‘‘ without a single spot of white,’’ Thags’ selection of it for sacrifice to their demon-goddess Devi, and from its requisition for the worship of the demon in the Mundari children’s game described herein. This practice is prevalent not only in Northern India but also in the Southern Presidency of which a marked feature is its demon-worship. The most famous festival in honour of a demon is held at a a suburb of Trichinopoly, and is based on the following egend :— Once upon a time, a demoness named Kolomayi had a temple in Travancore. She thirsted for human blood and could only be propitiated by the sacrifice of children. A large number of children were sacrificed to her ; but still she was nut appeased. Consequently, the people were afflicted by her with outbreaks of epidemics and the sufferings of a great famine; while the holo- caust of children threatened to depopulate their land. In this strait, the sore-stricken people made up their minds to deport es Her demand struck terror into their hearts. As their women cision. But Kolomayi, remembering the discomforts of the voyage on the raft and the long entombment under the ground, She Fer AUER e io ORIG yu ad SS NS 29 I 1 Crooke’s An Introduction to the P. gt — | opular Rel: d Folklore of Northern India (Allahabad Edition of 1894), pp. 163-4. wa 1916.] Demon-Cultus in Mindari Games. 123 relented and said : ‘‘ You may substitute goats for children when u offer sacrifice to me. And i . supply of iron fell short, whereupon the deity is said to have provided them with an abundance of this metal.2._ In the same legend, two virgins are stated to have, on behalf of the Asitrs, worked the furnaces with bellows newly made of white goat-skin.® ow I come to the subject of the offering of the buffalo. The buffaloes are invariably black; while albino ones are i black 8 buffalo is, therefore, very appropriately requisitioned for offer- ing to the demon in the Mindari game referred to above. The colours black, white, red and yellow are stated to be particularly dreaded by demons and malignant spirits, and are sai i i deities. This is one among the many anomalies in the popular customs and beliefs of India. ! On the Coromandel Coast. By F. E. Penny. London: Smith Elder & Co. 1908. pp. 288-291. : : : 2 Roy’s The Miindas and Their Country, p. xxxi ( Appendix II). 8 Op. cit., p. xxxiii (Appendix IT). ae 4 Cesihas ee pcaenon to the Popular Religion and Folklore of Northern India, p- 201. 8. A New Species of Tephrosia from Sind.—Tephrosia Falciformis, Ramaswami. By M. S. Ramaswamt, M.A F.L.S., of the Botanical Survey of India, Royal Pie Garden, Calcutta (Published with the permission of the Director, Botanical Survey of India. ) [With Plate I.] Among the — collections of plants that were frequently sent by Mr. R. S. Hole, Forest Botanist, hra Dun year 1913 to the Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden, Sibpur, for determination, was a curiously fruiting species of Tephrosia, found in the Mohibal dero forests, Nau ahro, in the province of Sind. This could not be identified - with any Species in the Calcutta Herbarium, and as the specimen con- pant no flower, Mr. Hole was requested to collect from the ame source some specimens in flower. This he very kindly did. and the result was that later in the year a fairly good flowering specimen of this species was made available for study. A careful examination of this, together with the fruit-material already sent, revealed the existence of a hitherto undescribed species of Te hrosia. Moreover, there is already a a specimen ut which previously er roneously identified as Tephrosia purpurea, fee The available material thus allowed of a fairly complete des cription of the species being drawn up, which is preserited elow, with a short Latin diagnosis prefixed to it. One of the duplicates of the specimen was sent to Kew, and there the writer’s determination was confirmed. TEpsRosia (? Szcrio Nova) FauctrorMis, Ramas., sp. nov. Species distinctissima, leguminibus falcatis bi prope ¢circinalibus He ba perennis, rigida, 50-60 cm. alta. Folia i imparipin- nata, foliolo terminali lateralibus aliquanto majore, rhachi ad presse sericea, basi inconspicue pulvinata, 5-08 cm.—10°16 em. longa; stipulae lineares, kage? tentes, 3 mm. longae; foliola 5-11, angusta, oblanceolata, basi cuneata, Bacire acuto sed distincte mucronato, abraia 2:5 cm.—3°8 cm. longa, 4°2 mm. —63 mm. lata, terminalia 3-1 cm.—4°4 cm. ai nga, 63 mm.— 95 mm. lata, albo-sericea; nervi laterales 11-13, paralleli. 126 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. {N.S., XI, Racemi terminales et foliis oppositi, laxiflori, 9 cm.—22-5 we Baprr hot: Flores gemini, 7-8 mm. longi; adic 25 .—10°2 mm. longis, sericeis; bracteis minutis, subulatis, ase mm. longis. Calyx extra albo-sericeus; tubus mpa- triangulari, 1:9 mm. longi. Vexillum purpureum, extra albo- sericeum, orbiculato-cordatum, apice breviter emarginato, 7-5 mm. longum 10-2 mm. latum; alae 6-3 mm . longae; carina 5mm. longa. Ovarium albo flavidu um, sericeum; stylus in- curvus, glabrescens; stigma penicillatum. Legumen omnino- falcatum vel paene circinnatum, mucronatum, 3°17 cm.—8-89 cm. longum, 6°3 mm. latum, tenuiter reticulatum, puberulum. Semina subreniformia, glauca, 5 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata. low perennial, about 2 feet high, very i ilky. imparipinnate, 2- long, the terminal leaflet sinned larger than the rest; rachis ip aibesepatceniatnted ad ree is in- conspicuous. Stipules linear, persistent, + i Leafle 11, very narrowly oblanceolate, base cuneate, apex ‘acute and mucronate, lateral 1 in.-1} in. long, } in~ in ia ina -1} in. long, 4} in. broad, argenteocanescent with appressed hairs on both surfaces; secondary n 11-13 racemes, laxly arranged, geminate, usually 1 long and 1 short- pedicelled. Bracts minute, subulate, ;, in. long. Pedicels a tipuhntrceee pex emarginate, ;%, in nee 2 in. Wings glabrous, } in. long. Keel + in. | sellowiets white, sericeous, 4 in. lo Style incurved inca slightly bent, glabrous. Stigma penicillate. Pod completely falcate or some- times even circinate, thin, flat ; ‘Sa reticulations above, 3-5 seeded, mucronate, 11 in Bh i in. long, ¢ in. broad, very sparsely ae hairy. Seeds no reniform, glaucous, ; in. ng. StnD :—Naushahro, collected in fruit in February and in flower in Gbtaber, by the local Forest Officer and communi- cated by Mr. R. S.H ole. Ragpurana: :—Coll. Major Roberts (sheet in the Calcutta pepsi end ost important peculiarity of this species lies in the pod, the wha of which varies from falcate to circinate. Ado opt- ing the division into subgenera given in the Flora of British regard this as forming the type of a separate subgenus distinct from the above. The key for facilitating the recognition of the 1916.] A New Species of Tephrosia from Sind. 127 ~7 ating as far as India plants are concerned, will then be as foll : A. Pods straight or very slightly ticurved towards the end only; (1) Leaves simple, calyx—teeth lanceo- Macronyx. (2) Leaves odd pinnate, calyx—teeth Brissonia. 8 deltoid. (3) Leaves odd pinnate or ape Reineria. c B. (4) Pods completely falcate or aes (The present circinate. Calyx—teeth narrow species which subulate ; leaves odd pinnate. may form the type of ae new genus), Of the Western India species, Tephrosia jalciformis, Ramas., may be taken as near . purpurea, Pers., with viene it rorighis agrees in all other characters excepting the ot take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to Major age, I.M.S., Director of the Botanical Survey, for having kindly looked over my Latin diagnosis. RN NNN ES PNR EN eS Semen va at > " it ; ; ¥ nae s sagt 3 Jour. As. Soc. Beng., Vol. XII, 1916 Plate J. A.Chowdhary, lith. c del. TEPHROSIA FALCIFORMIS RAMAS., SP. NOV. 9. NUMISMATIC SUPPLEMENT No. XXVII. Note.—The numeration of the articles below is continued from p. 498 of the “ Journal and Proceedings ”’ for IQI5. 166. Some smaLL SILVER PIECES OF THE SULTANS oF DeExut. [With Plate II.] The scarcity of fractions of the silver tanka of the Sultans of Delhi is well known. They number possibly not more than a score all told from the time of — to the end of the Suri dynasty— a period of over 300 year f the following six coins, five are ee my own cabinet. The sixth, a half tanka of Nasiru- d-din Mahmiad, is in the aig ae of Mr. C. S. Delmerick, late of the Opium Depart- ent. All six coins are, so far as I know, unique and are pub- lished for the first time 1. SHAMSU-D-DIN ALTAMASH (or Altitmish). Wt.: 83 grains. Sit. er. Obverse.—In double square within circle—three dots in ach segmen cle 42 os pl pained! cred! Reverse.— Area enclosed as on obverse, but no dots in segments. peed! bala! cnolly Woolh Unee piblad) (foi) bt! This is the earliest half tanka of the Dehli Sultans known. It is well executed and in very fair preservation. The circle exactly fits the flan of the coin and there is no room for a any margin though probably the die contemplated one. The coin is of the type of I.M.C. No. 39 struck for issue in the cities of Hindustan (biladu-l-Hind) with its tantalisingly defective marginal inscription on the reverse. 130 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. (N.S., XII, 2, NASIRU-D-DIN MAHMUD. Date.: Nil. Wt.: ? S.: ‘Or. Obverse.—Within double square—dots in segments. cyl oge Ss we eee Reverse. —Within double square. pbeYt lel} cH ly Lot pels dye abel gst wtb)St This is of the usual crude type that one associates with the silver coins of this king, and its weight is its main point of einterest. 3. MU‘IZZU-D-DIN KAIQUBAD. Date: 686 4.H. Wt.: 56 grains. ~ ie fl Obverse.—Within square—three dots in segments. wr! ty Wal} ja0 Reverse.—Within square—four dots in segments. (ld wy bey oye ailehe y urile » This coin besides being the only one of its kind and weight known is unique in its design. The mint and date instead of being relegated to a usually defective margin occupies with commendable clearness the full area of the reverse. It was bought by me in a mixed lot at a sale in London of coins belong- ing to Mr. S. M. Johnst on, In the introduction to the catalogue of the coins of the Sultans of Dehli in the Indian Museum (vol. II, p. 7) I men tioned that a single half rupee and two anna piece of this 1916.] ° Numismatic Supplement No. XXVII. 131 sovereign were known. The latter which is also in my cabinet was published in J.R.A.S., July 1900, p- 484. he former is the coin above described I now find I was mistaken in call- ing them a half rupee and an eighth of a rupee. Their weights are 56 grains and 27°3 grains respectively. Both coins are well preserved and appear to have lost but little from their original weight. Taking the weight of the full tanka as 175 grains, which is the generally accepted weight though specimens ex- sixth and the tiny coins of Nasiru-d-din Mahmid, Ghidgu-d-din Balban and Jalalu-d-din Firoz which weigh from 13 to 14 grains would be twelfths of a tanka, and not sixteenths or one anna pieces as hitherto they have been called. 4. SHER SHAH. Wt.: 85 grains. Be spiet aet Obverse.—Within looped square. The Kalima. In the margin beginning from the bottom and working to the left. : gt | whore | soe. | Sn Reverse.—Within looped square. 8 vlbl. ls Frc asle aly ols qIeA Margins—bottom 8S) ys : left wibl) top Jala) right Sbiy! This exquisite little coin was till recently in the cabinet of Mr. H. R. Nevill, 1.C.S., Collector of Etawah, by whom it was generously given in exchange to me. Thomas mentions a half rupee of Sher Shah of the same date, but records no details or 132 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, mind no others. Thomas records a half piece of Islam Shah without giving details. I have never seen one myself or heard of any other. An eight-anna piece of Ibrahim Sar (weight 88 his 4th Supplement to Thomas’s ‘ Chronicles ”’ (J.A.S.B. 1886). The coin belonged to General Cunningham. Half rupees of the two other Siri Sultans have yet to be found. 5. SHER SHAH. Mint (Shergarh). Date: wanting. Wt.: 83:5 grains. eg oe Obverse.—Within double square. The Kalima. No margins visible. Reverse.—Within double square. whl $e ”~ aShe abit ols No margins visible. The arrangement and character of the legends on this coin and its general appearance leave no doubt that it is of the Sher- garh mint—Cf. I.M.C., Vol. II. 645. 6. SHER SHAH. Mint: Nil. Date: 949, Wt.: 7 grains 4”, Obverse. [ * ] ~~ 1916.] Numismatic Supplement No. XXVII. 133 Reverse. al} ale ola qyr4 This tiny coin is much worn, and may well have lost 4 grains. This would make it a one-anna piece. I know of no other sil. ver Suri coin of this weight. In order to make this paper a little more complete I append a brief note of the other small silver pieces of the Sultans of Dehli which have been published or are otherwise known to me. (a) Nasiru-d-din Mahmid. (1) Wt. 13-2 grs. Obv. pbc d} whl) Rev. wp ly Sod) eb Ref. C. J. Rodgers’s 4th Supplement to Thomas’s “* Chronicles ’’. (J.A.S.B. 1886), No. 15. (2) Wt. 13:2 grs. Obv. pad! wlblt} Rev as on (1), ef. C. J. Rodgers’s 5th Supplement (J.A.S.B. 1894), No. 21. (3) Duplicate of (2), in the cabinet of Mr. R. B. White- head, L.C.S. Wet. 13 grs., size -4”. (b) Ghiasu-d-din Balban. Wt. 13:8 Obv. peer wlbL; Rev. giddy Woh AUé Ref. C. J. Rodgers’s 3rd Supplement (J.A.S.B. 1883) No. 20. Mr. Rodgers said of this coin that it was “the only small silver coin I have ever seen or heard of, of the early Pathans. (c) Mu‘izzu-d-din Kaiqubad, Wt. 27-3 grs. Obv. psd) wihle} Rev. gpriy poli 50 Re}. J.R.A.S., July 1900. ‘Coins of the Pathan Sultans of Deki. po Ma Pe This is in my own cabinet, and in 1900 was the only Pathan silver coin of this weight known. (d) Qutbu-d-din M ubarak. Wt.: 26. S.: °45’. 134 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [{N.S., XII, Obverse. wtbhenlt glbbdt oy Reverse. gl So This is in the cabinet of Mr. R. B. Whitehead, LC.S. Bareilly. H. Netson WRIGHT 167. Tae Bisdrptr Rueees or 1091 a.H. I should like to say a few words about the rare Rupees of 1091 a.w. (24 R.), which were ‘‘ issued in Aurangzeb’s name six years prior to the capture of Bijapir’’ by the Mughals. (Wright, I.M.C. xxxviii). Dr. G. P. Taylor has shown in Num. Supp. XV, art. 92, that there is no reason for questioning the reading of the date, and Mr. Whitehead also has accepted the fact of the issue from Bijapir in that year of ‘‘ Rupees and half Rupees of Aurangzeb’s usual silver type.’’ (P.M.C. lix). But our knowledge of the actual circumstances under which these curious coins were uttered is still far from being complete or free from doubt and surmise. Dr. Taylor has described how that city was closely besieged in 1090 4.4. by Aurangzeb’s b e IB 130), though the same events are summarised with his usual skill in ‘‘ the despatchlike narrative’’ of Elphinstone also. (Cowell’s ed. 1866, pp. 646-7). Now Grant Duff says that ‘* Diler Khan was compelled to abandon all hope of reducing the place,’’ and that, when at the end of the rains, he attacked the open country and laid waste. the Carnatic, Janardhan Pant ‘‘ completely defeated him, intercepted his parties, cut several of them to pieces and compelled him to retreat’? (I, p. 130). Butif the result of the siege was really so infructuous and abortive as Dr. Taylor’s authority makes it out to have been, how can we account for this undoubted hi 1916.] Numismatic Supplement No. XX V11. 135 thinking to anticipate an inevitable surrender,’’ but he also believes it to be ‘‘ just possible’’ that they may have been conjectures, and which may be fairly said to be the ‘‘ sufficient proof, ’’ for want_of which they had to be advanced. _ It occurs in the Madasir-i-‘ Alamgiri, wu ar coevranees Saqi Mustaid Khan, which was written in 1128 (1710 a.p.), that is, only three years after the death of Aurangzeb (Bibliotheca Indica Text, lliot and Dowson VII, p. 181). e author was Munshi with the relation of an event of this reign, which is not recorded in his history.’’ (Stewart, Descriptive Catalogue of Tippoo Sultan’s Library, p. 16). This writer says, in the course of his narrative of the events of 1091 a.H. Sols lar aol xls os ne sls ies at DoW! ayy ptazily cle olsybe wlyl ia he sb eases ss! 53 5 ee * Ody 97 [Bibliotheca Indica Text, p. 192.] ‘*On the fifteenth of Rabi I [1041 a.n.], it maa the Imperial ears (lit. ears — which the messengers of g tidings were always congregating), from the memorial of Shah ‘Alam Bahadur Shah that the Khutba had been in the renowned name [of the Emperor] in Bijapur, and that the stamping of his auspicious coin-legend had added to the lustre of silver and The courtiers (Jit. Kissers of the Carpet) of the splendid and ‘elotious | audience-hall went through the salutations of congratulati It is pica necessary to add by way of = a pang aes Prince Mu‘azzam or Shah ‘Alam Bahadur Shah had s before (11 Sha‘aban, 1089 a.a.) been appointed to the Supreme government of the Dakhan (Maasir-i-‘ Alamgiri. Bib. Ind p. 169), though ‘‘the command of the pac in on ae aa remained si Diler Khan” (Grant Duff, ib., 28). ver the circumstances which postpo sae for six years the eictitichice of Bijapur as a separate state, there can be now 136 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, no doubt that Diler Khan had been able in 1091 a.n. to extort from its ruler, at the point of the sword, the recognition of both these regal privileges—the Khutbah and the Sikkah—to which Musulman sovereigns have always attached an impor- tance, which may appear to us exaggerated, but which is really ed on the fact that in those times ‘‘ Stamped moneys ob. truding into every bazar constituted,’’ as Edward Thomas has to the comprehension of all classes, the immediate change in the Supreme Ruling power’’ (Chronicles, ed. 1871, pp. 1-2). . H. Hoptvata. 168. Tue GuLtKanpA Rupess or SHAHJAHAN. t will be seen that the difficulty centres round the figure on I.M.C. No, 947. If Abdullah in 1067 a.H., what does the ‘5’ mean? It cannot stand for any of the four digits of 1067, and it cannot be meant for the regnal year either, because the fifth year of Shahjahan was 1041—1042, and not 1067 a.m. But is 1067 the correct date . Ms t : erritory and money; to pay a crore of rupees {£1,000,000 sterling) as the first instalment of a yearly tribute, 1916.] Numismatic Supplement No. XX VII. 137 and promise to make up the arrears of past payments in two. years.’’ (Cowell’s ed. 1866, p. 589). ‘*He was com mpelled,’’ says Grant Duff, ‘‘ to give his daughter in marriage to Sultan Muhammad, and to pay up > arrears of tribute fixed by Aurangzeb at the annual sum of one crore of rupees, but Shahjahan, in confirming thie! proceedings, remitted twenty lacs of the amount. »’ (Bombay Reprint, 1873, p. 69). There The fact is 5 that when the Gulkanda ae was brought to his knees in 1045 a.n. he agreed not only ‘to pay tribute and permit the Khutba to be read in the Emperor’s name,’’ but to strike coins also with the Imperial titles. The long and minatory rescript addressed to ‘Abdullah by Shahjahan and the exceedingly ahr if not abject, reply are quoted with evident pride and exultation by the official chronicler, ‘Abdul Hamid Lahori, in the Pesce Nameh. (Bibliotheca Indica: Ww 57). available. Quti-al itu Ik first promises that he will have the Khutba read in the Emperor’s name and adds : Ba ally ple als ji as sje He ode y gym yy yy aiapy y ae ool 335-5 ost goin ys- [Bibliotheca Indica Text, Vol. I, Part ii, p. 178.] ‘“‘ The red money and the white (gold and silver) aed been engraved and sent to me from the Court ane is the niverse Ahdnameh or ‘Treaty itself is afterwards quoted, and. there sas we find Shahjahan saying about Qutb-ul-Mulk. dpb aiale aiaegnyy alny fle Slee Air) ploy pls tay» 23 9 OMSL yailymuc ahd Sle of pled > y seo wre Sot02 af glo # BSL aryl SSuc le Slee as. |, [Bib. Ind. Text, Vol. I, Part ii, pp. 210-211.] ** And [Qutb-ul-Mulk] has promised that the faces of 138 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, ‘dirhams and the dinars (silver money and gold money) shall be adorned with our auspicious coin-legend and that in all parts of his kingdom, the Khutba shall be read in, and money stamped with, our auspicious name.’’ We may therefore take it for certain that it was in 1045 A.H. and not in 1067 aun. that Shahjahan obtained from ‘Abdullah not one, but both of those concessions which are regarded by Musulman potentates as the most direct and unmistakable proofs of supreme power. But if 1045 is the real date, the question arises, may not the ‘5’ of the coin be venture to say that the above explanation removes the chrono- logical objection he has raised to his own reading, and may help to finally solve the question if the reading can be substantiated. One thing else is perhaps deserving of notice. It stands out clearly from ‘Abdullah’s letter that the dies of the first issues mit they were sent to Gulkanda from the Imperial headquarters with the Imperial style and titles inscribed just as in the Akbar- a or Dehli mintages. Now it is not likely that new dies S. H. Hopivata. 169. THe MEANING oF Tanki. two and four Tanki pieces, of which the only specimens known of t : pp: 49 n. 224n.), and though the. philological affinity of Tanka with Tanki may or may not be’a matter of doubt and difficulty, an attitude of suspense and reservation as to the meaning of either ot hese) forms AB pee. different, thing altogether, and is not mecessarily incumbent upon the scholar i te of knowledge. ; ee ss sag 4g ‘2 the present aiate It is true that a lamentable confusion reigns in the different 1916.} Numismatic Supplement No. XXVII. 139 parts and languages of this country in regard to the nomen- clature of weights and measures. (ne has only to glance at a book like Prinsep’s ‘ Useful Tables ’ to stand bewildered at the various equivalents of the seer and the maund, the gaz and the Binghé. The Tank or Tank also has several significations assigned to it in the Dictionaries. “ Tanka, says H. H. Wilson, ‘‘is a weight of silver equal to four mashas; among the Marathis, the Zank or Tank (Za, ata ) is variously twenty-four Raktikas, and (2) a stamped coin.’’ (San English Dictionary, s.v.). The author of a Gujarati‘ Hagia Dictionary says 2ls, Tank, is (1) the seventy-second part of a sher and also a stondand of weight used in weighing pearls. ( Belsire, Gujarati-English Dictionary. s.v.). Now it certainly does not make for lucidity or clarity to be told that a Tank or Tank is equal to four mashas, and also to nine ee. and also to a tola, and also to the seventy-second part seer, but all this confusion ee it is still possible to state with confidence what Akbar or Akbar’s mint masters of Agra, Allahabad, Lahor and “Kabul understood by the ‘Tanki’ , which they inscribed in his coppers. In other words, I submit that there can be no difficulty in pe diy: which of these different equivalents of the Tank was adopted by them as the Standard. Just as, in spite of all the local variations of the seer this we are i indebted to an equation in its aoe to which I invite the attention of Numismatists. ‘*‘ The D he says. ‘‘ weighs 5 tanks, i.e., 1 tolah,, 8 mashas and 7 pace It is the fortieth part of a rupee.” (Blochmann, Ain. I, 31.) Now 12 een make - tola, and 8 surkhs or ratis make a masha. (Ain. ib. 16 no — na ao was therefore u as, a the Tank, its P was ='62 x1 = ee res nuit on 4 mashas and 12 surkhs = 60 + 31 ers. at 15 grains to the masha. 140 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, 1916.) a pucca seer, nor a tolah, but 4 mashas and 13 surkhs or 63} Dam or rather the tenth part of the Tanka of about 640 grs. Of the Dam and the Tanka there were already in existence the halves, the quarters and the eighth parts. The idea appears to part of the Dam or the tenth of the Tanka, the two-fifths of the: Dam or the one-fifth of the Tanka and the four-fifths of the Dam or two-fifths of the Tanka. S. H. Hopivata. ce a aR ail tn is Segeca y g O e ; ~ Jour., As. Soc. Benc., Voi. XII., 1916. 5 Ob. SOME. SMALL SILVER PIECES OF THE SULTANS OF DELHI. PLATE II. 10, ‘The Seasonal Conditions Governing the Pond Life in the Punjab.”’ By Baint Parsuap, M.Sc., Alfred Patiala Research Student of the Punjab University Government College, Lahore. Communicated by Mr. S. W. Kemp. | ponds and lakes in a tropical plain.’ e above passage is quoted from the introduction of Dr. Annandale’s volume on the “‘ Sponges, Polyzoa and Hydrozoa’’ in the Fauna of British India Series, and it was with a view to filling up this gap regarding the pond-life in the Punjab, and also undergo a periodical cleansing and are useless for continu observations. In Lahore the number of such ponds is not very ponds on the banks of the ‘‘ Budha’’ stream is much larger, 80 also at Ferozpore on the banks of the Suélej and the Beas rivers; moreover, these ponds are very much deeper and larger in dimensions than the Lahore ones and do not dry up entirely. Owing to the lack of rain during the last year (1915), the ponds in Lahore this year are very few and in a very poor con- dition, but those of Ludhiana and Ferozpore are in a condition to good ial. a dl a ase seasons in the Punjab, summer and winter, which succeed each other quite abruptly, the 142 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, than in the athens one of the Punjab. This part of the year is very cold and aiggais rainless, except for a few showers in December and ary. The seh aily leet aor ; never rises above 70°F., but eiay o down to 40° ven lower. Towards the end of rig the summer wie in, poms the shade temperature goes up to 90°F., reaching as high as 120°F. in June, remaining so till about ge middle of the month of June, when the monsoon breaks and the rainy season begins. The rainy season lasts throughout August and September, du- due to the heavy rainfall, as also an increased evaporation from ~the surface of the numerous ponds and pools resulting from the rains. The shade temperature during these months slightly falls, and the nights are rather cool. About the middle of Octo- ber the nights become very much cooler, and the shade tem- perature during the day also decreases, till about the end of the m siee a ht roast fully establis hed. Fauna of the Punjab; for it is eat that the severe winter would be quite me to such animals as flourish in 4 tropical climate, while the equally severe summer must be quite detrimental to the animals that live in the temperate zones. r. Annandale describes the climatic conditions in England on p. 3 of the work already quoted. He contrasts those that affect an Indian pond and points out that the seasonal crisis that takes place annually in the biology of the different species oes not occur at the same time of year in the ease of all sp necies. It may be stated that for any ge oe pe on periodic ord sical change only such animals can be selected as adopt special means of resisting the nha faurable conditions of “fe for A ebptichbens of the ~~ se he forms selected were (1) Hydra oligactis, Pallas: (2) Sencael carteri, Carter reac in Litt); (3) Spongilla 1916.] Pond Life in the Punjab. 143 lacustris, subsp. retsculata, Annandale; (4) Australella indica, Annandale ; (5) Two unidentified species of Daphnia; (6) Insect larvae of Chironomus and Anopheles, various ies. Hydra oligactis, as was observed, reproduces very actively by could be got from the ponds, in which I had found them in abundance before, and all the individuals in my aquarium died , germinating stray gemmules. zoa my observations were made on a new curious gelatinoid Polyzoon, Australella indica, Annandale, which I found for the first time at ore and later on at Ferozpore. This aquatic weeds, was seen to flourish from the beginning of Jul to the end of October, when it begins to die after producing free Statoblasts (the only kind produced by this form) in lar numbers. In November and December some individuals were From the above it is clear that special devices like spiny €ggs, gemmules and statoblasts are developed on the advent of the unfavourable conditions. ae t may also be noted that, as long as favourable conditions last, the Hydra goes on reproducing asexually by budding; 144 Journai of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, the Sponges and Polyzoa sexually, to produce new independent individuals, and asexually, to form large colonies by prolifera- tion, so that during this time the number of individuals ma increase as much as possible. With the coming on of unfavour- the more favourable weather. on th oach of un- favourable conditions the number of individuals for the pro duction of the resistent bodies is very large, a large r conditions a large number of new individuals will at once appear eggs ; they were probably breeding by means of unfertilized parthenogenetic eggs ; but I am not in possession of further ob- servations on this head. it was found that the period during which a larva would be transformed into a pupa, and the latter into the imago, is very much increased, owing to the decreased vitality of the larva, due directly to the cold weather. To prove this experimentally by the adult fly of Chironomus being quite scarce at this time. Similar condition was observed in the case of the larvae and adults of Anopheles. : It may be suggested here that this would really be the time to plan a campaign for the destruction of the mosquitoes, its larvae and the breeding places, for, owing to the much smaller number of breeding places and the inactivity of the mosquito 1916.] Pond Life in the Punjab. 145 and its larvae, the cost of destruction would be much less as compared with that in the malarial season, when the mosquito is breeding with great activity, and practically every small pool and puddle serves as its breeding place. Summing up, it may be said that the climatic conditions in the Punjab are quite different from those in Bengal, and that the season most congenial for the lower forms of life is not the winter, but the greater part of the summer, when all forms of life can flourish, and in this it resembles more the countries of Europe. 11. A Tibetan Funeral Prayer. By Davasampve, Head Master, State B. B. School. INTRODUCTION. of ‘“*Om-mani-padme-hum.’’ It is not only a funeral but also chanted on solemn occasions on fast days, and other Chenrezi— Holidays—on the 8th, 10th and full moon and new-moon days of the Ist, 4th, 6th and 7th months (Tibetan). Refrain. A. Refuge mine and source of mercy, Teacher, Deity Protecting! Whirled am I, yea, every being, on the Wheel of Births and Dyings. Were our bones heaped up, they surely would outweigh the Triple Loka. Then descend, O Lord, and grant me refuge, Thou my precious ! Save me from Samsara’s whirlpool, highest, noblest Lord, Chenrezi ! z. Full nine months, the tenth preparing, in the womb my mother ore me, Till of heat and cold the working forced me down the bony pathway. Naked on the naked ground I fell and entered thus existence. Then descend, etc., etc. 3. Impious though garbed in yellow, I am Prince most hypo- Come unto my stature’s fullness, unto manhood’s years attained, 148 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Still I find from birth and sickness, age and death no full salvation. ; Then descend, etc., etc. 4. Straight and strong was this my body in the days of youth and hood, Now it stoops and leans all forward, and from side to side it staggers. From my mouth my teeth have fallen; wish to chew my food is bootless Then deanna etc., ete. 5. My once Sempra face is wrinkled, furrow deep o’erlaid on furro Dimmed the lustre, weak the vision, of mine eyes once bright and piercin Forms and scenes I see but dimly. In my walk I halt and totte: Then descend, etc., etc. 6. Hard of hearing am I rendered, laughed at, made a mock by Oo My once strong and manly figure, reft of seemly form and substance Now is but a bony framework with a flabby skin o’ercovered. Ha ee for Pars to win by labour even the scantiest food and ig Tor descend. etc., etc. he Now grown weak and old and ugly, wretched, woeful my appearance mart Li now heeds my counsel, rather do they jeer and Grieved ray hurt I utter curses. Dead I wish myself and Then descend, etc., etc. 8. By decree od Karma’s mandate, piercing pangs of sickness ize m Asi : lege fniae splendour swallowed up by envious Rahu, So brightness of ee — fails and fades to sickly pallor. escend, e 1916.] A Tibetan Funeral Prayer. 149 9. Now come friends and kinsfolk anxious round the bedside of the sufferer. Pressing on him food and dainties, which, alas! are left unta st ae tei v various arts to cure him; fail alike priest and And he “bad s filth is voided, where it lies, upon the bed- re descend, etc., etc. 10. Rich foods only rouse his loathing. Shrinks his upper lip all HN ate! Be the nostril corners. All his teeth are full of Nothiiy 1 is there that doth please him save a draught of clear, Draweth i nigh the hour of parting, and his last requests he stamm Then aed” etc., ete. LI. Fondly, anxiously he gazes on the face of friend and kinsm Seek his ha ara the hands and clothing of all those he 7 behind h cae - more “gives forth his body coming death’s peculiar Thea descend, etc., etc. 12. All his days and deeds are ended; nearer draw the pangs that sunder. ‘Matter from its comrade Spirit, sure and certain as night’s coming. : ; Or like to a light that flickers, when, oil spent, it soon must _— : hg . ca . He can stay no moment longer or withhold the parting spirit. Then descend, etc., etc 13. Clutch and claw the nerveless fingers. appealing. : : When has ceased the laboured breathing, then is known that ife has parted. **O, I die!’’ he cries, 150 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, Friends and riches left behind him, he must go alone his journey. Then descend, etc., etc. 14, Sinks inert the earthly portion, and uncoils the nervous spiral Situate in the navel region, and the limbs can move no onger. Cold and clammy perspirations glaze the eyes, bedew the eatures. Then descend, etc., etc. 15. Then subsides the watery portion, and uncoils the nervous spiral In the heart’s recesses seated, and is lost the sense of feeling. ose and mouth outside are parched; dry are also both the nostrils. Then descend, etc., etc. 16. Sinketh next the fiery portion. This uncoils the nervous spiral Tn the throat’s base situated, and departs all heat of body No more food or any liquid can adown the throat find passage. Both the hearing organs fail him; outward sounds rouse no impression. Then descend, etc., etc. Yi. Next gives way the aery portion; back uncoils the nervous Seated in the brain’s recesses. Then doth fail the inward breathing, And ot rattling and the gurgling, tongue and utterance para’ Then descend, etc., etc, 18. Down doth fall the spark of Bodhi, white and bright and blinding, glarin : Up pr the life-spark vital; where they meet it gloweth ercely, aralysed is central nerve-path ; sight is sealed in gloom and darkness Then descend, etc., etc. 1916.} A Tibetan Funerat Prayer. 15} 19. Then the eighty powers of knowing gradually are extinguished. Mahamudra’s light refulgent fills the chamber intellectual ; Shines that light in its true nature, supersensuous, transcendent. Then descend, etc., etc. 20. Then approach the Lamas pious, sanctifying rites performing Food and drink from friends and kinsmen then receives he ody lifeless, And the name +t bore is shouted as their breasts with fists be ‘ Then descend, etc., etc. 21. Next a yt are harshly doubled, bound with well-spun empen. Loving itends “< Good- bye!’’ now utter, as their bitter tears are a From its caebodiea bed is greg corpse to final place of resting. Then descend, etc., 22. Either then the form is carried to the top of rock or mountain and quartered, flung to vulture, fox or dog or wolf or kal, Weloome banquet thus providing bird and beast that live on Phe descend, etc., ctc. 23. Or adown the stream’tis floated, down some torrent’s rushing ie , blood and pus commingling with the element surround- Flesh ‘and fat there gnaw and nibbled by the greedy fish and one descend, etc., etc. 24. Or the bod d, placed upon the pyre funeral, Ch : tris tea ar lhe, flesh and skin and bone entirely, And they sniff the smell of burning,—the Gandharvas an A Then descend, etc., etc. 152 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, 25. Or below ai earth *tis buried, giving forth a stench most loathso Countless worms and hateful insects suck, and creep and crawl about it In the pe and flesh pei ong on the carcase richly feasting. n descend, etc., 26. Seized is all the wealth and riches by the person gone up- ered. gat But with Karmic fruit down-weighted of his ways that were of He i i er ‘the awful pineal = the Lord of Death conducted. Then descend, etc., 27. Down the slope so deep and dizzy of the three most wretched gions, Aimless, cheerless, all uncertain, like a poor storm-driven fea Karmic winds do drive the spirit whither dangers wait in ambush. Then descend, etc. , ete. 28. Lagermes how, though youth, the better part of life, has assed all vainly, Henceforth do I firm determine, well to spend my life’s re- Stauaeh in aim while life shall last me, thou shalt ever be my aster. Then descend, O Lord, and grant me refuge, thou my precious Guru Save me from Sales 8 whirlpool, highest, noblest , Chenrezi! 1916.| A Tibetan Funeral Prayer. 153 Ls SDS |] HIST SANE AST SY SAAN | SAT AANA SAH ASA APS IAS |] TRAIAN AIT BE STINE] HITT TAT ATS || RAT FARES FATA RAW AST YF AN AAA | ra APRA vans’ | Saragargargar IRAQR ANAS i NAPS EFI NAGS I! gasrar AV Re TS | QRS TASCA AAT ARS ASS HASNT || a RASTA TINY AHN YNE |] SYREN FRR arg I FAFASA ARTA gaa'5 |] HAaAver TAA gaARATS |] ARRAN AAG ARTS SARNIA || 4. SRR GNIAR TESACA | RAST SY arr Rg ess || PIPE VRAIS REGS | gaer aaa terarkses |] QRS TETACAOSTARTAT ASAT YF ANAS | 154 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XU, 5. Searle Qyaraga ata ae Sar SANT] agaa Ray ATA HOTSNA IN] | MN RATER ameAa ay Hasrrastgersgyay apes REAP ARTA RAW ASE YA AN SSA || 6. FTAA ATTAINS || GYAN SAAS Amsrasraat |) TASrayRSrerapergc’ss AAS) HAsrarasetgarRgeys] QAR aTASPACAT APART ASAT YF SATA a AAA CARAT SES gay ay gS Y WRarara yay SAAR | ACTA AIMR AH ARONAAS | SAN ray ear REVS || ARR asrScar Gaypaxaysr AST HFA | ar RAC AAS SST GEC YH ZARTT AR SRARarsSC TAGS || TAIRTSY TSS AES wars’ S |} Nasrardag tgs es | QRS TSS SRA AAT ART ASAT YAS SIRAISY I 1916.] A Tibetan Funeral Prayer. 155 9. SEA'SFE SAT AES ITAA TANS || NFAQY ASTRAL ISAFTAS| «| SSATP RS AR AAS HAsreraqegarkez Sy awe aaarAcar FATALE YF SATA | 10. q Hs FRAG Fanaa Ss I aq Bary Gar efor STATS] AVRRAC TSA A Sears | G85 ARVANA START AAS | | -HASTarATEgarky FS) QR AAR ARAFAT ARIST NG AATAIS || ise ST STATINS ISAC S | FR SRTAAT AIST AACA AQASS | BVT GF AG Sar Sara S saAvergrargarsyerd |] AAA Asrscar-qayaqnysy AST YARN AAAS || 12. Saya sg aT RTINARS |] | SAR QSL GUERRA AR — VTSAFTIERRAAIC AGH AS | gasraraa gar saa) QRS aaarQcs TARAS AST HTS TAN |] 156 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, 13. ATV AIE AS Age AWA NS IY asrSstergar ASWTATIAG | RapAysarqsq Heyy ARS] HWA GRA Ry apeeaay Scar RTARTA YF Saray SaRY " 14, APART SAA SARS Aq wer HaeraS NFAT SSAA | SY VHA AINAAT ET IAS I! GIANT TAA AS | ARR TSA Ree Aap acy ASAT YAAN ABSA I 15. SPAN RNISEORA SARS Am Xa HASTTIST Preerqarsay LATS IAS I gasrer sag RS AS | ARS Tar Scer aapacnsralaay HFA | 16. apawtecerstgReage gy gh SEAS ASTER 9] Fa NST ERAS AC HQT TAS gaerraagaRyesy apeean Ser SATAN Ay BX er 1916.] A Tibetan Funeral Prayer. 157 17. ACARI ASAI wsysa TARR GA! CACR'SSY Ny TRINA AGA] RAAT ARI gaers8 5 | gaa wagtgaSaH3 | QRRavaargcsrqayaasysr AST YFANTEA | 18. SONAN GV SISTA A GR TSC |] ATA SAR AIT INAS |] FI TAT NS MATA AST S rT gararssetgarkg ers |] QRS Tar Scar AapAREt NST HAAN II 19. RC AGFIGTSA TTA SINAN] ASsSar ARR IT VA TACS | | Waray RC pay aNgs SRS] HITT TAR, TS || QRS IA RCA AAT ARAN AAAT YA ASTER i] 20. SAA GATS QVST SN HARASS gx Rargag age say ACgsraaeSrgeaapags HAS yosraragtgarsq TS] ARN Tear gear FAT ARATRAAT FAA I 158 Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. [N.S., XII, 21. SBA AIT AITTSAT ASA A SAYA ANA |] IQS AA’ Sesvisrsaa Serer ds |] Qasr ey Artarasrsxar SAAT S I Saran ay math att : I apes SRV REA FT ARAN HSA NF SATHIET | 22. we aucyeHa Parga I we IMP SIPAG SST HAF INAQN JAC APY BSAA Sy yssrar AVF TASS | QR TSA qapaasysraaey HFA 23. ACFE TFAT SS ESI ATHENS EAS SCARS aackaraa gers i gasraras ty TESTS |] APR TASES FATA ISSEY HAAS aEAIN II 24, ACF ATA HANS SIA SST EAT YS sora gc NaS | RSH saan SeqaS 1] HAST WATT RTVRS TS |} | QR TARE Cay GRAN NST HY RATASA | 1916. ] A Tibetan Funeral Prayer. 159 25. NE FYO TAA AS SS |] PSST SQ S OY cia RSAC I] AQACTATAT YO GN RET AA’S |] HAST aad ag NI RFS i} Qs q AACA GAYA AAT FAN IAT ] 26. ASN EA ARF YN RTA TIGA |] FAIS SIS TAS ACaAs |] | GF ER SIS sar Rae 5 85 AAS HAarsset garSgers |] AAA THarACSr Gay ARN HSAY YF ANAS | 27. CANCYST TIONS SCA S |] STG IS SHAT ESAS | RADAR ARS PANCRAS |] SATA ATA TN SF AS || QANTISTSCS-GITARTST AST YFAN AEA I SWHARS Ha ATCC | SAS ah arararay 55°30] SAC GTA GIS} FI yaarer ange ks Tay — ABA TSSVECN STARA SEAT HFA Say SiTes WEIS SS =) : ie nied ye a, : A hu Wie 9 man ce | Vint 4 oer ae wa aes agar ede % =f ay 12, Note on the Constituents of the Bark of the Hymenodyctyon Excelsum. By Cares STanLey Grisson and Jonn Lionen SIMONSEN. [Read at the 3rd Indian Science Congress. | n principle been saalatadk: It has Phecetere, seem authors a matter of considerable interest to cal some of these barks to a more careful chemical examination in order to clear up many anomalies and contradictions. The first bark selected for this purpose was the bark of the Hymenodyctyon excelsum, a bark which according to the Pharmacographia Indica (Vol: IT, p. 193) is used as a tonic, a febrifuge, and also as an astringent. This bark was first subjected to a chemical examination by Broughton in 1870, and subsequently Naylor (Pharm. Journ. 1893, 14. 311, 1884, 15. 195) investi gated i t much more thor- aesculetin (scopoletin). Naylor, on the other hand, suc in isolating a crystalline alkaloid to which he gave the name hyme nodyctine and the formula C,,H,N, and also an amor- phous neutral substance of the formula C,,H,, From the results obtained by Naylor it pee possible to us that the alkaloid might be of therapeutic value and further- more, since it was one of the few alkaloids which do not con- tain oxygen, it should be of considerable